Towns E. The Gospel of John Believe and Live
Towns E. The Gospel of John Believe and Live
1990
"But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and
In The Gospel of John: Believe and Live, Elmer Towns thoroughly examines this beloved
book. While he focuses on many vital words, Towns places a particular emphasis on two key
words: believe and live. The author explains, "John's ultimate purpose is that his readers will
believe the life and death of the Son of God and receive eternal life."
In twenty-four chapters, Christ's ministry unfolds, and the magnitude of His greatness is
revealed through the discussion of His many appellations, including: the Word of God, the
Saviour, the Good Shepherd, the Bread of Life, the Servant, and the Resurrection. The truths
revealed in The Gospel of John: Believe and Live will help you to better understand what God
Bible.
Verses marked TLB are taken from The Living Bible. Copyright C 1971 by Tyndale
TRANSLATION by James Moffatt. Copyright 1926 by Harper & Row, Publishers, Inc.,
Scripture quotations identified NEB are from The New English Bible. Copyright 0 The
Delegates of the Oxford University Press and the Syndics of the Cambridge University Press
Scripture texts identified NIV are from the Holy Bible, New International Version.
Copyright C 1973, 1978, 1984 International Bible Society. Used by permission of Zondervan
Bible Publishers.
Version of the Bible, Copyrighted C 1946, 1952, 1971, by the Division of Christian Education of
the National Council of the Churches of Christ in the United States of America, and are used by
Scripture quotations identified TEV are from the Good News Bible-Old Testament:
Copyright 0 American Bible Society 1976; New Testament: Copyright 0 American Bible Society
P. cm.
ISBN 0-8007-1644-2
226.5'077-dc2O 90-34670
CIP
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
Preface 7
4 CHRIST-THE CREATOR 59
5 CHRIST-THE SAVIOUR 72
I have had a lifelong love affair with the Gospel of John, and I'm not sure where it began.
I think it's the greatest book in the Bible. Right after I received Christ, I read through the Gospel
of John. It could have begun there, or it could have started while I was a freshman in college. I
taught the Gospel of John to a high school youth group and wrote a series of study lessons for the
teens to answer.
While at Dallas Theological Seminary, I heard J. Sidlow Baxter preach a sermon that
surveyed the total gospel. If I was not already aware of my love for the Gospel of John, it surely
developed during that chapel message. Baxter walked over to the piano and played the seven
notes of the scale from do to ti. He told us that seven is the number of perfection and that we
would find a repetition of the number seven throughout John. Pointing out that the piano scale
was not complete until he played the eighth note, which was do, he had the audience say the
notes from do to do. As we repeated the scale, he counted from one to eight. He told us seven is
the number of perfection but eight is the number of new beginnings. Also, Baxter told us that
The number eight occurs repeatedly in John. There are seven miracles, plus one more
(chapter 21), making eight. The same is true of the "great I am's" and the "eight witnesses."
Dr. John Mitchell, founder of Multnomah School of the Bible, Portland, Oregon, came to
Dallas Theological Seminary and lectured on the Gospel of John. The practical insight of his
lectures are evident in this manuscript. He taught me how to look for life-related principles in
John.
and Liberty University and have preached through the gospel at a number of Bible conferences.
My first manuscript on John was written for Winnipeg Bible College correspondence courses in
1963. I named the book The Deity of the Saviour to reflect the twofold theme of John. This
gospel was written, first, to demonstrate the deity of Christ and, second, that those who believe in
In 1973 I made twenty-six television tapes on the Gospel of John at University Baptist
Church, Gainesville, Florida, that were eventually aired over the educational network in that
state. A number of people helped to perfect the technical presentation of that course, and I am
indebted to them for the graphics and student workbook. In 1981, Mr. John Peach, a graduate
assistant at Liberty Baptist Seminary, helped edit the videotapes into a learning resource manual.
In 1985, Mr. Doug Porter continued the project by editing the material into lessons for the
layman. He helped me research the Greek terms, to make them readable for laymen.
This volume represents so much from so many sources that I cannot take sole credit. Yet
it represents my research and class notes which I have reworked in great detail to provide an
accurate commentary that is as true to the biblical text as possible. While I cannot take full
credit, I do take full responsibility for all the weaknesses and omissions.
May this book accomplish the dreams of the many who have invested so much into its
pages.
Last of all, John, perceiving that what had reference to the bodily things of Jesus' ministry
had been sufficiently related, and encouraged by his friends, and inspired by the Holy Spirit,
CLEMENT OF ALEXANDRIA
The Gospels are the first fruits of all writings, and the Gospel of John is the first fruits of
the Gospels, and no one can receive its meaning who has not lain back on Jesus' breast.
ORIGEN
Here the profoundest mysteries of religion are opened up by a beloved disciple; Christ is
lively pointed out, in his person and offices, and in his heart directed in the way of closing with
him by faith; and the sure grounds of lost sinners' confidence are dearly demonstrated.
GEORGE HUTCHESON
Here it is that a door is opened in heaven, and the first voice we hear is, Come up hither,
come up higher. Some of the ancients, that supposed the four living creatures in John's vision to
represent the four evangelists, make John himself to be the flying eagle, so high does he soar, and
MATTHEW HENRY
Luther is reported to have said that if a tyrant succeeded in destroying the Holy Scriptures
and only a single copy of the Epistle to the Romans and of the Gospel of John escaped him,
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 11 of 504
Christianity would be saved. He spoke truly; for the fourth gospel presents the object of the
Christian faith in its most perfect splendor, and the Epistle to the Romans describes the way of
faith which leads to this object, with an incomparable clearness. What need of more to preserve
Christ to the world and give birth ever anew to the Church?
F. GODET
The Gospel of John has a special character, which has struck the minds of all those who
will give it a little attention, even though the ' y have not always clearly understood what it was
that produced this effect: it not only strikes the mind, but attracts the heart in a way not to be
For in the whole range of literature, there is not composition which is a more perfect
work of art, or which more rigidly excludes whatever does not subserve its main end. From the
first word to the last there is not paragraph, sentence, or expression which is out of its place, or
with which we could dispense. Part hangs together with part in perfect balance.
MARCUS DODS
The Gospel of John is the most unusual and perhaps the most valuable member of the
quartet of canonical g6spels. Although it deals with the same broad sequence of events to be
found in the pages of the others, it is quite different in structure and style.
MERRILL C. TENNEY
elephant can swim. It is both simple and profound. It is for the earliest believer in the faith and
for the mature Christian. Its appeal is immediate and never failing.
LEON MORRIS
Of all the books of the New Testament, the one which has commanded the greatest
interest and devotional attachment is the Gospel according to John. The scholar may study it
chiefly because Of its problems, and the ordinary believer because of its power to feed his soul,
EVERETT F. HARRISON
The first chapter of the Fourth Gospel is one of the greatest adventures of religious
WILLIAM BARCLAY
The critic may range the Gospel with Philo and the Alexandrian philosophers; but, and
the question is important, did the poor and ignorant, when they lay a-dying, ever ask their Rabbis
John is the greatest book in the Bible. Give it to the new Christian because of its
straightforward simplicity. Give it to the scholar because of its deep profound mysteries. Give it
to all because its message is Jesus Christ. It is the greatest book in the Bible because, when
1. INTRODUCTION
The Gospel of John seems to be the simplest of all books in the Bible to understand. That
is why most new Christians are told to begin studying the Bible by reading the book of John. But
at the same time, it is the most profound book in the Bible. Scholars have spent many years
investigating its terms and their implications. John, the author, paints a comprehensive picture of
the Lord Jesus Christ-majestic in His humanity, yet simply presented in His deity. And so, this
gospel communicates perhaps the most profound truths about Jesus Christ found anywhere in
Scripture. John not only recalls as an eyewitness the events in the life of Christ, he also
interprets the meaning behind the miracles. When Jesus reveals Himself as God, the Jews react
in violent confrontation, leading ultimately to the crucifixion of Christ. The Gospel of John tells
what impact this controversy had on the disciples and, in a broader sense, the implications for
people today. John's ultimate purpose is that his readers will believe the life and death of the Son
The message of the book of John is underlined by the use of two key words, believe, used
The Apostle John wrote with a twofold purpose-as noted in 20:31-to communicate Christ
through His miracles and teachings so men might, first, believe that Jesus was indeed who He
said He was, the Son of God; and second, they might have eternal life because of their belief.
Chart 1
Twofold Purpose
Life—personal salvation
The phrase "that ye might continue believing" (hina pisteuete) is a purpose clause
combining the preposition hina with a present active, subjunctive. It was not John's objective
that the reader merely come to a crisis of faith and know certain facts as a result of reading this
gospel, but rather that the reader might "keep on believing." That which he is to believe is
perhaps one of the most identifiable statements of Christology—"that Jesus is the Christ, the Son
of God." The first letters of the first principal Greek words in this phrase spell ichthus (fish.).
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 16 of 504
Early Christians often used the sign of a fish to identify themselves as those who believe in the
The second part of John's twofold purpose is really a byproduct of the first. If the reader
"continues to believe," he will "keep on having life." Again John uses a present active
subjunctive (echete), emphasizing that the Christian life is a continuing adventure in faith. For
John, life is more than mere existence. Life is an experience of abundant joy, peace, and victory
over sin.
John, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, uses special words to communicate his
unique message. These key words give insight into the unique contribution of this fourth gospel.
Believe
Life
Sign
I am
Truth
Knowing
Witness
Father
believe is accompanied with the preposition eis (in, into) and always with an object. Belief is in
the active tense and always moves into its object, the Lord Jesus Christ. At the same time, John
totally avoids the use of the noun pistis (faith). He may have resisted using the noun because it
was too static for him. On several occasions the process of believing is preceded by the act of
hearing (5:24,25; 6:44,45; 10:3,16,27; see 10:8; 12:46). John uses the verb orao (I hear) in
contrast with the usual word blepo (I see), implying more than physical vision in believing. In
the Gospel of John, believing is the total response of the whole person to God as He has revealed
Himself through His Son, Jesus Christ. Some argue that John's concept of salvation lacks the
doctrine of repentance. Although the word repentance is absent from the gospel, it certainly is
implied as a part of believing, because John includes obeying in believing; i.e., believing is
pictured as drinking (4:14), eating (6:35,51), or walking (8:12,31). Hence when a person
B. Life. The second significant word in John is life. The Greeks had three words for life,
each with a different shade of meaning and emphasis. First, the term psuche referred to the self
who was alive. It was very close to the Hebrew concept of kardia (heart) and is translated on
occasion "heart" (Ephesians 6:6) and “mind” (Philippians 1:27). John uses psyche as the life laid
down by the good shepherd (10:11). Second, the word zoe in classical Greek normally referred
to the essence or principle of life itself—the existence of life as opposed to death. The third
word, bios, was used by Greek writers to describe one's manner of life and was almost ex
elusively used with reference to human life (such. as biography). In this gospel, John uses the
word zoe as spiritual life often accompanied by the adjective aionios (eternal). As aio-nios is
John equate eternal life with the knowledge of God in Christ's hi priestly prayer (17:3).
C. Sign. Five words in the New Testament describe miracles: terata (wonders), erga
(works), thaumasia (wonderful things), dunameis (powers), and semeia (signs). While the
synoptic gospels prefer the word dunameis (to emphasize the power of Jesus), John employs the
word semeion some seventeen times to point out the spiritual significance of eight miracles in the
gospel. These signs were one way Jesus I., manifested ... his glory" (2:11). This word is used in
the Septuagint to convey the idea of a heavenly symbol (Genesis 1:14), a protective mark
(Genesis 4:15) a pledge (Genesis 17:11), a miracle (Exodus 7:3,9), a memorial (Exodus 13:9), a
Chart 2
recorded in the gospel (see Chart 2), the first seven are in the book of signs (1:1912:50). Also,
following some signs, John records an extended dialogue with Christ providing some clue as to
D. I Am. John is the only Gospel which records the "great I am's" of Christ. (See Chart
3.) Seven times John records Jesus saying, "I am. . . " attaching it to a metaphor. These seven
statements give special insight into who Christ claimed to be. Christ was stating more than a
metaphor, that He was like bread, a light, or a good shepherd. He was identifying Himself with
Jehovah of the Old Testament. This emphatic expression had a particular connotation to the
Jews. In the Old Testament the term Lord is a derivative of the verb to be. When Jehovah
revealed His name to Moses as "I AM" (Exodus 3:13,14), He was stating, "I AM THAT I AM."
Jehovah is the self-existing One. The Jews of Christ's time knew that when He stated, "I am," He
was claiming, "I am Jehovah of the Old Testament." No wonder they were angry and on several
occasions actually took up stones to kill Him (John 5:17,18; 8:58,59). These seven individual
Yet, there is an eighth claim that Christ makes that is ' an even greater statement about
Himself. Jesus simply says, “I am” (ego eimi). Even though it is counted as an eighth claim, it
occurs several times (4:26; 8:24,28,58; 13:13,19; 18:5,6,8). This is a statement of identification
with Old Testament deity. Christ is implying "I am ... I am," the self-existent One. He is
E. Truth. A fifth significant word in the message of this gospel is truth. John speaks of
truth twenty-five times in the gospel and uses the two words for "true" a total of twenty-one times
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 20 of 504
(alethes, thirteen times, alethionos, eight times). When the word truth appears in the other
gospels, it always carries the meaning of veracity or dependability, that which is consistent with
and corresponds to reality. The word true in the other gospels is objective and carries no innate
moral quality; it is simply fact. John, however, uses the word in a theological or moral way to
show Jesus is the giver, source, and personification of truth (1:14,17; 14:6). Truth, then, is
Chart 3
Metaphor Reference
the life
3:14) 18:5,6,8
the Father who has been hidden. Jesus speaks the truth (8:40,45,46; 16:7) which is able to give
people moral freedom (8:33-36) and sanctifies the believer to God (17:17,19). Truth is also
closely related to John's emphasis on believing. Believing in Jesus Christ is coming to the truth
(8:32; 16:13). Also, only John records the twenty-five double verities (amen, amen) of Christ, an
expression which occurs elsewhere only in Numbers 5:22 and Nehemiah 8:6. Some have
translated this statement, "Truly,. truly." According to Godet, this expression implies a doubt to
F. Knowing. The sixth significant word in John is knowing. While John uses two words
for knowing (ginoskein, fifty-six times, and eidenai, eighty-five times), he completely avoids the
noun meaning "knowledge." He may be reacting to the Gnostics and their improper use of the
term. Perhaps John is reminding us that biblical knowledge is not a doctrinal statement to be
learned but rather the experience of new life through belief in Jesus Christ. Knowledge is not
merely cognitive but has a moral connotation. In John's writings, knowing is closely related to
faith. Believing and knowing are interrelated: when one believes, he knows that he has eternal
life (see 1 John 5:13). According to John, to know and understand a fact and then act upon it
amounts to faith.
The two words for knowing imply two different kinds of knowledge. Ginoskein means
"to acquire knowledge" or "to learn by experience," whereas eidenai means "to possess innate
knowledge about something" but not to learn it. John uses this latter word to emphasize the
omniscience of Christ, the former word to express how a believer may know he is saved.
forty-seven times as both a noun and verb in this gospel. The witness in this gospel is not
primarily a verification of the historical facts, but chiefly a testimony to the character and
significance of the person of Christ. The attestation of factual history is only a part of john's
greater goal. John identifies eight kinds of witnesses to the character of Christ, as illustrated in
Chart 4. A rule of Jewish law declares, "At the mouth of two witnesses, or at
Chart 4
Witness Reference
the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established" (Deuteronomy 19:15).
of Christ (2:24; 4:1-3; 6:1 11:33; 13:1,21; 18:4) and reflections of the disciple (2:11,17,22;
12:16). He remembers the very hours of certain events (1:39; 4:6,52; 19:14) and the particular
statements o Philip (6:7; 14:8), Andrew (6:9), Thomas (11:16; 14:5), an Judas (14:22).
Particularly memorable was the last day h spent with Jesus before the crucifixion. About one-
third o the gospel, 237 of 879 verses, deals with that twenty-four hour period.
It is estimated that John was nearly one hundred years old at the time he wrote the gospel
which bears his name. As-an old man he understands in his heart many of the lessons from the
teachings of Jesus that before he may have understood only with his head. Therefore, John
writes to communicate the meanings behind the miracles and teachings of Christ. This is,
perhaps, another reason why the Gospel of John is so profoundly deep and yet simple enough for
Although the author does not name himself in this book, the early church had no problem
identifying him as John the Apostle. The content of the gospel makes it clear the book was
written by a close confidant of Jesus. Further, the author uses two phrases to identify himself as
one extremely close to Jesus. He is both a witness (19:34,35; 21:24) and the disciple "whom
Jesus loved" (13:23-25; 19:25-27; 20:2; 21:20.). The other gospels suggest the disciples most
intimately associated with Jesus were Peter, James, and John. Peter is referred to in the third
person. Neither of the sons of Zebedee are named in the gospel; however, James was martyred
far too early to be considered the author of this gospel (Acts 12:2). By process of elimination, it
Fragment (A.D. 170), Clement of Alexandria(A.D. 190) Tertullian(A.D.200), Origen (A.D. 220),
and Hippolytus (A.D. 225). Eusebius claims to have discovered the existence of two Johns in
Ephesus, and some modern scholars have used this discovery to argue for a nonapostolic
of an isolated passage in which the name John appears twice. Eusebius argued one was the
Apostle John and the other was the elder or presbyter John. A close examination of the original
statement made by Papias reveals that neither is called an apostle, both are called elders
(presbyters), and both are called disciples of the Lord. In contrast to this weak argument,
Irenaeus, a disciple of Polycarp, who was a friend of the Apostle John, claimed the gospel was
written by the apostle and further claimed that Johannine authorship was what Polycarp had
taught.
H. Father. The phrase ho pater (the father, used of God) occurs 121 times, and the
phrase my father occurs 35 times. These phrases appear more than any other key word because
the thrust of Christ's message was to reveal the heavenly Father. The word Father was used only
a few times of God in the Old Testament, and then it was never His name or title. In the Old
Testament the word Father was applied to Him metaphorically-God was like a father, or God
had the characteristics of a father. The Jews understood that Jesus was telling them God was a
Father and that He was the Son who had a special relationship to the Father, with whom He was
begotten Son of the Father (1:14,18; 3:16,18; see I John 4:9); (2) the Son of God (3:18); (3) Son
I. Other Key Words. John has many other unique words that communicate his particular
message. Their numerous occurrences in John as opposed to the few times they appear in the
other three gospels signify their importance to John. (See Chart 5.)
WRITING STYLE
A. A Climactic Style. John's writing style differs from other biblical writers in -that he
has a climactic quality in his works-he was concerned with last things. John was probably the
last person to write a New Testament book: he was also the author of the last gospel, the last
New Testament
Chart 5
Abid meno 41 12
Finish teleioo 19 2
Flesh sarx 13 11
Glory doxa 44 38
Light phos 23 14
Work ergon 27 9
World kosmos 79 15
book (Revelation), and the last book added to the canon (Third John). Theologically, John
addressed the doctrine of last things (eschatology) and wrote what is considered the last or
Within this gospel, the reader is exposed to an adventure in suspense that builds
climactically to carefully reveal Christ. In the first chapter, John presents Christ as the Eternal
Word of God (1:1) and builds his defense of that statement. Using the teachings of Christ and
His miracles to support the claim that Jesus is indeed the Christ, the Son of the Living God, John
tries to convince men to believe in His deity that they might have eternal life (20:31). The apex
of the book reveals Thomas falling before Christ and confessing Him as "my Lord and my God"
(20:28). This statement is the ultimate purpose of the author. He wants each reader to
John writes the ultimate and last word on Christology. His simple statement, "The word
was made flesh" (1:14), summarizes the supernatural union of the divine and human natures of
Christ. Clearly, Jesus is very human in this gospel. He gets angry (2:15), tired (4:6), and could
eat (4:31). He identifies with the questioners (6:5,28,29) and experiences grief_ (11:33,35,38)
John 20:28
Word
John 1:1
B. A Selective Style. John is selective in both what is included and what is excluded.
This gospel contains no account of the birth, baptism, or temptations of Jesus because John
emphasizes Christ's deity. However, John describes the Word becoming flesh, the results of the
baptism, and the encounter the Jews have with Christ because He claims deity. John also
chooses not to refer to demons, the Last Supper, or the agony of Gethsemane.
There is no explicit reference in John to parables. The word translated "parable" in 10:6
is not the usual term parabole but rather paroimian and literally means "a wayside saying or
in the synoptic gospels. There Jesus is the Son of Man with undebatable wisdom; in John, Jesus
Equally interesting is what John does include. Only John identifies a public ministry of
Christ prior to John the Baptist's imprisonment. Of the seven key miracles in the life of Christ,
five are unknown outside this gospel. While John makes it clear that the ministry of Christ lasted
over three years, he chooses to record only twenty days of that period: he omits all the events in
C. An Extended Narrative Style. John's use of extended discourses is also unique. Only
John includes the conversations with Nicodemus, the Samaritan woman, the father of the sick
son, the paralytic at the pool of Bethesda, Mary and Martha, and Peter at the seashore. The
gospel is marked by several extended discourses with "the Jews" (those who opposed Him and
ultimately were responsible for His death). John records most fully the teaching of Christ in the
upper room and immediately preceding his betrayal, including high priestly prayer of Christ in
chapter seventeen.
D. A Style that Features People. Many newspapers and magazines include features on
people because the current reader is interested in people, their problems and how the solve them,
as well as their successes. Throughout, John exposes the reader to people whose lives are
changed be cause of their encounter with Jesus. What is known about Andrew? Only what John
wrote. John identifies a disciple named Nathanael, not mentioned in the other gospels, an it is
only on the basis of John that we know about "doubting Thomas." While the other gospels speak
servant as Malchus and records that it was Peter who held the sword.
E. A Precise Style. One cannot read this gospel written some sixty years after the events
occurred without being impressed with the amazing number of details. John remembers the very
hour (4:00 P.m.) he met Jesus (1:39), that there were six waterpots at the marriage in Cana (2:6),
the fact that a woman left her waterpot at the well (4:28), the number of years a man had been
sick (5:5), the estimated cost of feeding the five thousand (6:7), and the one who discovered the
five barley loaves and two small fishes (6:8,9). Such details tend to verify his claim to have
F. The Jerusalem Setting. Finally, the Gospel of John is unique in its description of
Jerusalem. The other gospels almost ignore the capital city of the Jews, recording only one visit
to Jerusalem in Christ7s public ministry, though many others are implied (see Matthew 23:37).
John, however, puts Jesus in Jerusalem on at least five different occasions, these being the feast
days. In so doing, John pictures Jesus as an obedient Jew who goes to Jerusalem as commanded
(Deuteronomy 16:16). While the ministry of Jesus in the synoptic gospels is almost exclusively
in Galilee, the ministry of Jesus in John is almost exclusively in Jerusalem. In Galilee, Jesus
ministers to the multitudes who generally receive Him, but in Jerusalem, Jesus is confronted with
"the Jews" who dispute His claim of deity and crucify Him.
The authors of some commentaries say the events in the life of Christ could be
compressed into six months, while others, taking into account the unrecorded events in the life of
Christ, feel that He could have been seventy years old to have accomplished what He did.
There is no better authority to establish the chronology of Jesus' ministry than the Word
of God. Jesus began His ministry at His baptism, where we see that "Jesus was about thirty years
of age" (Luke 3:23). In telling how old Jesus was at the beginning of his ministry and baptism,
Luke might have been drawing a connection to the initiation of the Old Testament priest who
was dipped in water at age thirty. According to Jewish law and custom, the priest was inducted
into the priesthood at age thirty by being cleansed with clean water. Jesus, being initiated into
His anointed offices (prophet, priest, and king), followed this practice with His baptism,
Based on this fact, only John reveals that Christ ministered for three and a half years,
hence showing Christ was approximately thirty-three and a half years old when he died. After
Jesus was baptized, He immediately began His ministry by calling Andrew, Peter, and one other
unnamed person, probably the Apostle John (1:35-42). On the next day, Christ found Philip,
who in turn brought Nathanael, and they both followed Him (1:43-51). Notice the words in these
verses: each day is connected by the phrase, "the next day," or "the day following," pointing out a
day-by-day progression. In John 2:1 notice the "third day," indicating that this is the third day
following Christ's baptism. On this day, we see Christ and His disciples at the wedding feast in
Cana of Galilee. Here Jesus performs His first miracle, by changing water into wine. Although
At this point in chronology, the Passover feasts are used to date the life and ministry of
Christ. The Passover is a feast of the Jews which every Jewish male is legally required to attend
in Jerusalem. There are four Passovers mentioned in the Gospel of John, implying that Christ
ministered three years (2:13; 5: 1; 6:4; 11:55). Approximately five months elapse between the
temptation of Christ and the first Passover feast, the phrase "not many days" (2:12) being an
In the first Passover recorded in John (2:13), Christ cleansed the temple of
moneychangers and merchants. The second Passover is in John 5:1, and the third occurs in John
6:4. Between the fifth and sixth chapters of John, the second year of Christ's ministry, there is no
record of any activities of Jesus. We might ask, "Is not this time of Jesus' life noteworthy? Why
did John not record anything in the entire second year of Christ's ministry?" These questions
cause us to review the purposes of John once more. His goal is not to write a complete,
sequential, chronological history of the life and ministry of Christ, but to prove that Christ is
deity and that if the readers will believe in Him, they will have eternal life. John writes
The third year of Christ's ministry begins with the Passover in John 6:4. The fourth
Passover, the one at which Christ was crucified, begins in John 11:55. Noting the chronology
carefully, we can conclude that Christ ministered three and a half years after His baptism and
chapters on the thirty-three and a half years of the life of Christ. Then he devotes the last ten
chapters to what amounts to only one week. That last week covers the final instructions to His
disciples, the crucifixion, and the postresurrection events. So the most important emphasis in
John is the death of Christ. He undoubtedly sees the life that Christ lived as being valuable and
foundational, but he emphasizes the death and resurrection of Christ as the ultimate purpose of
his book.
A. Apologetics of John. During the last century, certain scholars have chosen to question
and challenge the- authenticity of most books of the Bible . As a result, they argue that certain
books are really the result of several authors and claim chapters and verses either do not belong
or are misplaced in the book. The Gospel of John has not escaped these attacks. Still, it has not
only survived, it may well be that in challenging the authenticity of this gospel, liberal scholars
The fact that John's gospel was written long after the other gospels makes it surprising
that it was even received by the church. Not every book or letter written by the apostles made it
into the New Testament. Apparently two Pauline epistles and one Johannine epistle were written
to churches and did not make it into the canon (see 1 Corinthians 5:9; Colossians 4:16; 3 John 9).
It was not beyond the dignity of the early church to question the theological accuracy of even
apostolic statements (see Acts 17:11). Despite this, the Gospel of John was accepted quickly by
the early church as authentic and enjoyed widespread circulation within fifty years of its writing.
Papias, Justin Martyr, Theophilus of Antioch, and many other early church leaders make
reference to this gospel in their writings. Not only is John identified in the Muratorian Canon
(A.D. 170), it was also cited by heretics, including Basilides and Valentinus. Only a small sect
known as "Alogoi" appears to have had any opposition to the gospel in the early years of
Christianity. This sect followed the teachings of a Gnostic named Cerinthus, a contemporary of
the apostle's later years and one whose teaching was bitterly opposed by John. One tradition of
the early church tells of a time when the aged apostle was at a public bath when he learned that
Cerinthus was in another part of the same building. Convinced the roof would cave in upon
everyone present as a judgment of God on this false teacher, John urged his companions to leave
with him immediately. It is therefore only natural to expect the followers of Cerinthus to
challenge anything even remotely associated with the Apostle John. Apart from the Alogoi, there
During the nineteenth century and into the early part of the twentieth century, form critics
delighted to give this gospel a late date. Traditionally it was accepted that the Gospel of John
had been written about A.D. 90. But these critics began with the assumption that it could not
have been written prior to the second, third, or even fourth century. As these conclusions were
being suggested by higher critics, a remarkable discovery was made in England. In 1920,
Grenfell acquired some Egyptian papyri for the John Rylands Library of Manchester. Upon later
examination, C. H. Roberts discovered one fragment contained five verses from the Gospel of
John (18:31-33,37,38). The latest possible date of this fragment is A.D. 150, making it the oldest
John not only had been written but had even reached a provincial town in Egypt.
B. Secondary Purposes. There may be several other reasons why John wrote this gospel.
Although they are not as clearly stated as his primary purpose (20:31), they are implied by what
John has chosen to emphasize. These secondary reasons relate primarily to the historical context
of the gospel.
As a former disciple of John the Baptist, the author of this gospel may have been
disturbed by the existence of a sect that elevated the Baptist. This group flourished within
orthodox Judaism into the third century. The Apostle Paul encountered a dozen men in Ephesus
who may have been affiliated with this sect and on the fringe of the church (Acts 19:1-7). As one
reads this gospel, it becomes apparent that the author continually portrays John the Baptist in a
respectable but lesser light than Jesus. This distinction is not as clearly emphasized in the
synoptic gospels.
A second sect that created theological problems for early Christians was gnosticism.
Gnostics believed that all matter was essentially evil. In an effort to deny the possibility of God
in any way being related to matter, these heretics essentially denied both the deity and the
humanity of Christ. Some held He was a kind of semi-god, while others claimed Jesus was really
a spirit who only seemed to be a man. Still others tried to define Mm as a man with unusual
divine power from His baptism to the cross. While there are many subtle attacks on the errors of
the Gnostic teachers in John's writings, perhaps his boldest challenge is the statement of the
incarnation, "the Word was made flesh" (1:14). God, who is spirit, touched earth by becoming
flesh. In this statement, John attacked the Gnostics, who believed flesh was sinful.
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 35 of 504
Still a third minor or secondary purpose for John's writing was to correct the mistaken
belief some had that John would not die but would live until Christ returned. Many conservative
scholars agree the last chapter was added by John after completing his gospel to clarify any
misunderstanding about his death. John, perhaps aware he would soon die, wanted to make it
plain that Jesus had never promised him immortality (see chapter 21).
JOHN 1:1-18
Christ is called "the Word" (ho logos) six times in Scripture, and all occurrences appear
only in the writings of John (1: 1, 14; 1 John 1: 1; Revelation 19:13). Historically, logos meant a
collection of ideas or words. It can mean both inner thought and the outward expression of that
thought ' The Septuagint translators used logos with reference to both the law and wisdom of
Scholars debate where John got the term word, hence they disagree on its meaning. First,
some believe John borrowed the term from the Greeks and is answering the Gnostics by implying
Jesus is God's answer to philosophic questions. Second, some think the term is Hebrew, and
John may be making reference to Christ as the wisdom of God as presented in Proverbs'(see
Proverbs 3:18-20; 4:5-13; 8:1-9:2). Third, some believe Jesus is called "the Word of God"
because this phrase is used over twelve hundred times in the Old Testament to refer to the
revelation of God or His message to men. Jesus is the final revelation and is the personification
of the written and spoken word in the Old Testament. Referring to Christ as the "word" is more
easily understood when we reflect on our purpose for using words. Words are used to
communicate, express, and convey meaning. Therefore, Jesus is the expression, revelation, and
1 Word 23 Lord
1 God 29 Jesus
4 Life 30 A Man
11 He 38 Master
of the Father
51 Son of Man
more than in any other chapter of the Bible. Through these titles Jesus is defined as being totally
(1:1-18)
John begins this section with eternity prior to creation and concludes with a point in time,
the incarnation. John is emphasizing the deity of Christ, stressing both His preexistence and
eternalness. Most of the things he says about Jesus in this introduction are highlights of what he
will cover in greater detail later in the gospel. Because John's purpose is different from that of
the synoptic gospel writers, he includes material in his introduction that is ignored by the other
biographers of Jesus. John stresses the preincarnate Word becoming flesh and the witness of
John the Baptist to His divine nature and purpose. The synoptic writers stress the conception,
physical birth, reaction by family and strangers, flight to Egypt, and human growth of the boy
In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.
A. His Deity (1:1,2). John introduces Christ as the Word by emphasizing His deity. The
first five verses of this gospel have an obvious parallel in structure and thought with the first
chapter of Genesis. While similar, there is also an important difference between these two
passages. Genesis begins with the creation of the world, at a point that began time, while John
reaches back beyond time into eternity. Creation is not specifically mentioned until verse three,
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 39 of 504
so the first two verses must refer to an earlier period. This thought is particularly evident in the
description "In the beginning was the Word." The verb was is imperfect en, conveying the idea of
continuous existence rather than the more usual term egeneto, which is also translated "was" but
has the idea of coming into being. The concept of the eternal preexistence of the Word is
conveyed by the New English Bible translation, "When all things began, the Word already was."
Not only does John emphasize the eternal preexistence of the Word, he also notes the
intimacy of fellowship that existed between the Word and God. In the phrase "the Word was
with God," the use of the preposition pros (with) with the accusative case denotes motion toward
a particular direction. This grammatical structure is used to represent intimacy and communion
and implies the Word and God were in face-to-face relationship. The Word was not only with
John very carefully concludes the first verse of this gospel with a statement declaring the
deity of the Word-"the Word was God." In this expression, theos en ho logos, the definite article
belongs to the Word, not God. The New World Translation has erroneously translated this
phrase "the Word was a god," a translation which violates both the context of the phrase and the
rules of Greek grammar but fits in well with their Jehovah's Witness denial of the deity of Christ.
Theos without the article emphasizes quality rather than individuality. Had John included the
article, this phrase would tend to support the error of Sabellianism, which taught one God,
manifested in three different modes. John, however, used this form because he wished to
identify who the Word is, not who God is. The idea conveyed is that the Word is of the very
same character, quality, essence, and being as God. While the Word does not by Himself
complete the Godhead, all the divinity belonging to the rest of the Godhead also belongs to Him.
16 And of his fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.
17 For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.
18 No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of
B. His Creation (1:3). In the third verse, John specifically emphasizes the creative work
of the Word. Again, the absence of the definite article is significant. Greek philosophers uses
the expression ta panta (the whole of creation). When John here used panta (all things) without
the article, he refers to all creation with its infinite parts. He speaks not only of the vastness of
creation as seen through the telescope but also of the wonders of creation observed with the
microscope. Also, John means more than the creation that we see; he implies the creation of the
heavens (plural) including the inhabitants thereof (angels), as seen in Genesis 1:1, and the
Concerning this creation John writes, "All things came into being at a point in time by
him" (1:3, literal translation). The use of an aorist (egeneto) with reference to the creative
activity of the Word contrasts the event of creation with the continuous existence of the Word.
Egeneto is one of three words in the New Testament that expresses the creation of substance
from nothing. The other two, ktizein and poiein, tend to emphasize the place of the Creator,
is here portrayed as the intermediate agent in the work of creation. This thought is also conveyed
by Paul in I Corinthians 8:6. This does n limit the Word as a mere instrument of God but rather
recognizes the relationship between the Father and Son. This statement concerning the creative
work of the Word is a clear expression of John's personal faith in the creative power o God (see
Hebrews 11:3).
4 In him was life; and the life was the light of men.
5 And the light shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.
C. His Illumination (1:4,5). One of the significant metaphors Christ uses to describe
Himself is light. One of the seven "I am's" is "I am the light of the world" (8:12; 9:5). Light is
also the theme of chapters eight and nine in the gospel. John mentions three things in
First, the light "shineth" (1:5). The verb phainei is a linear present active indicative,
which indicates not merely a point in time but that the light has continued to shine from the
beginning until now and is still shining. Even today Christ is the Light "'which lighteth every
Second, light stands in contrast to the darkness that is everywhere present. The Greeks
had two words for darkness. Zophos was a poetic term signifying the ideas of gloom,
nebulousness, or a kind of half darkness. John uses the stronger term, skotia, nine times in his
gospel. John calls darkness the natural sphere of those who hate good (3:19,20), and he contrasts
it with Jesus, the Light of the World (8:12; 12:35,46). On three occasions John uses the term to
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 42 of 504
describe physical darkness, yet also implies spiritual darkness (3:19; 6:17; 20:1). In using skotia
here, John reminds the reader that the moral darkness associated with sin is deep, like midnight,
The third thing John emphasizes concerning the light is the state of hostility that exists
between it and the darkness. The verb translated "comprehended" is katelaben. This word is
used in a variety of ways in the New Testament including a runner obtaining a prize in a race (1
Corinthians 9:24), the Gentiles attaining righteousness (Romans 9:30), a demon taking
possession of a man (Mark 9:18), and the day of the Lord overtaking as a thief (1 Thessalonians
5:4). The verb in Greek literature can refer to a grasping by the mind ("comprehend,"
"understand"), a grasping by force (“overtake,” “seize”), or overwhelming. Since John did not
use the middle voice, he did not mean passive understanding or comprehension. John here uses
an aorist active indicative, meaning that the darkness has not overtaken or extinguished the light.
The aorist emphasizes there has never been one instance of such a defeat.
6 There was a man sent from God, whose name was John.
7 The same came for a witness, to bear witness of the Light, that all men through him
might believe.
8 He was not that Light, but was sent to bear witness of that Light.
9 That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world.
D. His Forerunner (1:6-9). Before following Jesus, the author of this gospel was a
follower of John the Baptist. It is therefore natural to expect John the Apostle to emphasize the
the superiority of Christ. Earlier, John observed the Word was (en), implying Christ's self-
existence or eternalness. Here, John the Baptist merely comes into being (egeneto). The Christ
was the true light, John merely the witness of that light.
This does not, however, minimize the importance of the Baptist. He was a man uniquely
sent from God. The verb translated "sent" is apestalmenos, from which the word apostle is
derived. This verb carries the sense of sending out an envoy with a special commission.
Elsewhere in the New Testament it is used of both Christ and His apostles. It is distinguished
from the usual word pempo, which simply refers to the relation of the sender to the sent. In the
case of John the Baptist, he was sent "from God." The preposition para means "from beside" and
invests the messenger with great authority and significance than had he simply been sent " God."
This expression is used elsewhere in this gospel of t Holy Spirit, which is sent "from the Father"
(15:26).
10 He was in the world, and the world was made by him, and the world knew him not.
11 He came unto his own, and his own received him not.
E. His Rejection (1:10,11). John summarizes the life Jesus in just two short verses. The
story of Jesus Christ is story of rejection. Although He was in the world and was the Creator of it
all, yet the world failed to recognize Him for who He was. The verb egno (knew) refers to the
idea of recognition. Throughout this gospel, various individuals and group speculate as to who
Jesus is, but most of them fall short 0 recognizing Him as the Christ, the Son of God and On
pronoun auton (him, 1:10) is a masculine form. Every other previous reference to the Word, life,
or light is a form that could be interpreted as thing or a person. The word auton here establishes
The severity of Christ's rejection is emphasized by John's use of the term parelabon
(received). This verb is used to mean "taking one's side" or "welcoming a person to a place"
(Matthew 4:5; 17:1; Acts 16:33). It is the same verb used by Jesus of the welcome that awaits
His disciples in His Father, s house (14:3). It is also used to mean "accepting one to be what he
claims to be," or "accepting something transmitted" (I Corinthians 11:23; Galatians 1:12). Not
only was Christ rejected and His gift refused, His own people were unprepared to even
12 But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even
13 Which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but
of God.
F. His Offer (1:12,13). Such treatment would leave most people bitter against those who
rejected them. But such was not the case with Jesus. His rejection by His own people resulted in
a wider offer of salvation to others (see Romans 11:11). Christ's offer of salvation is no longer
limited to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, but salvation is offered to as many as receive Mm.
The verb elabon (received) refers to the actual gaining of a possession. While the expression
The word for "power," exousian (1:12), is one of six words used in the New Testament
that are translated "power." Each word has a different shade of meaning. Bia is the violent
exhibition of a repressive force (Acts 5:26; 27:41). Dunamis refers to a natural ability (2 Peter
2:11). Energeia is energy in exercise and is used exclusively by Paul and only of supernatural
power, both good and evil (Ephesians 1:19; 3:7; Colossians 2:12). The word iselus refers to
strength (2 Peter 2:11), and kratos refers to the dominion and might of God (Ephesians 1:19;
6:10; 1 Timothy 6:16; 1 Peter 4:11). The idea behind exousian is that of liberty of action or
authority. The one who receives Christ by faith not only has the ability but also the right to be a
child of God.
When John refers to a believer as a child of God, he uses the word teknon rather than
huios, which is used by Paul. The use of these two words reflects the soteriological emphasis of
each writer. Teknon shares a common root with tikto (to beget) and is probably preferred by John
because of his emphasis on the doctrine of regeneration (3:3) and the community of the family of
God (11:52). Paul, emphasizing the doctrine of adoption in his soteriology, prefers the legal term
huios when discussing sonship. It is interesting that John often speaks of the children of God in
One becomes and has the right to be known as a child of God as a result of believing on
the name of Christ. This is more than an intellectual acceptance of the revealed truths concerning
Jesus Christ. His name expresses the sum of all the qualities that mark the character and nature
14 And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory, the
glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.
G. His Incarnation (1:14). One of the great mysteries Christology is the doctrine of the
incarnation, summarized here by John in a single verse. Briefly stated, the incarnate means
Christ became the God-man. The word sarx, he translated "flesh," signifies human nature in and
according to its corporeal manifestation. It means more than merely acquiring a physical body,
although that is undoubtedly pa of the incarnation. Christ also assumed human nature, thus
identifying completely with mankind, having a human body a human soul, and a human spirit.
Of course Jesus did no acquire a sin nature, as that was not originally part of human nature.
Not only did the Word become flesh, He also condescended to dwell among men. John
uses the verb eskenosen which literally means "to pitch a tent or tabernacle." This verb is used
exclusively by John in the New Testament (s Revelation 7:15; 12:12; 13:6'; 21:3). Some have
suggested this verb is used to emphasize the transitory nature of the Lord's stay on earth, but the
same verb is used of the Lord's stay in the eternal city (Revelation 21:3). The figure in John's
mind was probably the Old Testament tabernacle (Exodus 26:1-37; Leviticus 26:11; 2 Samuel
7:6; Psalms 78:67). The tabernacle was the dwelling place of God and the meeting place of God
and Israel, making it the most perfect type of Christ, the Word incarnate, in the Old Testament.
Chart 7
Just as the Shekinah glory of God rested over the holy place in the tabernacle, so John
observes "we beheld his glory. " The verb etheasametha (we beheld) is an aorist middle
indicative of theaomai which is related to the noun thea, meaning "spectacle. " This is the same
verb used to describe John the Baptist's beholding the descending Spirit of God coming down as
a dove (1:32) and his looking at Jesus when he pointed two of his disciples to Him (1:36). The
verb denotes a calm, continuous contemplation of an object which remains before the spectator.
Under that kind of observation, the veiled glory of God was apparent to those who had eyes to
see.
The glory that was seen was "the only begotten of the Father"; the Greek word for this,
monogenous, is used by John exclusively of Christ and can be understood in contrast with Paul's
use of the term "firstborn" (protons, Romans 8:29; Colossians 1:15,18). Monogenous marks the
unique relation of the Father to the Son and applies to no one else besides them, whereas
prototokos places the eternal Son in relation to the universe. Prototokos emphasizes His
existence before created things, whereas monogenous distinguishes the eternal relationship
between Father and Son. Further, John here emphasizes that the Word was not born (genesthai)
through receiving power, adoption, or regeneration, but rather He was (en), eternal before the
beginning.
Also, John notes the balance of grace and truth that characterized the incarnate Word.
This is a difficult balance to maintain. Often Christians who emphasize grace tend to minimize
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 49 of 504
truth. Sometimes the reverse is also true. This was not the case with Jesus. Concerning this
balance in the life of Christ, church historian Phillip Schaff once observed,
His zeal never degenerated into passion, nor his constancy into obstinacy, nor his
benevolence into weakness, nor his tenderness into sentimentality. His unworldliness was free
from indifference and unsociability, His dignity from pride and presumption, His affability from
undue familiarity, His self-denial from moroseness, His temperance from austerity. He
combined child-like innocence with manly strength, absorbing devotion to God with untiring
interest in the welfare of man, tender love to the sinner with uncompromising severity against
sin, commanding dignity with humility, fearless courage with wise caution, unyielding firmness
15 John bare witness of him, and cried, saying, This was he of whom I spake, He that
16 And of his fullness have all we received, and grace for grace.
17 For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.
18 No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of
H. His Witness (1:15-18). The final section of this prologue deals with the witness of
John the Baptist. These verses reveal clearly what he thought about Jesus and how he viewed
himself in relation to the Lord. As John was a highly respected popular teacher, his endorsement
of Christ was significant. While John was opposed by both religious and civil leadership, the
prophecy of Isaiah as the voice crying in the wilderness. Also, John was able to draw crowds
John uses the verb kekragen (cried) to describe the nature of the preaching of the Baptist.
This verb denotes an inarticulate utterance and is joined with one of two words translated 11
saying" when used in connection with speech. It served as a technical rabbinic term for the loud
voice of a prophet who intends to be heard. This voice of the Baptist crying in the wilderness
had been silenced sixty years before John penned these words, yet the echo was still ringing clear
The witness of John the Baptist was a paradox clearly understood in the context of these
words. Although Jesus came after John (was born later), he was "preferred before" him (more
popular than John) because "he was before" him (a reference to the eternal preexistence of the
Word). This was the heart of the Baptist's appraisal of Christ. Apparently he had preached this
message before, and he would preach it again the next day (1:30).
Commentators are divided as to whether John 1:16-18 are the words of the Baptist or the
words of the author. If they are the words of the Baptist, the verb translated "have all we
received" probably refers to all the prophets, John the Baptist being the last. If they are the words
of the writer, they refer either to all the apostles, the Baptist being included (see 1:6), or more
likely, to all who believe, including John the Baptist, the apostles, the reader, and perhaps even
the prophets. Theologically, each -interpretation is sound; however, keeping in mind the stated
times by Paul of Christ (Ephesians 1:23; 3:19; 4:13; Colossians 1:19; 2:9), occurs only this one
time in John's writings. It carries the idea of that which is complete in itself and can refer to
either quality or quantity. John's use of this word in light of verse fourteen where the Word was
"full of grace and truth" emphasizes that the believer receives from Christ all that is necessary for
personal fulfillment. Whatever we need to perfect our character and complete our task for God is
The means by which one benefits from this fullness is suggested in the phrase "grace for
grace." The preposition anti is used to mean "to exchange in sale." The idea here, however, is not
an exchange of Old Testament grace for New Testament grace, but rather the receiving of new
grace upon the old grace. Here John pictures a superabounding grace continually being
superimposed upon the grace already received. Like the manna in the wilderness and the faithful
mercies of God: so grace is new and fresh every morning. "For the law was given by Moses, but
No one has ever seen God. The word John uses to state this fact in verse eighteen is one
of three verbs he uses meaning "to see." The first, theaomai (1:14), implies a deliberate gazing
similar to the way a spectator might gaze at a parade. Later John uses the verb theoreo (12:45),
which implies a more critical view to acquire knowledge of what is seen. In Greek literature
theoreo is used for a general officially reviewing or inspecting an army. The verb used in verse
eighteen is heoraken, which denotes the physical act of seeing but also emphasizes some mental
discernment of what is seen. The absence of an article accompanying God in this verse
emphasizes that no one saw and understood the essence of God; rather they saw the forms that
Though no one has seen God, God has revealed Himself to mankind. One of the means
of revelation used by God was the declaration of His Son. The verb exegesato is a compound
word based on ek (out of) and hegeomai (to lead the way). Originally, the word meant to lead or
govern but later acquired the idea of leading with words, to interpret. It was a technical term
used of the rabbinic interpretation of the law and the making known of divine secrets. Jesus
revealed the mysteries of God to His disciples (Matthew 13) and interpreted the law in the spirit
in which it was intended (Matthew 5:17-48). Of all religious teachers, He alone possessed the
authority to declare truths concerning God without having to appeal to a greater authority. While
the prophets taught much concerning the attributes of God, it was Jesus who declared Him as the
Father.
JOHN 1:19-51
This section is the human introduction of Jesus Christ, just as the last section was His
divine introduction. This human introduction is carried out in one week, during the seven days
identified in the text. What Jesus did in these seven days is indicative of what He does for the
rest of His ministry. On the first day, John summarizes the message of the Baptist concerning
Christ. On the second day, Jesus was baptized. In the next two days Jesus attracts His first
(1:19-34)
John the Baptist was probably the most significant religious teacher of his time, apart
from Christ. At the time the evangelist wrote these words, the Baptist had been dead sixty years.
A century and a half later, followers of John the Baptist were still a significant sect both in
Christianity and Judaism. Even today some Baptist groups attempt to trace their origins back to
It is difficult to imagine the nature of the popularity he enjoyed while preaching in the
wilderness and baptizing in the Jordan River. It was unusual for the religious leaders in
Jerusalem to leave that city to investigate a rural preacher, but that is what the Pharisees did.
result of their investigation, they came to better understand both his motive and his message.
19 And this is the record of John, when the Jews sent priests and Levites from Jerusalem
20 And he confessed, and denied not; but confessed, I am not the Christ.
21 And they asked him, What then? Art thou Elias? And he saith, I am not. Art thou
22 Then said they unto him, Who art thou? that we may give an answer to them that sent
23 He said, I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Make straight the way of the
25 And they asked him, and said unto him, Why baptizest thou then, if thou be not that
26 John answered them, saying, I baptize with water: but there standeth one among you,
27 He it is, who coming after me is preferred before me, whose shoe's ratchet I am not
worthy to unloose.
28 These things were done in Bethabara beyond Jordan, where John was baptizing.
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 55 of 504
A. The First Day (1:19-28). Had John the Baptist wanted to gather his own following
and declare himself the Messiah, he certainly had opportunity to do so. For the first time in this
gospel, a group identified as "the Jews" (hoi Ioudaioi) is seen as they investigate John as to his
possible messianic claims. In this gospel, the title "the Jews" refers to the religious bureaucracy,
particularly those Pharisees hostile to the Gospel. They were the leadership who lived in
Jerusalem, not the common Jew who lived outside the capital city. According to verse nineteen,
both priests and Levites were sent to John. The priests were descendants of Aaron, the first high
priest of Israel. Levites included others from the tribe of Levi who were not in the priestly
function. According to the synoptic gospel, this group probably included Sadducees (see
Matthew 3:7; Luke 3:7), but that group is never mentioned in this gospel. After the destruction
of Jerusalem in A.D. 70, the Sadducees disbanded as a religious sect of Judaism. Since John is
writing this gospel after they were dissolved, he does not mention the Sadducees. There also is
Apparently the Jewish leaders came to John the Baptist after he had been preaching for a
while. They wanted to question him, and they probably remained for a few days to examine his
ministry. In the sovereignty of God, it was the next day that Jesus appeared and was baptized.
Notice the seven questions listed in Chart 8 that "the Jews" asked John the Baptist that first day.
These questions reflect the intensity of their desire to know about him.
When the Baptist denied being the Christ, he was given two other choices. First, he was
asked if he was Elijah. Malachi had prophesied the appearance of Elijah before the coming of
the Messiah (Malachi 4:5). Second, he was asked if he was "that prophet," probably a reference
to the prophet like Moses who was to appear (Deuteronomy 18:15). While Christians and some
John, saw the prophet as another forerunner of the Messiah. John chose to deny both these
identities.
John's denial of being Elijah creates a problem in light of Christ's later identification of
John with Elijah (Matthew 17:10-13). Three possible solutions to this problem have been
suggested. First, the Jews were looking for a literal incarnation of Elijah, whereas John was
merely the spirit of Elijah and not the physical Elijah they were asking about. A second
possibility is that John was ignorant as to his complete significance in history and had not yet
realized he was Elijah. Some give as a third option that this is the law of double fulfillment, that
John the Baptist was the first fulfillment, and there will be a second, literal fulfillment before
Christ comes in His glorious appearing (Revelation 11:6). Jesus indicated to His disciples that
the literal fulfillment of the Elijah prophecy was still for a future time (Matthew 17:11).
John the Baptist identified himself closely with the prophecy of Isaiah (Isaiah 40:3). His
purpose was summarized in the statement, "Make straight the way of the Lord" (1:23). John's
purpose in life was to prepare, straighten, and smooth out a road that would make the entrance of
the Messiah easier. This was accomplished in part by (1) leading people to repentance, (2)
creating messianic expectation, (3) baptizing Jesus, and (4) introducing some of his own
disciples to Jesus.
expressions he used to describe both himself and Jesus. Most Old Testament prophets claimed
they were speaking the word of God, but in this chapter, only Jesus is the Word. John merely
identifies himself as a voice" (1:23). The Greek word phone literally means a "sound" or "tone."
As important as the ministry of John was in the fulfilling of Scripture and preparation for Jesus'
ministry, in contrast with the Word, John saw himself only as a noise in the wilderness.
A second word that emphasized John's attitude toward Jesus is the verb "standeth" (1:26).
Stekei means "stands" in the sense of a firm or persistent standing. John recognizes Jesus as the
Messiah standing in their midst and here bears witness of Him, emphasizing the dignified
attitude of Christ.
Third, the Baptist declares himself unworthy to loose the ratchet of Jesus' shoes. In
ancient times, the loosing of shoe ratchets was the duty of the lowest slave in the household.
John the Baptist's reference to this practice in this context emphasizes his humility. It is no
wonder the later popularity of Jesus at his expense was welcomed by the Baptist (3:30).
John the Baptist was an itinerant prophet preaching and baptizing converts in the Jordan
River. The New Testament refers to his ministry in various places, including Bethabara beyond
Jordan (1:28) and Aenon near Salim (3:23). The events in John 1:19-51 cover a period of four
29 The next day John seeth Jesus coming unto him, and saith, Behold the Lamb of God,
31 And I knew him not: but that he should be made manifest to Israel, therefore am I
32 And John bare record, saying, I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove,
33 And I knew him not: but he that sent me to baptize with water, the same said unto me.
Upon whom thou shalt see the Spirit descending, and remaining on him, the same is he which
34 And I saw, and bare record that this is the Son of God.
B. The Second Day (1:29-34). The following day John the Baptist saw Jesus coming to
him (1:29). The verb blepo is one of two Greek words for seeing. Horao designates the idea of
seeing in general, blepo the idea of a single look. The spiritual perception of John the Baptist
was such that a single glance was all that was necessary to identify the Lamb of God.
One of the twenty-five titles of Christ in this chapter is "the Lamb of God" (1:29,36).
When most Jews of Jesus' day thought of their coming Messiah, they thought in terms of a
political liberator, not a suffering Saviour. Two notable exceptions to this general rule were
Simeon (Luke 2:25, 35) and John the Baptist. Being the son of a priest, John the Baptist was
well aware of the importance of the lamb offered every morning and evening as a whole burnt
offering, as well as the Passover and other sacrifices. This title of Christ probably was based on
on the altar for sin, so the Lamb of God would be offered on a cross for the sin of the world.
The verb airon (taketh away) has the idea of taking something up and carrying it away to
destroy it. The means whereby Jesus took away sin was to bear it in His own body (1 Peter 2:24)
and so remove our transgressions from us as far as the east is from the west (Psalms 103:12).
This verb is a present participle, meaning the Baptist saw Jesus as the One already taking away
sin even before the cross. Throughout the Scriptures we see at least ten instances where sin is
taken away.
Another interesting aspect to this message of John concerning Jesus is seen in his choice
of hamartian rather than hamartias. The word used by John for "sin" is singular, not plural.
While the atonement of Christ is sufficient for all sins, He died for the sin principle that has
separated man from God. Under the law a lamb was sacrificed first for a man, then his family,
next the nation; now the Lamb of God removes the sin of the world (see 1 John 2:1,2).
three words for "man," each with a different shade of meaning. Arsen emphasized sexual
distinction, man as opposed to woman. A more generic term for man was anthropos from which
we get the word anthropology, "the study of mankind." The word in John 1:30 is aner, most
often used in this gospel to distinguish a husband but also used to mean a male. Paul used this
term to describe the man endowed with attributes such as courage, intelligence, and strength (1
Corinthians 13:11; Ephesians 4:13). Of the various words for man, this is by far the most
Again John the Baptist compares himself negatively with Christ as he contrasts their
respective ministries (1:33). John's baptism of water was in some sense typical of Jesus' baptism
of the Holy Spirit. John baptized his disciples as they prepared for the One who would later
baptize them with the Holy Spirit (see Acts 19:1-7). Today, Christians are baptized with water
because it symbolically represents the baptism of the Holy Spirit into the body of Christ whereby
they are identified with His death, burial, and resurrection (Romans 6:4,5).
The conclusion of John the Baptist's message about Jesus is that he is "the Son of God"
(1:34). John had earlier heard the voice of the Father identifying Jesus as His beloved Son
(Matthew 3:17; Mark 1:11; Luke 3:22). In this gospel, the Baptist is the first of several who
recognize Jesus as the Son of God (see 1:49; 11:27). While it was a messianic title, it meant
more than that. The Hebraism son of meant "of the same nature and character." To call someone
"the Son of God" was to recognize the nature and character of God in that person.
(1:35-51)
People always gathered around Christ regardless of where He was. He never had to
advertise His meetings or sermons because people always followed Him. They knew He had the
solution to their problems. He met people at their point of need. And it is true today that Jesus
Yet Christ, knowing the most effective way to reach the world with His message, turned
away from the masses and invested His energies in the men whom He had chosen to follow Him.
To these men Christ concentrated His time, left His message, and delegated the responsibility of
its deliverance to the world, pouring His life into them while on this earth. In the remainder of
this chapter, John explains how Jesus gathered half of His disciples (six) in just two days.
35 Again the next day after John stood, and two of his disciples;
36 And looking upon Jesus as he walked, he saith, Behold the Lamb of God!
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 64 of 504
37 And the two disciples heard him speak, and they followed Jesus.
38 Then Jesus turned, and saw them following, and saith unto them, What seek ye? They
said unto him, Rabbi, (which is to say, being interpreted, Master,) where dwellest thou?
39 He saith unto them, Come and see. They came and saw where he dwelt, and abode
with him that day: for it was about the tenth hour.
40 One of the two which heard John speak, and followed him, was Andrew, Simon
Peter's brother.
41 He first findeth his own brother Simon, and saith unto him, We have found the
42 And he brought him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld him, he said, Thou art Simon
the son of Jonah: thou shalt be called Cephas, which is by interpretation, A stone.
A. The Third Day (1:35-42). The first two disciples to follow Jesus, Andrew and John,
were originally disciples of John the Baptist and began following Jesus when John pointed them
to the Lamb of God. They began following Jesus first as a religious teacher. The title "Rabbi"
was a Jewish title of honor literally meaning "my great one" or “my honorable sir." It was used
by Jews to address their teachers and is based on a Hebrew root meaning "great." Though a title
of respect, as the apostles came to understand who Jesus was, it became less popular to ascribe
this title to Christ. It never occurs in Luke. Matthew uses it only twice as Judas betrayed Christ
(Matthew 26:25,49). In John's Gospel, the use of this title usually introduces an inadequate
question or action (1:49; 3:2; 4:19; 6:25; 9:2; 11:8; 20:16). The title "Rabbi," which was
Andrew and John were sincerely seeking the appearance of the Messiah. They had
enough spiritual insight to abandon the religious hypocrisy of the status quo and become
followers of John the Baptist. When John introduced Jesus as the Lamb of God, they were
prepared to follow Jesus immediately. Jesus' invitation, "Come and see" (1:39), was a common
rabbinical way of inviting someone to come and learn from him. By the end of that visit,
Andrew was convinced he had found the Messiah (1:41). John himself was so impressed that
over sixty years later he could still remember the very hour he met Jesus-the tenth hour (1:39),
which according to Jewish time was 4:00 P.m. They probably spent a great deal of the early
One of the first things these new disciples did was to introduce others to Christ. Andrew
was the first to find his brother. The verb heuriskei implies Andrew may have had to engage in a
John was the second to find his brother; Andrew was the first to find his brother. The
Companion Bible Commentary interprets this event: "Andrew is the first to find his brother, and
afterwards John finds his."' The proton (nominative adjective) means Andrew was first to do it,
not that Andrew did it first before anything else. When Andrew found his broth-r, he announced,
"We have found the Messiah" (1:41 NIV). It is interesting to note John the Baptist never used
this title of Christ. Andrew's statement, therefore, is an indication of his personal faith in Christ.
Had he merely adopted the opinion of his former teacher, he would have said they had found "the
Lamb of God." Both of these titles of Christ are true, but their use reflects something of the
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 66 of 504
experience the user had with Christ. Andrew spent a day with Jesus and immediately accepted
Him as his Saviour. There are over six hundred titles of Christ in Scripture. As we grow in our
Christian life, we come to understand these names in our experience and to understand
When Jesus first saw Peter coming to Him, He responded, "Thou shalt be called Cephas,"
which is by interpretation "a stone" (1:42). Jesus here exercises the right of giving names which,
is an expression of sovereignty. Only Christ gives names with a divine knowledge of that person.
He knew Peter, what he was, and more importantly, what he could become. Peter's undisciplined
and impetuous nature did not prevent Jesus from seeing his potential as a strong and unwavering
pillar of the church. While Jesus is the Rock upon which the Church is being built (Matthew
16:18), Peter was an important stone placed close to the foundation in the early construction of
the building.
43 The day following Jesus would go forth into Galilee, and findeth Philip, and saith unto
45 Philip findeth Nathanael, and saith unto him, We have found him, of whom Moses in
the law, and the prophets, did write, Jesus of Nazareth, the son of Joseph.
46 And Nathanael said unto him, Can there any good thing come out of Nazareth? Philip
whom is no guile!
48 Nathanael saith unto him, Whence knowest thou me? Jesus answered and said unto
him, Before that Philip called thee, when thou wast under the fig tree, I saw thee.
49 Nathanael answered and saith unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of God; thou art the
King of Israel.
50 Jesus answered and said unto him, Because I said unto thee, I saw thee under the fig
tree, believest thou? thou shalt see greater things than these.
51 And he saith unto him, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Hereafter ye shall see heaven
open, and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of man.
B. The Fourth Day (1:43-51). Having been introduced to the nation by John the Baptist
and having acquired four disciples, Jesus determined to begin the three-day journey from
Bethabara to Cana of Galilee. Perhaps He may have just received details of the marriage He had
to attend (2:1-11). Before arriving in Cana, however, Jesus acquired two more disciples.
The first of these two disciples was Philip. Like Andrew, Philip had a purely Greek
name. In the synoptic gospels, he is only mentioned in the lists of disciples. I n each of the four
lists, his name always appears fifth, leading some to conclude he was appointed by Jesus as a
leader over certain disciples. (The second group of four disciples included Bartholomew,
Thomas, Matthew, and himself). In John's gospel, Philip is mentioned as an important character
words, "Follow me" (1:43). The verb akolouthei is an imperative and was often used by Jesus to
call disciples to Himself. It means "to follow with a sense of cleaving steadfastly to someone and
conforming to that person's example." Outside of the Gospels, this verb occurs only once (1
Corinthians 10:4).
Apparently, later that day Philip found Nathanael and told him about Jesus. Nathanael
was skeptical, especially when he learned Jesus was from Nazareth. The city of Nazareth had a
negative reputation. The residents of this town would customarily express their animosity
toward the Romans by throwing their garbage into the streets. While this forced the Roman
troops to march through garbage, it also earned the town the reputation of being "the city of
garbage." Also, Nazareth had a reputation of being a very immoral town. Thus, being called a
Nazarene was to be suspected of moral impurity. Also, Jesus appeared at a time when several
Galilean messiahs had appeared and failed to accomplish their objectives (Acts 5:36,37). When
confronted with Nathanael's skepticism, Philip invited him to "come and see," to investigate
There is a bit of a mystery surrounding Nathanael. He is mentioned only here and in the
last chapter of this gospel. While it is generally agreed he was one of the twelve, not everyone
agrees which one he was. Some have suggested he may be Matthew, as both names mean "a gift
of God." But the character of Nathanael described here makes it highly unlikely he was the same
as the one who describes himself as "the publican" (Matthew 10:3). A more likely suggestion is
that Nathanael should be identified as Bartholomew, which is really a surname meaning "Son of
Ptolemy." If this was so, Nathanael's full name was Nathanael Bartholomew (or Son of Ptolemy).
whom is no guile" (1:47). He recognized Nathanael as a true Israelite living up to the covenant
name (Romans 2:29). The word dolos (guile) was originally a fishing term meaning fish bait.
Here it is used in the sense of catching something with bait or beguiling. Jacob, the father of the
twelve sons of Israel, became the true Israelite after he ceased to be a supplanter (meaning
"deceiver"). While most Christians tend to think negatively of Jacob, it is interesting to note he
is called a plain man (Genesis 25:27). The Hebrew word translated "plain" has been variously
interpreted as a perfect or upright man, or a man of quiet and simple habits. The Septuagint
translators used the word aplastos here, meaning "unfeigned, simple, without disguise, or
guileless." To be recognized as a true Israelite without guile was among the highest compliments
Naturally, Nathanael wondered how a total stranger could know him well enough to make
such a compliment. Responding to Nathanael's question, Jesus referred to seeing him under the
fig tree before Philip found him. The significance of the fig tree is threefold. First, it was a place
of security. When Israel was at peace, men could rest under the fig tree (1 Kings 4:25; Micah
4:4). Second, the fig tree was the place of meditation in Jewish religious practice. Because it is a
leafy tree, rabbis would sit under its branches to meditate upon the things of God. Therefore, in
the third place, the fig tree was the place of most intimate fellowship with God. Philip had found
Nathanael under the fig tree and told him of Jesus. When Christ told Nathanael He had seen this
After confessing, "Thou art the Son of God," Nathanael added, "Thou art the King of
Israel" (1:49). At first this title of Christ seems anticlimactic after confessing Jesus as the Son of
2:6,7). Nathana4?1 recognized Jesus both in Bs personal dignity as the Son of God and in his
official capacity as the King of Israel. In calling Jesus the King of Israel, Nathanael was
The last verse in this chapter contains the first of the twenty-five double verities ("verily,
verily") in the Gospel of John. This expression is literally amen amen and is based on the
Hebrew word aman meaning "truth" or "worthy of faith." One of the Old Testament names of
God is Elohe Amen, the God of Truth (Isaiah 65:16). The expression was used in the Old
Testament whenever one was affirming something that may have been doubted in the hearer's
mind (Numbers 5:22; Nehemiah 8:6). When Jesus says, "Verily, verily," He reveals truths
worthy of being believed even though they may at first sound incredible.
Of the twenty-five names of Christ in this first chapter, only one is claimed by Jesus
Himself-"Son of Man." Jesus uses this title for Himself more than any other. The fact that in the
Gospels only Jesus used this name for Himself indicates something of the significance of it.
Outside of the Gospels, only Stephen once referred to Jesus as the Son of Man (Acts 7:56). This
title does not deny the deity of Christ but rather emphasizes His humanity. Christ, who had no
doubt about His deity, used this title as an expression of His awareness of being related to
humanity. Christ knew He was God, but He also knew He had a human nature, and so He
designated Himself as the representative man (see 1 Corinthians 15:47). In this context (1:51), it
is clear that the Son of Man is the ladder to heaven. The angels did not descend onto Him as if to
come down on top of an object. Rather they used Christ as one might use a ladder, because
Christ is the only way from heaven to earth. Herein is the reason for the incarnation. God
heaven.
While the human element is emphasized in His title "Son of Man," it does not exclude
His divine nature or claims. The One who called Himself the Son of Man also called God His
Father and said, "I and my Father are one" (10:30), and, "He that hath seen me hath seen the
Father" (14:9).
CHRIST—THE CREATOR
JOHN 2:1-25
The second chapter of the Gospel of John describes two major events in the life of Jesus-
first, the miracle of changing water into wine, and second, the cleansing of the temple. These
two events are tied to the previous chapter and continue the introductions of Jesus. In chapter
one Jesus is introduced to the world through the baptism of John and described as "the Lamb of
God" (1:29,36). Seven days later (2:1), He is again revealed to the world by His first miracle.
After this, Jesus is manifested to Israel by His public cleansing of the temple. With His first
miracle at the marriage festival in Cana of Galilee, Jesus demonstrates His creative power, and at
the first of four Passovers mentioned in this gospel, He demonstrates His religious authority by
OF CHRIST (2:1-12)
The marriage in Cana of Galilee was attended by Jesus and His disciples. Probably six
disciples were with Christ at this time, those who were mentioned in the previous two days
(Andrew, Peter, Philip, Nathanael—the friend of Andrew—John the writer of this book, and his
brother James). It was at this wedding celebration that Jesus performed His first of many
miracles (2:11). Little is known about the wedding itself, the name of the bride and groom, or
the identity of the other guests. Whereas the bride is usually the central attraction at her wedding,
love that is usually manifested at weddings. Also, this miracle symbolizes our (the bride's)
relationship to Christ (the bridegroom). He is preeminent and must increase in glory: we are
inconsequential in comparison.
Some have asked why Christ chose such an inconspicuous miracle to begin His ministry.
Of course no miracle is inconspicuous in that the Son of God is superseding the laws of nature.
Most of the guests did not know that Jesus had demonstrated divine power, and from a human
perspective, changing water to wine would not be considered as great as raising the dead or
calming a terrifying storm on the sea. Christ begins His ministry and demonstrates His first
And the third day there was a marriage in Cana of Galilee; and the mother of Jesus was
there:
2 And both Jesus was called, and his disciples, to the marriage.
A. The Marriage in Cana (2:1,2). According to John, Jesus arrived at this wedding on
the third day, probably the day He returned to Galilee. The sequence of events began when Jesus
was in Bethabara beyond Jordan (1:28), which is normally a three-day journey from Cana. The
third day probably refers to the third and final day of the journey. The wedding festival had
probably been in process for some time when Jesus and His disciples arrived. This accounts for
the wine running out. Since it was customary that the marriage of a virgin should begin on a
Wednesday afternoon, the miracle probably took place toward the end of the week. This helps to
more accurately date the events of the first recorded week in this gospel.
marriage festival which normally consisted of a series of celebrations often lasting a week or
more. Because of this, the word was normally used as a plural (see Matthew 22:2). Here,
however, gamos is singular, perhaps reflecting the poverty of the family. Also note that the wine
ran out, again suggesting inability of the family to purchase all they needed.
Jesus' mother was already present when He arrived. John never gives the name of the
mother of Jesus in his gospel. Since John later takes her as his own mother (19:25-27), he would
not call her by her name but would use the title "Mother." The absence of Joseph at this family
celebration or any later point in the gospel suggests Joseph may have died as Jesus was growing
up. When Jesus and His disciples arrived, they were invited to join in the celebration. Some
commentators conclude the disciples might have been acquainted with the family, to be
welcomed, but this is not necessary. It may have been that they were welcomed only because
3 And when they wanted wine, the mother of Jesus saith unto him, They have no wine.
4 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, what have I to do with thee? mine hour is not yet come.
B. The Problem with Wine (2:3,4). At a certain point in the festivities, there was a lack
of wine. The word translated' "wanted" (husteresantos) in verse three is an aorist active
participle of the verb hustereo, meaning "late" or "lacking." It may have been that the groom had
ordered wine, some of which was late in arriving at the feast. More likely, however, is the
suggestion that the wine ran out due to poor planning or lack of finances. The most natural
translation of this phrase is "when the wine gave out" (NEB). Possibly, if the disciples of Jesus
out.
It seems Mary was aware of this need before it became evident to the ruler of the feast. A
wedding in Galilee was a family affair, and female relatives of the bride were usually helpers or
in charge of the kitchen. Since Mary took the initiative to do something about the problem of no
wine, many commentators have concluded that she was related to the bride, hence Jesus was also
related to her. If Mary was in charge of the kitchen and had the responsibility of the food, she
What did Mary mean when she told Jesus that the wine was all gone? Various Bible
teachers have suggested possibilities: first, she may have hinted to Jesus to leave and thus
minimize the embarrassment to the groom. After all, if Jesus brought uninvited guests, there was
no wine for them. Second, Calvin and others suggest she wanted Jesus "to offer some religious
exhortation' for fear the company might be wearied, and also courteously to cover the shame of
the bridegroom.”2 Third, others think Mary in desperation was turning to her son to do
something, possibly even going out to buy more wine. Fourth, Mary may have been calling on
Jesus to perform a miracle. Knowing Jesus was from God, she probably remembered the
supernatural events that accompanied His birth. She may have thought He would begin to reveal
His messianic power. However, it is more conceivable that Mary was simply informing Jesus of
the need, not ordering or commanding Him. Her statement is in fact much like a prayer made to
At first glance, Jesus' response to His mother in verse four presents a problem. How
could One who claimed to fulfill the law (Matthew 5:17), which required children to honor their
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 76 of 504
parents (Exodus 20:12), apparently speak to His mother in a disrespectful way. Actually, the
word woman was one of respect and affection rather than a term of abuse. It was Frequently used
when any adult addressed a woman. Jesus also used this expression addressing His mother from
the cross 19:26), which obviously implied love because He was shielding her from criticism.
Some have suggested Jesus" choice of the word gunai (woman) over the more natural selection
meter (mother) showed Mary she could not exercise maternal authority in His messianic work.
The phrase, "'What have I to do with thee?" (Ti emoi kai soi, 2:4) literally translates,
"What is it to me and to thee?" H. A. Ironside interprets it in keeping with the nature of Christ,
""What is it that you would have of me?”3 William Barclay interprets it as meaning, "Don't
worry; you don't quite understand what is going on; leave things to me, and in my own way.”4
Christ here maintains His authority with both courtesy and respect for His mother.
Jesus responded to Mary's statement with the words, "Mine hour is not yet come" (2:4).
What did He mean by this? First, some have interpreted the statement to mean the guests had not
yet exhausted the supply of wine. This is an unlikely interpretation in light of verse three. The
second suggestion is that Jesus wanted the governor of the feast to suggest the need. Again, the
context of the passage makes this an unlikely conclusion. A third possible explanation is it was
not time for Jesus to start His miracles. It is interesting to note that Jesus did not turn the stones
into bread as the devil tried to tempt Him (Luke 4:2-4). He performs His miracles at His
appointed time and for the purpose that men might believe that He is the Son of God and that
men might have life through His name. Christ does not perform a miracle for Satan, for the
tempter cannot believe, nor does Christ have any ministry to him.
messianic expectation, which was His upcoming death on the cross. Eight times in the Gospel of
John there is a reference to this "hour" (2:4; 7:30; 8:20; 12:23,27; 13:1; 16:32; 17:1). His "hour"
(hora) was the total revelation of all that was to be accomplished by the Messiah.
5 His mother saith unto the servants, Whatsoever he saith unto you, do it.
6 And there were set there six waterpots of stone, after the manner of the purifying of the
7 Jesus saith unto them, Fill the waterpots with water. And they filled them up to the
brim.
8 And he saith unto them, Draw out now, and bear unto the governor of the feast. And
9 When the ruler of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine, and knew not
whence it was: (but the servants which drew the water knew;) the governor of the feast called the
bridegroom,
10 And saith unto him, Every man at the beginning doth set forth good wine; and when
men have well drunk, then that which is worse: but thou hast kept the good wine until now.
C. The Miracle Accomplished (2:5-10). The accomplishment of the miracle began when
Mary instructed the servants to do whatever Jesus asked them to do. The verb d it (poiesate) is
the aorist active imperative of poieo for instant execution. There was to be no question on the
part of the servants; they were to act immediately upon Jesus' command. This illustrates the law
the servants, but He chose to use them. God expects us to do what we can, then God will do
what only He can do. Many people are prepared to do something for Christ, but He wants us to
do whatever He asks.
Why did Jesus start His miracles with one that might be seen as insignificant? Here are
1. Jesus, knowing that wine is a symbol of joy, wanted the world to know there was joy
with His coming (grace) where the Old Testament law only brought judgment.
2. Jesus was putting His stamp of approval on marriage as a divine institution by His
presence in Cana.
3. Jesus was setting the stage for His ministry. The God-man demonstrated His desire to
be with the multitudes and to eat and drink with the common man.
4. The Old Testament began with an act of creation; therefore, it is significant that Jesus
5. The first miracle communicates typical truths in our relation to Christ in the area of the
6. Jesus had to begin His miracles at the level of His disciples' understanding.
7. Jesus had to begin His ministry at home with His family and friends.
8. The remnant theory suggests Jesus would begin with a small group.
abundance of Christianity.
John carefully notes the presence of six stone waterpots, after the manner of the purifying
of the Jews" (2:6). Some commentators see the number and nature of these waterpots as
important in understanding the spiritual significance of the miracle. The pots themselves were
required for the various cleansings prescribed by the law and traditions of Israel and are
This is not just a common word to identify people who were Jewish: "the Jews" were
Jewish leaders, usually from Jerusalem. Just as today Americans use the term Washington to
express the corporate power of the United States , so John identifies the corporate authority of
Israel, with all its bureaucracy and hatred of Christ. It is "the Jews" who oppose and eventually
crucify Jesus. There were six waterpots, the number of imperfection and man. Symbolically,
John may here point out the imperfection of Judaism especially when contrasted with the
perfection of Christ.
Each of these large waterpots could contain two or three firkins. A firkin was a goatskin
used for storing wine. It was also a measure of volume. Although the actual size of a firkin
would vary depending upon the original size of the goat and elasticity of the skin, a firkin was
generally six to eight gallons. When Jesus commanded the servants to fill the waterpots, He was
requiring the servants to draw eighteen to twenty-four gallons of water in each pot.
From the servants' point of view, this action may have appeared foolish. The need of the
hour was for wine, but Jesus told the servants to fill the pots with water and then to draw some
caused fear, but the servants obeyed, and the miraculous resulted.
The verb translated "draw out" (antlesate, 2:8) is an aorist active imperative derived from
the noun antlos meaning "bilge water" or "the place where the water settles." While the English
translation appears to permit the idea of the servants drawing water from the waterpots, the
Greek verb implies to draw out water from the well. This is the same verb used when Jesus
spoke to the Samaritan woman (4:7,15) where the meaning is even clearer in the English
translation. The filling up of the six waterpots pictures Christ completely keeping or fulfilling
"The governor of the feast" (architriklinoi, 2:8) literally means "the chief of the banquet
hall with three couches" and was the title of the person whose duties included arranging the table
and the courses of the meal and tasting the food before it could be served to the guests. When
this man tasted the wine, he was surprised that it was of such quality yet reserved until the end of
the feast. It was customary to serve the finest foods and wines first, then after the senses of the
guests had been dulled through overindulgence, to serve inferior foods and wines.
This miracle of changing water into wine has been the center of controversy and debate
among Christians for years. Did Christ create intoxicating wine? The Bible speaks of two kinds
of wines: first, alcoholic, usually referred to as the adder's sting, and second, sweet wines-
nonalcoholic fruit juices. Some claim Jesus here created the alcoholic variety of wine, noting the
phrase "have well drunk" (methusthosin, 2:10) is often used in Greek literature to identify
intoxication. But the verse does not refer to the sobriety or lack of the same among the Fuests.
There are reasons to suspect all the wine at this marriage was of the sweet wine variety. A
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 81 of 504
marriage festival was a family affair and not the kind of place where alcoholic beverages would
be served. Also, the Passover was near (2:12,13), and Jews avoided the use of leaven, the source
11 This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and manifested forth his
12 After this he went down to Capernaum, he, and his mother, and his brethren, and his
D. The Development of Faith (2:11,12). John identifies the turning of water into wine as
the first miracle of Jesus. This statement in itself denies the apocryphal accounts of the hidden
years of the life of Christ. These nondocumented accounts abound with tales of the boy Jesus
performing miracles like magic tricks. According to John, Jesus did not begin performing
Miracles were performed by Jesus in this gospel for a variety of reasons. First, the
ultimate objectives of the signs was to bring glory to God (2:11) and develop the faith of those
who witnessed or heard about these miracles (20:31). Second, miracles were performed by
Christ to demonstrate how He fulfilled prophecy (6:14), and third, perhaps as an expression of
After accomplishing this miracle, Jesus went to Capernaum. Capernaum was a fenced
town (as opposed to an unfenced village) on the north shore of the Sea of Galilee. It was located
on the major trade route from Damascus and the interior of Asia to the Mediterranean Sea.
Godet suggests it was "the Jewish capital of Galilee" in the sense that Tiberias might be
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 82 of 504
considered the Gentile or Roman capital of that region. From this point on, Capernaum becomes
the prominent center of Jesus' Galilean ministry. While John does not specifically state how long
Jesus remained in Capernaum, the nearness of the Passover is emphasized to suggest that He
OF CHRIST (2:13-22)
When Jesus arrived in Jerusalem for the Passover and Feast of Unleavened Bread, He
found conditions in the temple less than desirable. His subsequent actions resulted first, in the
fulfillment of a messianic prophecy and second, in His prophesying as to how He, the Messiah,
would rise from the dead. The events in this chapter at the beginning of His ministry should not
be confused with His cleansing of the temple right before His death (Matthew 21:22,13; Mark
13 And the Jews' Passover was at hand, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem,
14 And found in the temple those that sold oxen and sheep and doves, and the changers of
money sitting:
15 And when he had made a scourge of small cords, he drove them all out of the temple,
and the sheep, and the oxen; and poured out the changers' money, and overthrew the tables;
16 And said unto them that sold doves, Take these things hence; make not my Father's
me up.
A. The Purification of the Temple (2:13-17). Entering the temple, Jesus first encountered
a group of businessmen engaged in the sale of sacrificial animals and currency exchange. The
use of the definite article identifying those selling animals (tous polountas) suggests an
identifiable group of sellers who were well known in Jerusalem. The word kermatistas,
translated "changers of money" (2:14), is derived from the verb kermatizo, meaning "to cut into
small pieces." This, the only occurrence of the word in the New Testament, was used in later
The sale of sacrifice animals and exchange of currency was an extremely profitable and
very necessary service industry in the temple, especially during the feasts such as Passover.
Since pilgrims came to Jerusalem from around the world, they would need animals to sacrifice.
Also, although their foreign currency might be accepted by the city businessmen, it could not be
used in the temple itself. What was going on was not in itself wrong, but the place and manner in
which it was done may have been wrong. The temple was divided into four courts, the outer
court being the Court of the Gentiles. This was the only part of the temple a Gentile convert to
Judaism could enter. This was also the place where these businessmen had set up shop. Because
their commercial activities made it practically impossible for a Gentile to come and meditate
upon the things of God in the temple, this service had actually become a hindrance to worship.
Jesus responded to this scene by first making "a scourge of small cords" (phragellion ek
schoinion). The noun schoinion is a diminutive of a word for rope which literally meant "a
rush." This is the only mention of a scourge (phragellion) in the New Testament. Here it
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 84 of 504
represents a symbol of both authority and judgment. Jesus apparently did not use a scourge when
He cleansed the temple at the end of His ministry (Matthew 21:12,13; Mark 11:15-17; Luke
19:45,46). Jesus may have used this as a goad in driving the sheep and goats out of the temple.
The verb translated "drove . . . out" is exebalen, literally, “cast out” (2:15). It is the same
verb used by the other gospel writers to describe the casting out of demons. Here John uses the
verb to refer only to "all ... the sheep, and the oxen." Some have suggested Jesus was
symbolically announcing the end of animal sacrifices was at hand. While expelling the animals
from the temple site, Jesus did not apparently expel any people, with the possible exception of
the dove sellers, who were told to remove the birds (2:16).
The removal of the animals, upsetting of the tables, and pouring out of the exchangers'
coins naturally created a commotion in the temple. This action caused His disciples to remember
the messianic prophecy, "The zeal of [literally for] thine house hath eaten me up" (2;17; see
Psalms 69:9). Jesus' actions may have caused the Jews to think of another messianic prophecy.
Malachi wrote of the Lord coming to His temple and purifying the sons of Levi (Malachi 3:1-3).
If the Jews recognized the similarities between this temple cleansing and that of Malachi, it
would be natural to expect them to verify Jesus' authority and then follow Him.
18 Then answered the Jews and said unto him, What sign shewest thou unto us, seeing
19 Jesus answered and said unto them, Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise
it up.
it up in three days?
22 When therefore he was risen from the dead, his disciples remembered that he had said
this unto them; and they believed the scripture, and the word which Jesus had said.
B. The Prophecy Concerning the Temple (2:18-22). When the Jews asked for a sign,
Jesus spoke prophetically of the resurrection as a sign. While His hearers did not immediately
understand, the disciples remembered it later as a sign that pointed to His divinity. The verb
lusate (destroy) is an aorist active imperative. It is the permissive imperative, not necessarily a
command to do it. He was not telling them to kill Him. Jesus knew these religious leaders
would later plot to have Him crucified. Although it would appear they had destroyed Him, three
John uses two words in this passage that are both translated "temple," and his use of them
is significant. Whenever he describes Jesus entering the temple structure, he uses the word
hieron (2:14). When speaking of the temple as the body of Jesus (2:19,21), John uses the word
naos, meaning "holy place" or "sanctuary." In doing this, he emphasizes that the real temple of
God was never a structure erected by human hands, but rather the temple is where the presence of
The Jews apparently thought Jesus was referring to the temple structure itself. Later, they
would misquote this saying, claiming Jesus predicted He would destroy the temple. This charge
appears in both the trial of Jesus and the trial of Stephen (Matthew 26:61; Acts 6:14). They
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 86 of 504
could only reason that the temple had already been forty-six years in the building and that it was
While John did not write this gospel primarily as a historian, this reference to forty-six
years is another evidence to the amazing historical accuracy of his account. This temple, known
as Herod's temple, was really a massive renovation of Zerubbabel's temple. The reconstruction
of this temple began in 20 B.C. and was not completed until A.D. 63. If, as the Jews here
suggest, the construction project had already lasted forty-six years, that would date the events of
this chapter to A.D. 26. If Jesus was born in 4 B.C., the generally accepted date of His birth
based upon conditions in Luke 2, then Jesus was "about thirty years of age" (Luke 3:23) as He
It was not until after the resurrection that the disciples completely understood what Jesus
was saying. Later, they would remember this prophecy concerning the temple and believe not
only the word of Jesus, but also the Old Testament Scripture which spoke of the resurrection of
23 Now when he was in Jerusalem at the Passover, in the feast day, many believed in his
24 But Jesus did not commit himself unto them, because he knew all men,
25 And needed not that any should testify of man: for he knew what was in man.
the days immediately following the Passover. Strictly speaking, the Passover was a one-day feast
followed by the seven-day Feast of Unleavened Bread. But in common usage, the term Passover
came to refer to all eight days. Most commentators agree the word heortei refers not to the feast
day (the Passover proper) but to the feast (the Feast of Unleavened Bread). A reference to the
Passover proper would have probably used the word pascha (see 2:13).
John notes that many believed when they saw Jesus' miracles. This is in contrast with the
nation that should have believed when their Messiah came to the temple (1:11). But even those
who did believe did not have the right kind of faith. Like Simon Magus (Acts 8:13), these
believers were apparently impressed with the evident power to do miracles but did not have faith
that results in a commitment to follow Christ. Their faith was incomplete. It may have affected
The nature of one's faith may be indiscernible to others, but Jesus knew (ginoskein) these
believers were not genuine and so would not commit Himself to them. The verb ginoskein
implies experiential knowledge. Because of their empty life-styles, Jesus knew it was head belief
but not a divine, implanted faith from God. In the Greek text of John 2:25, the word for "man" is
preceded by a definite article. Jesus knew the heart of all men in general (2:24) and of specific
men (2:25). This introduces the next chapter and refers to Nicodemus. Because Jesus knew the
man—Nicodemus—He could bluntly tell him to be born again. Perhaps this teaching on Jesus'
omniscient knowledge of men's hearts is indicative of the rest of the gospel. Jesus responds as
CHRIST—THE SAVIOUR
JOHN 3:1-36
The previous chapter ends with a statement concerning Jesus' omniscience. Jesus would
not commit Himself to the multitudes, "for he knew what was in man" (2:25). That statement not
only applies to the Jerusalem pilgrims but is also the introductory statement to chapters three and
four. Jesus appears to be blunt in His interview with Nicodemus because "he knew what was in
man." Jesus understood the woman at the well and told her to call her husband because "he knew
what was in man." Jesus knew the nobleman had faith because "he knew what was in man." His
supernatural knowledge of people helped Him quickly understand the specific needs of these
The third chapter of John is the one thousandth chapter in the Bible. It is one of the !best-
known chapters because it records Jesus' explanation of the new birth to Nicodemus. Many
Christians have committed this entire chapter to memory. Verse sixteen, often the first verse
memorized by new Christians, has been called "the Gospel in a nutshell" and "the greatest verse
in all Scripture." John Wesley is said to have preached on the text "Ye must be born again" (3:7)
over three hundred times. When asked why he so often chose that text, he responded, "Because,
ye must be born again." The message of this chapter is foundational to our Christian experience.
The teaching of this chapter is arranged around two individuals who were among the
followers of Jesus. First Nicodemus, a seeker of truth, comes to Jesus by night to learn about the
over the success of Jesus' ministry. When we have learned the lesson Nicodemus learned that
night, we will find ourselves constantly needing the lesson John the Baptist tried to teach his
disciples.
The name Nicodemus, though a Greek name, was common among Jews. It is derived
from two Greek words: nike, meaning "victory," and demos, meaning "people." John identifies
this Nicodemus as both a Pharisee and ruler of the Jews. The word archon (ruler) suggests he
was a lay member of the Sanhedrin and not one of the chief priests (archiereus). He is
mentioned in the Talmud as one of the four richest men in Jerusalem and one considered a
disciple of Jesus. According to Hoskyns, he was a member of the same aristocratic family that
had furnished the Hasmonaean King Aristobulus II with his ambassador to Pompey in 63B.c. His
son apparently was the man who negotiated the terms of surrender to the Roman garrison in
The meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus occurred at night. Some have suggested the
night meeting was due to fear on the part of Nicodemus. However, it was common for teachers
to gather in conversation during the cool of the early evening. Also, Nicodemus may have come
to Jesus by night because the crowds that surrounded Jesus by day made a private conversation
impossible at that time. Also, the use of plural verbs connected with Nicodemus suggests he may
have come representing a party within the Sanhedrin that was sympathetic to or at least interested
in knowing more about Jesus' teachings (3:2,7,10,11,12). This interview became the occasion
kingdom (3:3,4).
There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews:
2 The same came to Jesus by night, and said unto him, Rabbi, we know that thou art a
teacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with
him.
3 Jesus answered and said unto him, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born
4 Nicodemus saith unto him, How can a man be born when he is old? can he enter the
A. The Nature o the New Birth (3:1-4). Nicodemus was prepared to accept Jesus as a
religious teacher, even though He had not had formal training or been otherwise accredited by the
religious leadership of the city. That Nicodemus should use the title Rabbi f6r Jesus
demonstrates something of the respect he had for Jesus. But Nicodemus goes beyond this. He
also expresses his conviction that Jesus had come from God as a teacher. In the expression "a
teacher come from God" (3:2), apo theou (from God) is first in order and holds the place of
emphasis. Nicodemus was convinced of this by the miracles (semeia, literally "signs") which
Jesus performed. In this gospel, John records the miracles of Christ only to bring people to faith
the Pharisees, a disciplined and highly respected sect in Judaism. He was a man of extreme
wealth and a member of a distinguished family with an illustrious history. He himself was a
respected ruler of the Jews and teacher of Israel. Still, Jesus immediately turned this
The expression gennethei anothen (3:3) can be translated various ways depending upon
the implied meaning of anothen. This word is used in the New Testament thirteen times with at
least four different meanings. It can be translated "from the top" (19:23; Matthew 27:51; Mark
15:38) "from above" (3:31; 19:11; James 1:17; 3:15,17), "from the first/from the beginning"
(Luke 1:3; Acts 26:5), or "again" (Galatians 4:9). In this context Nicodemus seems to think of
the new birth in terms of a second birth, "born again." But Nicodemus may have been incorrect in
his conclusion. Throughout this gospel anothen refers to "from above" (3:31; 19:11). This also
seems more consistent with the idea of being "born of God" in John's writings (1:13; 1 John 3:9;
5:18). The new birth is a second birth in the sense that it occurs after a physical birth. But it is
The necessity of the new birth is emphasized for the first time in this chapter. Jesus
explains that without it one cannot see the kingdom. The verb idein implies more than mere
physical sight. It includes the idea of actively participating in that which is seen (see 8:51;
Revelation 18:7). In Jewish eschatology, part of the suffering in hell was that men could see
heaven (see Luke 16:23) but not participate in it. Jesus here explains that men cannot participate
in the bliss of heaven without first being born again from above.
it is an imperative, this statement divides mankind. All men will fall into one of two
classifications-those who have been born again or those who have not been born again.
Understanding the importance of the new birth, Nicodemus twice asks questions concerning it
(3:4,9). Although the questions are similar, there is an important difference. The first question
concerns the possibility of the new birth. The second question concerns the process of the new
birth.
Nicodemus's question to Jesus is puzzling. Apparently he not only missed what Jesus
was saying but failed to think of a more plausible physical explanation than that of an old man
being physically born again from his mother's womb. Nicodemus does not use anothen, the word
Jesus used concerning the new birth, but deuteron (3:4) to refer to the second birth. His use of
this term demonstrates his failure to grasp the spiritual or heavenly nature of this new birth. If
Nicodemus was going to interpret Jesus' statements in a purely physical context, there was a
better explanation than the one he proposed. Greeks sometimes used the expression "born again"
Nicodemus did not refer to this use of the phrase "born again" suggests he may have understood
to some degree that the new birth was different from a normal physical birth.
5 Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the
6 That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.
8 The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell
whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: so is every one that is born of the Spirit.
9 Nicodemus answered and said unto him, How can these things be?
10 Jesus answered and said unto him, Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these
things?
11 Verily, verily, I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have
12 If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe, if I tell you
of heavenly things?
13 And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even
"born of water and of t Spirit" (3:5). What did Jesus mean by this expression? Se eral
interpretations have been offered throughout the year Often these interpretations have been based
on preconceive theological conc6pts rather than a sound ex6gesis of t Word of God. Chart 11
Interpreting this verse in context and in light of the overall teaching of Scripture, any
suggestion that it means baptism regeneration or a sacramental view of baptism must be rule out.
The three viewpoints in which "water" means (1) the Holy Spirit, (2) the Word of God. or (3)
natural birth, are in keeping with sound biblical interpretation. The Hebrew parallelism of verses
four, five, and six tends to favor the natural birth interpretation. The method by which the new
Jesus went on to explain that that which is born is of the same nature as that which gives
it birth. This principle is fundamental to all of life and is emphasized in Genesis where
everything that reproduces does so "after his/their kind" (Genesis 1:11,12,21). Therefore, "that
which is born of the flesh is flesh" (3:6). The word sarx (flesh) is used by John to express
humanity (1:14; 1 John 4:2,3; 2 John 7) and sometimes implies a hint of the sinful and corrupt
nature of man (8:15; 1 John 2:16). In this context, he probably means humanity as opposed to
As He instructs Nicodemus further concerning the new birth, Jesus emphasizes the
sovereignty of the Holy Spirit in the new birth. It is difficult to be conclusive concerning directly
or indirectly concerning the t. The word pneuma can be translated is translated "spirit" in
Wycliff’s original English translation. Of the 370 times this word occurs in n means "spirit"
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 96 of 504
everywhere except in one quote from the Old Testament (Psalms 104:4; Hebrews 1:7). In
contrast, the verb pneo (bloweth) occurs six times in the New Testament and in every other case
clearly refers to the wind (see 6:18). Likewise, phone could refer to the sound of the wind or the
voice of the Spirit. Both are perfectly acceptable translations. If Jesus was speaking directly of
the Holy Spirit, He was emphasizing that no one can tell where the Spirit has been or is going. If
He is talking about the wind, the same truth is applied to the Holy Spirit by the last line of the
When Nicodemus again questions concerning the new birth, Jesus addresses him as "the
teacher of Israel" (3:10, literal translation). The use of a definite article accompanying both
teacher and Israel serves to emphasize the position that Nicodemus held. He was not just
another rabbi but rather the well-known, illustrious teacher of the nation. Still he was unable to
grasp what Jesus was teaching. The assumption that Nicodemus should have known is probably
based on several Old Testament passages that teach the doctrine of regeneration (Psalms
In addressing this teacher, Jesus also resorts to the use of the plural verb four times
(3:11). Hoskyns suggests Jesus was here speaking of the testimonies of both Himself and John
the Baptist. Another possibility could be that Jesus is identifying with the testimony of the
prophets with which He assumed Nicodemus was familiar. Supporting this second view is the
use of the verb eipon in the next verse, which is more correctly translated, "they told." The
prophets had spoken of earthly things, and Jesus intended to build on their message to teach
heavenly things.
expression does not mean holy or spiritual things in contrast with sinful or temporal things but
rather the things that are in heaven and take place in heaven. The teaching of Christ was
concerned with the great mysteries and secrets of God concerning God's purpose in the cross and
the salvation of man. This heavenly teaching was not revealed in the past but rather by Jesus and
His apostles (see Romans 16:25,26; Ephesians 3:4-11). While there was no conflict between the
teaching of Christ and that of the apostles, the teaching of Christ went far beyond that of the Old
Testament.
14 And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be
lifted up:
15 That whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life.
16 For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever
17 For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world
C. The Basis of the New Birth (3:14-17). The basis of the new birth is found in the cross.
Jesus used an illustration from the Old Testament to ex lain this truth to Nicodemus. When Israel
was plagued by serpents, Moses erected a brass serpent as directed by God. Those who in faith
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN PAGE 99 of 504
looked to the serpent were physically healed (Numbers 21:9). By drawing this parallel, Jesus
signified His death and the spiritual healing that will come when anyone looks to Him and
believes on Him. The expression “lifted up” in this gospel always refers to the cross.
The parallelism of Christ to the serpent is an intriguing one. The serpent was a symbol of
the sin of Israel. Because the Israelites sinned in unbelief, God sent the serpents in judgment.
Those who looked on the brazen serpent were acknowledging that their sin was the cause of
judgment and death. For them to "look and live" was an act of repentance
and belief. Just as the serpent was sin, so Christ was made sin (2 Corinthians 5:21) in the act of
imputation. When a sinner acknowledges that Christ became sin for him, it is an act of
The result of faith in Christ is eternal life. John speaks of eternal life sixteen times in this
gospel. In doing so, he associates the adjective aionios with the noun zoe. The phrase means a
life that is endless, beginning at the moment of faith (5:24) but never ending. But John makes
the phrase refer to more than endless existence. It also involves a sharing of the divine life (5:26;
17:3). There is no difference between eternal life and everlasting life, as both translate from the
Verses sixteen through twenty-one represent John's summary of the teaching of Christ
concerning the new birth. There are several reasons for not attributing these words to Jesus.
First, the verbs in verse sixteen, loved and gave are past tense and are better understood from a
postcrucifixion context. This type of explanatory comment is typical in the gospel (see 1:16-18;
12:37-41). The tone of verse nineteen is similar to that of 1:9-11 and suggests the rejection of
truth" (3:16,18,21), while used elsewhere by John, are never elsewhere used by Jesus. While
these reasons support the conclusion that the next six verses of the chapter are not part of the
interview with Nicodemus, it should be noted that several conservative commentators disagree
Although one of the purposes and ministries of Jesus is to judge (5:27), that was not His
primary purpose in coming to earth. The verb krinei originally referred to the act of separating or
distinguishing and later came to refer to the act of pronouncing judgment upon that which was
separated. Jesus' primary purpose in coming was to save the world. As some believed and others
rejected His offer, the net result has been to separate the world into two distinct groups, the saved
and the lost. The lost are already under judgment because of their failure to accept the
deliverance offered them. When Christ returns and judges, He will be merely identifying the
Chart 13
Four times John refers to the kosmos (world, 3:16,17). The world is the object of the love
of God, and Jesus was sent into the world. Christ's object during His earthly ministry was not to
judge the world but rather to save the world. As the world rejects Christ later in this gospel, it is
In this author's opinion, John 3:16 is the greatest verse in the Bible. This is illustrated in
Chart 13.
18 He that believeth on him is not condemned: but he that believeth not is condemned
already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.
19 And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved
20 For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither colneth to the light, lest his deeds
should be reproved.
21 But he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that
comes when men who are in darkness refuse to turn to the light, Jesus Christ. Men, in fact, love
darkness and desire to remain in that darkness because of their sin. The light makes visible the
sin of man and makes a way for repentance and belief on the person of Christ. So the only
opposition to the light that has come into the world is the desire of men to remain blind. They do
For John, the faith that produces life is not only believing the truth, it also involves doing
the truth (3:21). The phrase poion ten aletheian (doeth the truth) occurs only twice in the
Scriptures and is used only by John (3:21; 1 John 1:6). In contrast with the plural in the previous
verse (evil, 3:20), truth here is singular. It includes all right deeds in a supreme unity. There is
also a contrast in the two words translated "doeth" in these two verses. The first verb, prasson,
emphasizes the means or practice of doing, with the idea of continuity or repetition. The verb
poion, however, emphasizes the object and end of doing-doing once and for all. While men in
darkness are continually doing evil, those who are in the light have once and for all done the truth
The case is clear. The options are presented bluntly and truthfully to all. Everyone must
be born again if he desires to enter the kingdom. Those who oppose this doctrine do so because
23 And John also was baptizing in Aenon near to Sahm, because there was much water
John introduces the second part of this chapter with the often repeated phrase "after these
things" (3:22; see 2:12; 5:1; 6:1; 7:1). The expression identifies a period later chronologically
but does not specify how much later. John does not try to write a comprehensive biography of
Christ but only records select incidents that are in keeping with his purpose (20:30,31). Some
days are recorded in great detail, whereas many months are virtually ignored. The events that
begin in verse twenty-two take place some time after that first Passover season in Jerusalem.
Only this gospel records the parallel ministries of Jesus and John the Baptist. While
Jesus' disciples baptized in Judea (see 4:2), John was baptizing in Samaria. As the forerunner of
Christ, he preached to the Jews, preparing the way for Jesus. Now the Baptist is portrayed as
preparing the way for Jesus' later ministry in Samaria. Some commentators have seen a
significance in the meaning of the names of the places where John was baptizing. Aenon means
"spring" or "fountain," and Salim, a nearby village, means '-peace." It has been 'suggested that the
ministry of John only brought his converts near the peace of reconciliation that Jesus offered to
all. John adds, concerning the time of these events, that the Baptist had not yet been imprisoned
25 Then there arose a question between some of john's disciples and the Jews about
purifying.
26 And they came unto John, and said unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee beyond
Jordan, to whom thou barest witness, behold, the same baptizeth, and all men come to him.
27 John answered and said, A man can receive nothing, except it be given him from
heaven.
28 Ye yourselves bear me witness that I said, I am not the Christ, but that I am sent before
him.
29 He that hath the bride is the bridegroom: but the friend of the bridegroom, which
standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because of the bridegroom's voice: this my joy
therefore is fulfilled.
A. A Humble Servant (3:25-30). John the Baptist was the forerunner and witness of
Christ. He was the one who baptized and saw the Spirit of God descend on Jesus. He had heard
the voice of the Father saying, "Thou art my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased" (Mark
1:11). Therefore, John knew Christ and realized his primary purpose in life was complete-to
announce Christ to the world. He could genuinely say to his followers, "He must increase, but I
devotion to Christ.
The evangelist records a dispute between some of the disciples of the Baptist and a Jew or
group of Jews over some matter of purification. The word zetesis (3:25) refers to a process of
inquiry usually resulting in a meticulous dispute (see 1 Timothy 6:4). Perhaps there was some
concern over john's willingness to baptize in Samaria, probably baptizing Samaritans as well as
Jews. The Jews would have considered these people unclean and unworthy of baptism. As a
result of the dispute, his disciples came to John complaining of the success of Jesus' ministry.
The statement of these disgruntled disciples suggests a degree of bitterness in their spirits.
They carefully avoid naming Jesus, referring to Him only as "he that was with thee, . . . to whom
thou barest witness" (3:26). The word ide (behold), used rarely in the writings of John, suggests
in this context a sense of shock at the audacity of Jesus to baptize disciples. The real problem,
however, was not that Jesus or, more correctly, the disciples of Jesus were baptizing but that they
were apparently baptizing more disciples than John the Baptist. As they heard of Jesus'
increasing crowds and saw their own crowds decrease, they could only conclude "all men come
to him" (3:26). When one sees the expressions of pride and jealousy which too often
characterize those involved in the ministry of Christ today, one begins to realize not much has
John the Baptist reminded his disciples that the source of their former success was not
their charismatic personalities but rather God. He had faithfully told not the Messiah and even
pointed to f God" (1:29,36). John the Baptist was not only content to allow Jesus to enjoy
charai chairei (3:29) literally translates "rejoicing with joy." It occurs only here and in Isaiah
61:10 (Septuagint). It was a Hebrew idiom meaning "rejoicing to the full." John the Baptist was
rejoicing with such great joy over the success of his friend, the bridegroom, that even his own
dwindling ministry or the bitter negative attitude of his disciples could not discourage him in his
rejoicing.
The great humility of this man of God is evidenced by his sincere statement, "He must
increase, but I must decrease" (3:30). The word dei (must) occurs only once in this verse
although the translators have supplied it a second time. The first must is clearly stated; the
second only implied. The secret of great humility is often only a matter of emphasis. Humility is
not so much the result of vigorous self-abasement as it is the result of raising Christ to His proper
31 He that cometh from above is above all: he that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh
32 And what he hath seen and heard, that he testifieth; and no man receiveth his
testimony.
33 He that hath received his testimony hath set to his sea] that God is true.
34 For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God: for God giveth not the Spirit
36 He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life: and he that believeth not the Son
shall not see life; but the wrath of God abideth in him.
B. An Honored Son (3:31-36). Once again John interrupts a discourse to include his own
explanatory note. The change in style in the final verses of this chapter from those just examined
suggests a different speaker. The last words of the Baptist in this gospel are those of verse thirty
where he affirms the preeminence of Jesus in his life and ministry. It is John the Apostle who
1. His divine origin (3:31). All men must decrease as they see Jesus Christ and recognize
who He is. When they acknowledge Jesus' deity, they accept that He is God. In these closing
verses, John identifies three reasons why Christians recognize the deity of Christ. The first
relates to His divine origin. Jesus, though born in a Bethlehem barn at a point in history, really
came from above. His origin is in heaven rather than on earth; therefore he "is above all."
2. His divine testimony (3:32,33). John's second argument for the deity of Christ is that
the testimony of Christ is also from heaven. He has authority given by God, and the things that
Jesus says are from God, because Jesus is God in the flesh.
Emphasizing this point, John uses the verb esphragisen. The practice of sealing was used
for various reasons including that of security (Matthew 27:66; 2 Corinthians 1:22; Ephesians
1:13; 4:30; Revelation 7:3-8; 20:3), concealment (Revelation 10:4; 22:10), and authentication
3. His divine authority (3:34-36). Finally, John argues that Christ is God because all
authority has been given to Christ by God the Father. Jesus Christ has the total support of God.
He has the Spirit completely filling Him and speaks the words of God. God has put everything
John uses the phrase "into his hand" not only here but also in John 13:3. Also, Jesus
Himself made similar claims during His ministry (5:19-30; Matthew 11:27; 28:18). This
expression signifies not only possession but also the power of free disposal. The Father has
given the Son "all things into his hand';' (3:35), meaning Jesus is free to administer these things
This chapter concludes with another reminder of the decision all must make to have
eternal life. Unbelief for John is not passive but active. The verb apeithon (believeth not, 3:36)
negative a to the verb peitho, which means "to persuade," "to cause belief," or "to induce one to
do something by persuading."
Those who believe receive eternal life. Those who do not become the objects of the
wrath of God. There are two words in the New Testament for “wrath,” orge and thumos. John
here uses the more severe term—orge—describing a deeper, more settled and permanent attitude
toward the unbeliever. When confronted with the option to believe, can there be any question
JOHN 4:1-54
Jesus practiced the same strategy for world evangelization that He later gave His disciples
to follow (Acts 1:8). This strategy is illustrated in chapters three and four of John as different
individuals and groups come to faith in Christ. He began in Jerusalem, explaining the Gospel to
a prominent leader of the Jews and followed this by preaching to the Jewish multitudes (3:22).
The major part of chapter four deals with Jesus' successful ministry in Samaria, reaching an
outcast woman from an outcast people, followed by ministry to many in that region. Finally,
Jesus reached out to lead a Gentile to faith in the Word of God. (See Chart 14.)
The public ministry of Christ was conducted primarily in three geographic regions: Judea,
Chart 14
Luke, more than any other Gospel writer, emphasizes the ministry of Christ among the
Samaritans. John tends to emphasize the Judean ministry of Christ though not completely
ignoring His ministry in Samaria and Galilee. In this chapter, the evangelist makes specific
When therefore the Lord knew how the Pharisees had heard that Jesus made and baptized
John does not record specifically how long Jesus remained in Judea after the Passover,
but it seems He is on the way home from the Passover in Jerusalem discussed in chapter three
(April). The reference to "four months until harvest" (4:35), if understood literally, suggests it
was April or May, because those were planting months, and it took four months for the crops to
ripen for harvest. Apart from Jesus' interview with Nicodemus at Jerusalem, we do not know the
success of His first Judean tour, but the disciples of the Baptist claimed "all men come to him"
(3:26). According to the evangelist, "Jesus made and baptized more disciples than John" (4:1).
experienced extreme popularity during these months (see Matthew 3:5; Mark 1:5).
There is some question as to what is meant by Jesus' baptizing. John explains it was His
disciples who did most of the actual immersing. The word ebaptizen is in the imperfect tense,
meaning Jesus was not "in the habit of baptizing.” This does not mean Jesus never practiced
baptism, only that He was not the one who normally immersed His converts. Some Baptists
argue Jesus baptized the twelve, who then baptized others, thus establishing a succession from
John the Baptist. While that may or may not be an accurate conclusion it should be remembered
that the New Testament makes a distinction between the nature of Christian baptism and that of
John the Baptist (see Acts 19:3-5). Those who submitted to John's baptism were looking for the
coming Messiah and repenting to get ready for the Messiah. Those who receive Christian
baptism fulfill a different symbolism. They are identifying with the death, burial, and
John uses an unusual verb to describe the departure of Jesus from Judea. The word
aphiemi literally means "to send away" or "to dismiss"; it is used of forgiving offenses (James
5:15), yielding up (Matthew 27:50), and letting alone (Matthew 19:14). The word is used here of
Jesus leaving Judea (4:3) and later of His leaving the world (16:28). After His ministry in
Jerusalem, Jesus suddenly dismissed Himself from Judea. A comparison of the Gospels, as
shown in Chart 15, suggests several reasons why He left Judea so abruptly.
As this Judean ministry concludes, John mentions the necessity of going through
Samaria. The normal route for a Jew travelling from Judea to Galilee involved walking up the
the Jews and Samaritans that a Jew would only take the route through Samaria if he was in a
great hurry. In light of Jesus' later decision to remain in a Samaritan city for two days (4:40), it is
unlikely Jesus chose this route because He was in a hurry to get to Galilee.
A more probable interpretation of this statement is that He went through Samaria because
it was necessary for Him to do the will of His Father in preaching to the Samaritans (see 4:34).
Normally, the verb commonly translated "it is necessary" (4:4) denotes a divine requirement in
3:7,14,30; 4:20,24; 9:4; 10:16; 12:34; 20:9). Though it may have been a faster route to Galilee,
the delay of Christ for two days in Sychar suggests He must have gone through Samaria for the
5 Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of
6 Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus
Jesus' Samaritan ministry in this chapter centers around a city called Sychar (4:5). There
is some disagreement among Bible commentators concerning the exact identity of this city.
Many identify the city as the site of El-Ascar, a city in the plain of Soukar, near the spring of
Jacob's well at the foot of Mount Ebal. Some believe this may have been an important city
during the Roman occupation of Palestine. Other writers choose to identify Sychar with
Shechem, which is also in the same geographic area. The name Shechem means "portion" and
was generally held to be the portion of land Jacob had given Joseph, who was later buried there
(Genesis 33:19; 48:22; Joshua 24:32; Acts 7:16). Also, John here identifies the city n in it was
"called Sychar." The name Sychar may have been a popular or intentional corruption of the name
Shechem, based on the term scheker, meaning "falsehood" (city of liars or heathens, see Luke
9:51-56), or schekar, meaning "liquor" (city of drunkards, see Isaiah 28:1). Such an
identification of a major Samaritan city like Shechem was the natural result of the deep animosity
which existed between the Jews and the Samaritans. Both of the above-named cities are close to
Jacob's well where Jesus met the Samaritan woman . Also, both could be identified by the term
polis (city) since throughout the Gospels of Mark and John this term is used to identify
communities of various sizes. Also, John's use of the term choriou, a diminutive identifying the
"parcel of ground" (4:5) probably refers to the area around Jacob's well and Joseph's grave and
may have no bearing at all on the size of the city. One could argue that the city was small
because the area of the well was small, or that the area of the well seemed small next to such a
large city. John spends more time in this chapter describing the meeting at the well, rather than
About the sixth hour, noon according to Jewish time, Jesus sat to rest at Jacob's well. The
participle kekopiaos describes a state of weariness and is closely related to the verb meaning
“excessive toil” (see Luke 5:5). Although this gospel emphasizes the deity of Christ, it does not
(2:14-16; 11:3,33,35,38; 12:27; 13:21; 19:28). Jesus in this gospel is described as "the Word
became flesh" (1:14 RSV). After a day of travelling, the flesh became weary. Tired, hungry, and
thirsty, He sat at the edge of the well. The picture implied by the Greek words is that of a man
collapsing by a cool well because He was too tired to go on. His disciples went into the city to
7 There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to
drink.
8 (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.)
9 Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest
drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans.
10 Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that
saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee
living water.
11 The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep:
12 Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank thereof
13 Jesus answered and said unto her, Whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again:
water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life.
15 The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come
hither to draw.
16 Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither.
17 The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast
18 For thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in
19 The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet.
20 Our fathers worshipped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place
21 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in
22 Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of the Jews.
23 But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shall worship the Father
in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him.
24 God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth.
A. Building the Faith of a Sinful Woman (4:4-26). Jesus was interested in meeting the
needs of people regardless of who those people were. Sometimes that involved ministry among
the rich and famous like Nicodemus. At other times He found Himself with the outcasts of
society like this Samaritan woman. While the message of Christ never changed, nor was it in any
way ever compromised, His strategy of ministry changed with each person as He determined the
Chart 16
Jesus initiated His conversation with the woman at the well by asking for a drink. This
statement not only began the meeting but also identified His racial background. The woman
immediately identified Christ as a Jew. While some commentators argue this identification was
based upon Jesus' physical appearance, sociological studies suggest Jews tend to look like others
in the society in which they live. Apart from anti-Semitic literature, there seems to be little
evidence of any distinctive physical features of Jews in contrast with other people groups. There
are, however, in every ethnic group linguistic characteristics-accents that often betray a person's
cultural background (see Judges 12:6). One of these distinctive Jewish accents would have been
pronounced in the request for a drink. A Jew would say teni lischechoth, whereas a Samaritan
That Jesus should be talking with the woman caught her by surprise. The Samaritans
claimed they were the true Israel and prided themselves on their worship. They had a temple of
their own on Mount Gerizim and to this day continue to offer the blood sacrifices required in the
Pentateuch. In actual fact, they are the descendants of heathen colonists from five Mesopotamian
cities who had adopted the worship of Jehovah as a sort of tribal god (2 Kings 17:24-41; 2
Chronicles 30:6, 1 0; 34:7). According to the rabbis, "To eat bread with the Samaritan was like
eating swine's flesh." John uses the compound word sunchrontai with a strong negative to
describe the relationship between Jews and Samaritans. The word chraomai means "to make use
of" or "to treat a person well" (see Acts 27:3). The word sun implies the idea of togetherness.
Jesus chose not to engage in an ethnic-oriented debate with, the woman but rather turned
the focus to "the gift of God" (4:10). While some commentators interpret this gift as the living
water, it is more probable that the gift is Himself, the Messiah, given by God (3:16). The
expression gift should be viewed as one of the many descriptive titles of Christ. The word kai,
here translated "and" can also be translated even," in which case Jesus would be identifying
Himself as even the gift of God." Paul described Christ as the unspeakable gift of God (2
Corinthians 9:15).
The expression hudor zon (living water, 4:10) is used to contrast the quality of water
Jesus would offer with that which He had requested. Jacob's well was fed largely by rainwater
percolating into the cistern or well itself. Although it was good water, a well fed by springs
(living or running water) was always preferred (Genesis 26:19; Leviticus 14:5; Numbers 19:17).
While the woman appeared to understand Jesus' discussion of the living water only in terms of
physical water, Jesus was also referring to water in its deeper sense of being a fountain of life
Water is a fundamental necessity of life and was used for several purposes in those days.
Although He was asking for water, Jesus desired far more to give the "living water" to the
woman who so desperately needed it. Water is useful for (1) producing growth, (2) cleansing,
life.
Not understanding that Jesus was talking about spiritual water, the woman questioned
Him about how He could draw the water from the well. She described the well as "deep" and
noted He had nothing with which to draw water. It is estimated that the well was about thirty to
fifty feet deep at that time, and although a bucket of skin was normally left at the well, Jesus did
The woman's question in verse twelve was stated in such a way as to assume a negative
answer. The Samaritans believed they were descendants of Jacob through Joseph. For a
Samaritan to acknowledge someone as "greater than our father Jacob" would be like an American
identifying someone as a better Catholic than the pope. The question might be expressed, "You
are not greater than our father Jacob ... are you?"
Jesus told her that the physical water of the well would not quench thirst forever, but the
water that He was able to give would bring eternal satisfaction. John uses the words ou me (4:14,
translated "never") which forms a double negative. Its appearance with a future indicative verb
(dipsesei, "he shall thirst") constitutes the strongest possible negative expression in Greek. The
emphasis of Christ is that His living water satisfies so that the drinker will never ever thirst again.
It is interesting to note how Jesus successfully avoided getting into controversial side
issues that would hinder His spiritual ministry to this woman. On at least three occasions in this
took the question and used it as an opportunity to further reveal Himself while carefully avoiding
the controversy reflected in the question (see Chart 17). Perhaps the woman was testing the
messenger before believing the message. If so, Jesus passed the test with flying colors.
When Jesus described His living water to the woman, she responded, "Sir, give me this
water, that I thirst not" (4:15). Probably, she was still thinking of water in a physical sense and
made the request somewhat sarcastically. Jesus responded to her request with two imperatives,
"go," and ii call thy husband" (4:16). Some commentators suggest the woman's request was
made mockingly as she gathered her waterpot to return to the city. The verb hupage (go) is a
away, Jesus was in essence saying, "Go on your way, and call your husband." The second
imperative, phoneson (call), is in the aorist tense and emphasizes the idea of a specific action to
be accomplished.
Whatever the woman's motive in asking for the living water, Jesus knew what was in her
heart (2:25) and issued the command to call her husband for a specific reason. The woman
needed to confront her own sin if she was to receive the eternal life springing up from this well of
water (4:14). She carefully answered, "I have no husband" (4:17). The word translated
was not her "husband." When Jesus further clarified the woman's marital status, He was
producing conviction and motivating her to be truthful with Him and herself. For the first time in
This woman's worship of Christ was not a sudden conclusion but rather the result of a
gradual change in attitude toward Jesus. This change in attitude is reflected in the various titles
of Christ used by the woman. She began by calling Him "a Jew" (4:9), which was for her a term
of contempt. Then she called Him "greater than . . . Jacob" (4:12), with an Auspicious attitude
assuming He was not. After being confronted with her sin, she called him "a prophet" (4:19),
which, although it still fell short of Jesus' true identity, was probably meant as a title of respect.
Her final reverence for Jesus was evidenced when she identified Him as the "Christ" (4:25,29).
The woman's question about the place of worship was of grave importance to a
Samaritan. Jacob's well is at the foot of Mount Gerizim, and the woman may have pointed to the
mountain as she identified the place where her fathers had worshipped (4:20). This was the
mountain where Sanballat had built a temple which was eventually destroyed by John Hyrcanus
in 129 B.C. Still, the Samaritans continued to worship on the mountain. To justify this action
they noted both Abraham (Genesis 12:7) and Jacob (Genesis 33:20) had established altars at
Shechem. Gerizim was the mountain from which the blessings of Deuteronomy 28 were
proclaimed, and, according to the Samaritan Pentateuch, it was this mountain and not Ebal where
an altar was built (Deuteronomy 27:4 Peshitta). Samaritans also tried to identify Gerizim as the
Christ was talking about the object of 'worship, which is God. True worshippers are not
searching for a place or a form, for they worship in Spirit and in truth. God is seeking
worshippers, not workers. He doesn't just want people to serve Him, for serving people are not
always worshipping people. In contrast, if a man really worships God, he will also serve Him.
Jesus explained to the woman that the Jews knew more about this subject as they had a
fuller revelation than the Samaritans (see 4:22). The Samaritans had rejected the Psalms and
Prophets and therefore did not have that material in their canon of Scripture. In contrast, the
Jews not only included that literature in their Scripture, it was also an integral part of their
literature, especially the Psalms of David (Psalms 1-72). These Psalms are so often repeated in
the Jewish expressions of worship that it is not uncommon to find a Jew who can recite all
seventy-two from memory. Further, Jesus explained that this salvation of which they had been
speaking came "out of" (ek) the Jews. This does not identify salvation with Judaism, as the
Judaizing teachers later taught (Acts 15:1), but rather emphasizes the racial origin of the One
who brought salvation. Lest there be any confusion as to His identity, Jesus used the expression
"I am" (ego eimi, 4:26), identifying Himself not only as the Messiah but also with Jehovah in the
Old Testament.
When this dialogue ended, the woman's new life was just beginning. She left her
waterpot and ran back to the city to share her newfound faith. She was not commanded to
witness but rather took it upon herself. That she left her waterpot shows she was in a hurry to tell
others about Christ. A heavy waterpot would have only slowed her progress (see 2:6). Also, the
Jesus' earlier command to call her husband and thought of returning with her man to introduce
27 And upon this came his disciples, and marvelled that he talked with the woman: yet no
man said, What seekest thou? or, Why talkest thou with her?
28 The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the
men,
29 Come, see a man, which told me all things that ever I did: is not this the Christ?
30 Then they went out of the city, and came unto him. 31 In the mean while his disciples
32 But he said unto them, I have meat to eat that ye know not of.
33 Therefore said the disciples one to another. Hath any man brought him ought to eat?
34 Jesus saith unto them, My meat is to do the will of him that sent me, and to finish his
work.
35 Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto
you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.
36 And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he
38 I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labour: other men laboured, and ye are
B. Building the Faith of His Skeptical Disciples (4:27-38). when the disciples returned
toward the end of Jesus' diaogue with the woman, they "marvelled." The verb ethaumazon is an
imperfect active describing the disciples' astonishment. The reason for this astonishment is here
identified 'that he talked with a woman" (4:27, there is no definite article in the Greek). Though
suspicious, they kept their thoughts to themselves, probably out of respect for Jesus. These
disciples viewed Jesus as a rabbi (1:38,49), yet He was engaged in an activity that most rabbis
would have avoided. According to rabbinical teaching, "Let no one talk with a ,woman in the
street, no, not with his own wife.” This principle was usually followed regardless of the context
in which the conversation occurred. For instance, another maxim of the rabbis stated, "Let a man
burn the words of the law rather than teach them to a woman.” It is therefore, no wonder that the
disciples marvelled, much as the woman herself had at the beginning of their conversation.
When the disciples returned, they insisted He eat the food brought to Him. The verb
eroton is an imperfect active meaning "they kept beseeching" Him (4:31). Jesus told them, "I
have meat to eat that ye know not of" (4:32). The disciples were puzzled with this statement,
certain that no one else had brought Him food while they were gone. The question of verse
thirty-three implies a negative answer. Jesus reminded His disciples that His "meat" was not
only to do the will of His Father, but also to finish it. In both Judea and Samaria, Jesus and the
disciples had been doing the will of the Father with tremendous success. Jesus was still doing
Sometimes, after a period of great blessing in the work of God there is a tendency to take it easy
for a while. The disciples had to be reminded by Jesus of the need to complete the task.
Jesus also reminded the disciples they were four months from harvest—mid to late
summer (4:35). Normally the harvest season would also include a pilgrimage to Jerusalem to
keep the feast. Perhaps the disciples were thinking of their return to Judea, anticipating as great a
harvest of souls in the future as they had received during the previous months. Gently rebuking
that idea, Jesus told His disciples to "lift up" their eyes and "look on the fields" which were
already white. Jesus could be referring to (1) the surrounding fields, which may have been
Chart 18
evangelism, or (3) the Samaritan men already making their way to hear Him teach the Word of
God. These men were the white harvest field. The disciples were guilty of looking forward to
(4:37). Sometimes Christians quote this saying to justify their own lack of success in soul
winning and claim to be sowers and not reapers. But we should be certain we understand the
saying before applying it. "He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man" (Matthew 13:37). To
His disciples Jesus said, "I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor" (4:38). While
the disciples had gone to the city to buy food, Jesus had sent them to reap a harvest. But they had
no impact in Sychar. These disciples who had been involved in an abundantly successful
ministry with Jesus did not see the harvest in Samaria. While the disciples failed to "finish" the
will of the Father, the purpose of God would not be frustrated. Jesus had entrusted the task of
winning a city to a woman who had known Him for less than an hour because she was more
willing than others who no doubt were better trained but did not respond to the need. The
Our mission as "disciples" (Acts 11:26) can be summarized in three steps shown in Chart
18. First we need vision, and we get it as we look to the ripened harvest fields (4:35). Second,
we should share the compassion of Christ for the lost and pray that the Lord of the harvest will
send laborers into the harvest (Matthew 9:38). Finally, we must engage in the service of Christ
39 And many of the Samaritans of that city believed on him for the saying of the woman,
42 And said unto the woman, Now we believe, not because of thy saying: for we have
heard him ourselves, and know that this is indeed the Christ, the Saviour of the world.
city emphasized the power of a testimony. No doubt the woman was well-known in the city, and
the change in her life resulted in many people believing on Christ simply because of what she
said. They invited Jesus to remain in their city, and He did so for two days, and many more
believed. In his summary of this revival, John is careful to distinguish between the saying of the
The faith of the Samaritans pointed out that Christ had a much broader scope in His
ministry than most people realized. This was the first time Jesus was identified as "the Saviour
of the world" (4:42). Although the early church had no question but that Jesus was the only
Saviour (Acts 4:12), they were not convinced initially that salvation could be received except by
the Jews (see Acts 10:45). Even before the cross, the Samaritans understood the salvation of
Christ was sufficient to meet the need of the whole world (see I John 2:2).
44 For Jesus himself testified, that a prophet hath no honour in his own country.
Between John's accounts of the ministries in Samaria and Galilee, he reminds the reader,
"For Jesus himself testified, that a prophet hath no honour in his own country" (4:44). When this
expression is used in the synoptic gospels, it is always applied to Nazareth (Mark 6:1,4), but in
this gospel it applies to a broader scope, probably to the entire Jewish nation (1:11). John
records the continual rejection of Christ (1:11; 2:13-21,24; 4:1-3; 7:1), but He is to some extent
received by the Samaritans (4:39), the Galileans (4:45), and the Gentiles (12:20-22).
45 Then when he was come into Galilee, the Galileans received him, having seen all the
things that he did at Jerusalem at the feast: for they also went unto the feast.
46 So Jesus came again into Cana of Galilee, where he made the water wine. And there
47 When he heard that Jesus was come out of Judaea into Galilee, he went unto him, and
besought him that he would come down, and heal his son: for he was at the point of death.
48 Then said Jesus unto him, Except ye see signs and wonders, ye will not believe.
A. The Fickleness of the Galileans (4:45-48). Although the Galileans received Christ,
they did so for the wrong reasons. The Samaritans had received Christ for who He was, the
Saviour of the world. The Galileans received Christ for what He did, the miracles in Jerusalem
In verse forty-eight Jesus says, "Except ye see signs and wonders, ye will not believe."
The phrase "signs and wonders" was a popular Old Testament expression identifying miracles
(Deuteronomy 28:46; 34:11; Nehemiah 9:10; Isaiah :18; 20:3; Jeremiah 32:20,21). In the New
Testament, the word wonder is never used by itself of miracles performed by Jesus or His
disciples, although the expression is repeated several times (Matthew 24:24; Mark 13:22; Acts
22,43; Romans 15:19; 2 Corinthians 12:12; 2 Thessalonians 9; Hebrews 2:4). Its usage tends to
denote a failure of perception on the part of those who witness these miracles. Although Jesus
addressed His remarks to the nobleman, His use of the plural verbs for see (idete) and believe
(pisteuete) indicates His remarks were intended not for the one who by faith came to Him, but
rather for the crowd who had only received Him because of the "signs and wonders" hey saw in
Jerusalem.
49 The nobleman saith unto him, Sir, come down ere my child die.
50 Jesus saith unto him, Go thy way; thy son liveth. And the man believed the word that
51 And as he was now going down, his servants met him, and told him saying, Thy son
liveth.
52 Then enquired he of them the hour when he began to amend. And they said unto him,
54 This is again the second miracle that Jesus did, when he was come out of Judaea into
Galilee.
B. The Faith of a Gentile Nobleman (4:49-54). There is a tendency on the part of some
commentators to confuse the miracle in these verses with a similar event recorded by Mathew
and Luke. Although there are several similarities in the two hearings in Capernaum, there are
also several differences that make it clear this event is different from that recorded by the
John here identifies the one requesting the miracle with .he word basilikos. This term
was reserved for those closely connected with the king either by blood or by office. In all
probability, this man was a courtier, a high-ranking official of Herod Antipas, tetrarch of Galilee.
News of Jesus' miracles had reached Herod's court, and Herod himself had wanted to meet Jesus
The nobleman pleaded with Jesus to come with him before his child died. Like Mary and
Martha later, the nobleman believed there was hope if Jesus arrived before death claimed its
victim. The term paidion, translated "child," was a term of endearment for a small child. The
nobleman's request was not that of a high-ranking official; it was the plea of a father for his dying
son.
gospel, signs are recorded to produce faith. Twice John mentions the faith of the nobleman.
First, he "believed the word that Jesus had spoken unto him" (4:50). Later, when that word was
confirmed, he "himself believed" (4:53). The first expression of faith was faith in the spoken
word of God, and the second expression of faith was in the incarnate Word of God. This sign
was significant in that not only the father believed but also his whole household, which would
include not only his family but also his servants. This is the first example of salvation to all who
believe (see Acts 11:14; 16:15,34; 18:8). This does not imply that the nobleman's faith brought
salvation to them, for that is inconsistent with John and the rest of Scripture, which make it clear
that each individual must believe. Rather this is an illustration of "oikos evangelism," reaching
people through existing natural relationships. Some identify this as at happens when a family or
CHRIST—THE DEITY
JOHN 5:1-47
The fifth chapter of John begins simply when Jesus goes to Jerusalem for a feast and on
the Sabbath heals a man who has never walked. Out of this miracle grows the key chapter to the
Gospel of John. Why the key? Because it traces two major themes. First, it records the
beginning of the bitter hostilities of the Jews toward Christ. A year and a half later the Jews still
hated Christ for breaking their laws concerning the Sabbath (7:23). Two full years later, they
Second, this chapter includes the strongest arguments for the deity of Christ. He claims a
unique relationship with the Father, a statement which the Jews understood as a claim to deity
(5:18). Then Jesus offers four witnesses to substantiate His claim. Those who deny that Jesus
ever claimed to be God either have not read or do not understand this chapter.
John begins this chapter with the familiar expression meta tauta (after this), connecting
the events of this chapter with those of the previous chapter. If the feast mentioned here is the
Passover, almost twelve months are skipped over between the second and third of the signs in
this gospel. It is not John's purpose to give a complete sequential history of Jesus Christ but to
reader is quickly transported from Galilee to Jerusalem where Jesus again gives hope to the
hopeless by meeting a need in a crippled man that no one else could meet.
After this there was a feast of the Jews; and Jesus went up to Jerusalem.
2 Now there is at Jerusalem by the sheep market a pool, which is called in the Hebrew
3 In these lay a great multitude of impotent folk, of blind, halt, withered, waiting for the
4 For an angel went down at a certain season into the pool, and troubled the water:
whosoever then first after the troubling of the water stepped in was made whole of whatsoever
disease he had.
5 And a certain man was there, which had an infirmity thirty and eight years.
A. The Setting (5:1-5). John mentions "a feast of the Jews" in connection with Jesus'
journey to Jerusalem. This feast has been variously identified as Passover, the Feast of Weeks
(Pentecost in Acts 2:1), the Feast of Tabernacles, the Day of Atonement, the Feast of Dedication,
and the Feast of Purim. Some manuscripts include the definite article the in the expression "feast
of the Jews," which would likely be used only of Passover. Passover was one of the three feasts
every Jewish male was required to attend (Deuteronomy 16:16), and since it was the first feast to
be instituted, and it marked the foundation of the nation, Passover was considered the most
be using the Passover timetable to show that Christ ministered for over three years. This is the
second of four Passovers in John (2:23; 5:1; 6:4; 12:1). During the Passover, the population of
Jerusalem would swell to nearly a million people. Yet, despite the multitudes, the ministry of
Christ during this Passover would center around only one man. He was a man who had "no man"
The pool of Bethesda was a long rectangular pool used to clean animals about to be taken
to the temple for sacrifice. The water was two to three feet deep and, according to tradition, was
left filthy by the animals. From the edge of the pool down to the water was twenty to thirty feet.
Archaeologists have found a pool fitting the descriptions of Bethesda. It has only one set of
stairs down to the water. There was a porch on all four sides and one spanning the center that
appeared to be a bridge over the pool. The name Bethesda means "house of mercy," and its
waters were thought, under certain circumstances, to have curative powers. John describes "a
great multitude" of sick gathered around the pool for this reason (5:3). Normally there would be
less than three hundred by the pool; however, during the feast seasons there were two or three
The curative powers of the waters of Bethesda were believed to be tied to the troubling of
the waters by an angel (5:4). There is some question as to whether there was any historical basis
for this belief. It is noteworthy that there is no recorded instance of a verified healing connected
with this pool, nor is there any evidence of an angel ever being involved in a miraculous healing.
Barclay argues there was a troubling of the waters, but that it was caused by a subterranean
absence is explained two ways. Some claim the words were added to explain the prevailing
opinion of the people, but others suggest the words were removed from the text because they
tended to be supporting pagan ideas concerning angels giving special powers to sacred rivers and
streams. In the case of the man whom Jesus healed, he would not have been healed even if the
While the man's age and sickness are not specifically identified, John notes he had been
in his condition for thirty-eight years. Many have seen this miracle as an allegory of the
experience of Israel. According to this interpretation, the man represented Israel. The five
porches represented the law "which could uncover a man's weakness, but which could never cure
it.8 The thirty-eight years have been taken to refer to either the wilderness wanderings or the
centuries of messianic expectation. The stirring of the waters according to this view usually
represents Christian baptism. There is probably, however, no hidden meaning in this miracle
apart from the one Christ later explains-an evidence of His deity.
6 When Jesus saw him lie, and knew that he had been now a long time in that case, he
7 The impotent man answered him, Sir, I have no man, when the water is troubled, to put
me into the pool: but while I am coming, another steppeth down before me.
8 Jesus saith unto him, Rise, take up thy bed, and walk. 9 And immediately the man was
made whole, and took up his bed, and walked: and on the same day was the sabbath.
in every chapter in this gospel (2:24). Of the great multitude, Jesus saw one man and knew
(gnous) he had been by the pool a long time. Some commentators suggest Jesus may have
overheard someone's comments about the man or even heard the man's own story, but the word
gnous (knowledge) is often used by John to explain Jesus' supernatural knowledge about men
and the will of God (see 2:24; 13:1). When one waits a long time for a miracle or answer to
prayer, discouragement grows and with it unbelief begins to develop. Jesus, therefore, asked the
In asking the question Jesus used the verb for will (theleis), meaning in this context not
only "do you wish" but "are you still earnestly desiring" to be -made whole. The response of this
man suggests his hope had begun to deteriorate. Rather than answering the question directly, the
man explained why he had not yet been healed. Many of us might well be guilty of sitting down
and waiting for an angel to come along and trouble the waters of our lives, while giving little or
no thought to putting our faith in God into action. (See Chart 20). It is interesting to note that
when the man was finally healed, all of these excuses still existed. The difference he was willing
Although hope was waning, Jesus searched the heart of this man and found that he still
wished to be healed. He called upon the man to do the impossible with no thought
+ 1. "The same day was the “These are not the days of
sabbath" (5:9) great miracles”—limiting
God to having only worked
during a particular period
in the past.
that he would do anything but obey. The verb egeire is a present active imperative and was used
as a popular exclamation similar to the expression of a parent calling a lazy child to "get up."
This word is in direct contrast with the verb balei in the previous verse, meaning "to throw or
some8ne else to throw him into the pool at the right moment, while what he needed to do was
simply arise in obedience to the command of Christ. Some Christians are guilty of praying and
then waiting for God to hand them a miracle on a silver platter. They need to put feet on their
Why did Jesus tell this man to do what seemed so impossible? We might consider the
fact that Christ wanted the man to start his new life by doing the impossible. Just as it is
impossible for an unsaved man to repent, yet that is expected. When in faith he responds, God in
His power saves him from his sin. Also, in choosing this man who was apparently known as a
cripple of many years, the miracle could have a significant impact on the doubters. But perhaps
the biggest issue here was in the timing, for Jesus understood the Jews’ legalistic observance of
the Sabbath and could well have used the miracle in defiance of their unreasonable laws, thus
hoping to teach a lesson concerning the meaning behind the laws of God. When this man
promptly obeyed Christ, he was immediately healed, even though it was the Sabbath.
10 The Jews therefore said unto him that was cured, It is the sabbath day: it is not lawful
11 He answered them, He that made me whole, the same said unto me, Take up thy bed,
and walk.
12 Then asked they him, What man is that which said unto thee, Take up thy bed, and
walk?
14 Afterward Jesus findeth him in the temple, and said unto him, Behold, thou art made
15 The man departed, and told the Jews that it was Jesus, which had made him whole.
Jesus, and
16 And therefore did the Jews persecute Jesus, and sought to slay him, because he had
C. The Sequel (5:10-16). Although briefly mentioned before in connection with some
opposition to Jesus, John now begins to more consistently identify a group known as "the Jews"
as those opposed to Christ and His work. This designation does not refer to all Jews but rather
that hostile group within the Pharisees that apparently held the power in the religious bureaucracy
of the day. They insisted upon a very strict observance of the law, following its letter but long
since forgetting its spirit. Jesus, the lawgiver (James 4:12), knew the real meaning of the law and
fulfilled it in all aspects (Matthew 5:17). The conflict between Jesus and the Jews was perhaps
inevitable.
The Jews were quick to condemn when the lame man was healed. Rather than rejoicing
in this great miracle, they focused on an apparent violation of the Sabbath laws (5:10). It was
unlawful to carry a bed on the Sabbath, particularly so in the city of Jerusalem (Exodus 23:12;
Nehemiah 13:19; Jeremiah 17:21). The punishment for this infraction was death by stoning.
rejoicing in his healing, is suddenly seized by the Jews, accused of a capital crime, and then
realizes he does not even know the name of the One who healed him (5:11-13).
Even under the narrow law of the Jews, neither Jesus nor the healed man could have been
found guilty of an infraction of the Sabbath. According to the Mishna, a man could not be
accused of violating the Sabbath unless he had first been formally warned against such an action.
There is no record of such a warning ever being given to Jesus, and it would be difficult to
believe the man who had been sick for thirty-eight years would have been previously told by the
Pharisees not to carry his bed on the Sabbath. The questioning of this man by the Jews reflects
their true attitude. Despite the clear testimony of the man concerning his healing, when the Jews
asked about the One responsible, they were not asking about the One who healed the man but
rather the One who commanded the man to carry his bed (5:12). Those who have critical hearts
When Jesus later found the man, he said, "Sin no more, lest a worse thing come upon
thee" (5:14). The verb heuriskei (found) means "to find after search for someone or something."
Jesus thought it was important to give this warning to the man and went looking for him. The
nature of this warning suggests the illness had been caused by a volitional act of sin. While not
all sickness is the result of sin (see 9:3), sometimes sickness is the natural or supernatural result
of violating the law of God. That had been the case in the experience of this man. It is hard to
know what Jesus had in mind when He spoke of a condition worse than thirty-eight years of
illness.
which had made him whole" (5:15). Still the miracle was the prominent thing in the mind of the
man, but the Jews began actively opposing Jesus because He had, to their understanding, violated
the Sabbath. The verb ediokon is an imperfect, meaning they "began to persecute and continued
to persecute" Him (5:16). It would be two years before they would see Him hanging on the
cross. The verb epoiei (he had done) is also an imperfect, suggesting their formal charge related
not to just this miracle but that He habitually or continually broke the Sabbath (see Matthew
12:10-13; Luke 6:7-11). This is one of the ten reasons John suggests as to why the Jews opposed
The Jews also sought to kill Jesus because He claimed to be "equal with God" (5:18). He
did this by revealing three areas in which He was equal with the Father. In doing so He was
essentially claiming to be God, as each of these claims relates to an area unique to God.
18 Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill him, because he not only had broken the
sabbath, but said also that God was his Father, making himself equal with God.
A. Equal with God in Nature (5:17,18). Jesus began by referring to God as "My Father"
(ho pater mou). By using this title of God, Jesus was claiming a unique relationship with God.
The Jews understood this to be a claim to be equal with God in nature. John uses the term idion
(his) in repeating the charge in 5:18, "God was his father." We get the English word idiom,
meaning "a unique expression," from the Greek word idion. Here Jesus is described as the
unique Son of God. Verse eighteen is one of the strongest statements of Christ's deity, and it
As the son of a man has the nature of man, so the Son of God has the nature of God.
Jesus pointed out that He, in a unique relationship to God, had violated their Sabbath laws and
had done so for some time. The verb ergazetai means "he keeps on working"-without a break for
the Sabbath. As Westcott observes, "Man's true rest is not a rest ' from human earthly labor, but
a rest for divine, heavenly labor."' Because the Father continues to work on the Sabbath, and
Jesus is equal with God in nature, He too should be free to work on the Sabbath.
19 Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, The Son can
do nothing of himself, but what he seeth the Father do: for what things soever he doeth, these
will shew him greater works than these, that ye may marvel.
21 For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son
B. Equal with God in Power (5:19-21). Jesus explained that nothing He did was by His
power, but rather He was doing what He saw the Father do. He cited the love of the Father for
the Son as the basis for which the Son has a share in the power of God (5:20). The word philei is
used to emphasize the ultimate and affectionate friendship and fellowship the Father has for the
Son. In other places the Scriptures use the term agape to describe the love between the Father
and the Son. Both verbs are inadequate to completely express the nature of this relationship.
Jesus speaks here of the "greater works" He will do (5:20). While the term erga (works)
is sometimes used in Scripture of miracles, John prefers the term semeia (signs), using it
seventeen times in the gospel to emphasize the spiritual significance of the eight particular
miracles he describes. The references to works in this gospel should probably be limited to the
nonmiraculous aspects of Christ's doing the will of His Father (see 4:34). The use of "works"
(5:20) is a reference to His declaring the Father (1:18), fulfilling the messianic claim, and
Jesus was equal with God in power because both had the power to give life. This theme
would be emphasized in a discourse at the next Passover season when Christ would reveal
Himself as the bread of life (6:33-35). Later, He would also explain He was the light that gives
(10:11), the resurrection and the life (11:25), the way, the truth, and the life (14:6), and the vine
that gives the branches life (15:5). By way of a sign to verify these claims, Jesus would give
physical life to three dead individuals (11:41-U; Matthew 9:18,23-26; Luke 7:11-17).
22 For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son:
23 That all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father. He that
honoureth not the Son honoureth not the Father which hath sent him.
24 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent
me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto
life.
C. Equal with God in Authority (5:22-24). The third area in which Jesus claims equality
with the Father is that of authority. Jesus explained that the Father had committed all judgment
to the Son (5:22). The verb dedoken (given) is a perfect active indicative form of the verb
indicating a state of completion (see 3:35; 6;27,31; 10:29). The emphasis here is that the Father
has already made the commitment to leave the execution of judgment in the hands of the Son.
The consequence of this equality is that the Son is worthy of the same worship that is due
the Father. The verb timosi is a present active subjunctive meaning "may keep on honoring the
Son" (5:23). Clearly, Jesus is calling on men to worship Him with the same honor they would
have toward the Father. Also, that worship should consist not only of a momentary adoration of
the Son but also include constantly putting Him first in every area of life.
of salvation rested. The use of the present tense verb echei (has) emphasizes that eternal life is
the present possession of everyone who hears and believes. The believer also has the promise he
"shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life" (5:24). The death here is
not physical death but rather the second death (Revelation 20:14).
When Jesus spoke here of the dead coming to life when they hear the voice of the Son of
God, He was speaking of the spiritually dead finding new life in Christ (Ephesians 2:1,5; 5:14).
He goes on to teach that He not only gives spiritual life but also judges and raises the dead.
These three acts that He does are acts of God; therefore they are closely tied to His claim that He
25 Verily, verily, I say unto you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall
hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear shall live.
26 For as the Father hath life in himself; so hath he given to the Son to have life in
himself.
A. All Life in His Hands (5:25,26). That which makes the Creator of Life distinct from
any living beings that He has created is that He has "life in himself" (5:26). As this is
characteristic of the Father, it is also given to the Son. The verb edoken (he gave, 5:26) is an
aorist, pointing back to the eternal past. The prepositions as and so indicate the fact rather than
27 And hath given him authority to execute judgment also, because he is the Son of man.
B. All judgement in His Hands (5:27). As Jesus tied His work of giving life to His title
"Son of God," here He ties His work of judgment to His title "Son of Man." The absence of the
definite article here has led some to conclude His emphasis is "Because I am human, I can rightly
judge." But John also uses this title of Christ without an article in Revelation 1:13, where there is
little emphasis on the humanity of Christ. Jesus used this title most often in the context of the
cross, the place where the Father judged the sin of the world. In essence, Jesus is saying,
"Because I have been judged for the sin of others, I am qualified to judge others."
28 Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall
29 And shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they
C. All Resurrection in His Hands (5:28,29). He that has power to give spiritual life also
has power to raise the dead. The dead are described as "in the graves"-the physically dead.
There are two words for the grave in the New Testament. The word taphos emphasizes the idea
of burial, whereas the word used here—mnemeiois—emphasizes the memorial marking the grave.
During His later ministry, Jesus would demonstrate His power by raising two people from death
before their bodies were buried and another after his body had begun to decompose in the grave.
resurrection to damnation. Some have mistakenly taken the word hora (hour, 5:28) to mean
these two resurrections are really one general resurrection. The Scriptures teach this resurrection
to life occurs at the beginning of the kingdom (Revelation 20:4) whereas the resurrection to
damnation is a thousand years later (Revelation 20:5). It should be noted the "hour" of spiritual
regeneration (5:25) has already lasted almost two thousand years; therefore, there should be no
30 I can of mine own self do nothing: as I hear, I judge: and my judgment is just; because
I seek not mine own will, but the will of the Father which hath sent me.
31 If I bear witness of myself, my witness is not true. 32 There is another that beareth
witness of me; and I know that the witness which he witnesseth of me is true.
Jesus recognized His claim to be "equal with God" (5:18) would be disputed if not
authenticated by two or more witnesses in accordance with Jewish law (Numbers 35:30;
Deuteronomy 17:6). He noted, "If I bear witness of myself, my witness is not true" (5:31). This
does not mean He is confessing to being a false witness. Later He states that His witness and that
of the Father are two reliable witnesses to His deity and that two witnesses are in keeping with
the requirement of Mosaic law (8:17). Here, Jesus was stating that his witness alone was not
enough because the Jews would simply not accept it. Under Jewish, Roman, and Greek law, the
genuine, He offers the Jews twice as many witnesses as they required to verify his claims.
34 But I receive not testimony from man; but these things I say, that ye might be saved.
35 He was a burning and a shining light; and ye were willing for a season to rejoice in his
light.
A. John the Baptist (5:33-35). Jesus first reminds them they had already talked to John
the Baptist, and he had been a faithful witness to Christ (1:19-27). The people had trusted John,
who in turn had prophesied of Christ. Each of the four Gospels mentions John the Baptist in
connection with introducing Christ to the nation at the beginning of Jesus' public ministry. if the
Jesus describes John the Baptist in the past tense, suggesting the ministry of John had
ended either with his imprisonment or, more probably, his death. He described John as "a
burning and a shining light" (5:35). The word translated "light" here is not phos, which is
reserved in this gospel for the true light (1:8), but rather luchnos, meaning "lamp" or "candle"
(see Matthew 5:15). While Jesus is the light of the world, that light is shed abroad through many
lamps such as John the Baptist and Christ's disciples. The verb kaiomenos (burning) is a
me to finish, the same works that I do, bear witness of me, that the Father hath sent me.
Chart 22
B. Jesus' Works (5:36). The second witness to which Jesus appeals is His "works."
While some commentators confuse these works with the signs or miracles of Jesus, it is more
probable that these works are nonmiraculous. Jesus was conscious of the need to finish the
works of His Father and did so often without the aid of a miracle (4:34; 17:4; 19:30). The works
to which He is specifically referring here are the distinctively messianic works prophesied by
Daniel (Daniel 9:24, see Chart 22). The greatest works of Jesus involved reconciling people with
God through the new birth (Nicodemus) and the offer of living water (Samaritan woman). The
Jews should have recognized these works as a witness supporting His messianic claims.
37 And the Father himself, which hath sent me, hath borne witness of me. Ye have
neither heard his voice at any time, nor seen his shape.
C. The Father (5:3 7,38). The third witness offered by Jesus is the witness of the Father.
Jesus notes that "the Father . . . hath borne witness" (5:37), and "him ye believe not" (5:38).
Commentators have suggested three possible expressions of the witness of the Father. First,
Barclay identifies this statement with a subjective experience within man, noting, ". . . His
witness is the response which rises in the human heart when a man is confronted with Christ."10
On the other hand, Pink follows Calvin in identifying the witness of the Father with His
revelation in the Scriptures. He concludes, "We think that Christ refers, rather, to the witness
which the Father had borne to His Son through the prophets during Old Testament times."11 A
third possibility is that of Chrysostom, Bengel, and others that this refers to the statement of the
Father at the baptism of Jesus (Mark 1:11). In any event, the Father Himself bears witness that
39 Search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which
testify of me.
42 But I know you, that ye have not the love of God in you.
43 I am come in my Father's name, and ye receive me not: if another shall come in his
45 Do not think that I will accuse you to the Father: there is one that accuseth you, even
46 For had ye believed Moses, ye would have believed me: for he wrote of me.
D. The Scriptures (5:39-47). The fourth witness to Jesus is the Scriptures. Throughout
this gospel the Scriptures are held in high esteem, often being cited authoritatively to explain an
aspect of the gospel. Here John uses the plural tas graphas, referring to the Old Testament as a
whole. When he uses the expression in the singular, he is normally referring to a particular verse
of Scripture (see 2:22; 7:38; 10:35). Here was a common ground for both Jesus and the Jews, for
both professed a high regard for the Scriptures and their authority in matters of faith and practice.
Jesus says of the Jews and their attitude toward the Scriptures, "In them ye think ye have
eternal life" (5:39). John's use of the verb dokeite suggests they were thinking wrongly.
Whenever John uses this verb in the gospel, it always indicates a mistaken opinion (5:45;
11:13,31; 13:29; 16:20; 20:15). It was not that they were mistaken in thinking eternal life could
be found in the Scriptures (see 2 Timothy 3:15), they were wrong in thinking they had that
eternal life. Had they correctly searched the Scriptures, they would have realized it testified of
Christ and in believing on Him would have received eternal life. In rejecting Christ, they lost
everything.
truth to the crowds. But, as Jesus Himself observed, He would be rejected, although other false
messiahs would be accepted (5:42,43). This is the first of eight references to the name of the
Father in this gospel (5:43; 10:25; 12:28; 17:5,11,21,24,25). In rejecting Christ, they had
rejected the Father. While this is a Gospel of faith revealing how people came to believe that
Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God (20:31), it has also been called the gospel of rejection, as that
Jesus concludes this discourse by telling the Jews that Moses not only testified of Him, he
would also testify against them (5:45). Commenting on this, Barclay notes, "Here then is the
great and threatening truth. That which had been the greatest privilege of the Jews had become
the greatest condemnation."12 There is an antithesis drawn between Moses and Jesus and their
respective messages. They were hoping in Moses (5:45) rather than believing in Christ (5:46).
They failed to believe Moses' writings and could not believe Christ's words (5:47). John uses the
verb elpikate (5:45), meaning "a state of resting or relaxing." Although translated here with the
English word trust, it is not the usual word for faith but rather hope. Also, John uses the word
grammasin (5:47) to identify the writings of Moses. This term is used elsewhere in the New
Testament negatively contrasting the letter with the spirit (Romans 2:27,29; 7:6; 2 Corinthians
3:6) and to identify written characters such as letters (Luke 22:37; 2 Corinthians 3:7; Galatians
6:11). The scribes of the Jews made careful copies of the letters of the law, and on that they were
resting. Their earlier response to the man who was healed after thirty-eight years of sickness
same-deity. But it also shows Jesus as a man—a man of strength, a man of understanding, a man
capable of analyzing and dealing with men whose life-styles are contrary to the will of His Father
and whose man-made laws are in violation of God's law—the very law He came to fulfill.
JOHN 6:1-71
This is the longest chapter in John, totaling seventy-one verses, yet it covers the events of
probably less than twenty-four hours. During this time Jesus miraculously fed approximately
five thousand people, spent time alone with God in prayer, walked on the water, and taught a
lesson in the synagogue, on the bread of life. Within this period the multitudes determined first
to crown Him as king then rejected Him as Lord. Though much is recorded in this chapter, there
is approximately a year that has passed unmentioned between this and the events of the previous
chapter. Chapter six records the first of the seven "I am's" in this gospel. In this chapter it is
After these things Jesus went over the sea of Galilee, which is the sea of Tiberias.
2 And a great multitude followed him, because they saw his miracles which he did on
3 And Jesus went up into a mountain, and there he sat with his disciples.
perhaps the most popular miracle performed by Christ. It is designated as the most popular
miracle because (1) it is the only miracle recorded in all four gospels and (2) it involves the
largest group of people. It is difficult to imagine the volumes of food produced from that lad's
meager lunch, enough to satisfy the physical hunger of five thousand men and fill twelve baskets
afterward.
John begins this chapter with the familiar phrase meta tanta (after these things, 6:1). This
expression is used by the writer when he identifies an undetermined period of time. The context
of this chapter suggests that this period of time is about one year (see 5:1; 6:4), the feast of the
Jews and the Passover being the same. According to the synoptic gospels, that year was spent
largely in Galilee and was characterized by the growing popularity of Jesus. John hints at this
popularity as he described the great multitude that followed Him (6-2). The verb ekolouthei is in
the imperfect tense, suggesting the crowd followed Him not only on this occasion but were
generally following Him. However, verse four suggests this was a crowd of people on their way
Jesus went up into a mountain and sat with His disciples. John uses a definite article with
the word mountain, suggesting he had a particular hill in mind. The verb ekatheto is an imperfect
middle, meaning "was sitting" in the sense of someone sitting to relax. Those with Jesus at the
time were His disciples, which probably included more than the twelve. Many outside of the
twelve had also chosen to follow Jesus and were identified as disciples, although some of these
left Him after His sermon on the bread of life (6:66). It was out of the remaining disciples that
disciples on the mountain is not specified, but John implies it was very brief. Very soon they saw
John makes specific mention of this Passover (6:4), probably the third one in the ministry
of Christ. He may have mentioned it for several reasons. First, this is typical of John who, while
not writing a chronological biography of Christ in the sense that Luke did, still gives careful
attention to chronological details such as feasts, days, and even hours. A second reason for
mentioning the Passover may have been to explain the crowds. Passover was one of the three
feasts a Jewish man was required to travel to Jerusalem to celebrate (Deuteronomy 16:16). This
would explain the presence of five thousand men with apparently few women or children. A third
reason for the mention of the Passover may have been to provide the background and context of
Jesus' sermon on the bread of life. The Passover season was one rich in the symbolism of
These obedient Jews were going to Jerusalem for a feast that was presided over by sterile
priests and ungodly temple leaders. These unbelieving priests would shortly reject Jesus and
crucify Him. So Jesus knew that the crow would not have their spiritual needs met by false
shepherds. Therefore, Jesus is setting up a true feast in opposition to their empty feast. As John
often juxtaposes light against darkness, so here is a spiritual feast in opposition to an empty
unto Philip, Whence shall we buy bread, that these may eat?
6 And this he said to prove him: for he himself knew what he would do.
7 Philip answered him, Two hundred pennyworth of bread is not sufficient for them, that
8 One of his disciples, Andrew, Simon Peter's brother, saith unto him,
9 There is a lad here, which hath five barley loaves, and two small fishes: but what are
A. The Need Identified (6:5-9). As Jesus looked out from the mountain, He saw the
crowds coming to Him. This crowd followed Jesus not for who He was but for what He did
(6:2). Still, even before the crowds had finally arrived, He recognized a need and asked Philip
where bread (artous, literally “loaves”) could be purchased. Whereas Peter is usually the
spokesman, there are three possibilities why Jesus may have asked Philip. First, Philip had been
raised in this area (Cana) and might have known where such supplies were available. Second, in
the four listings of the disciples (Matthew 10:2-4; Mark 3:16-19; Luke 6:14-16; Acts 1:13),
Philip is always listed fifth, suggesting he is the leader of the second group of four disciples
(Peter, Andrew, James, and John, making up the first group of four), and that as leader of this
group it was his responsibility to care for the multitude. Third, Jesus asked Philip to test him
he usually is analyzing something (1:43-46; 12:20-22; 14:8-14). Perhaps the Lord knew his
analytical nature and wanted to reveal it to him in a tangible way. The word peirazon means
"testing" either in the sense of tempting or proving. When used in connection with deity in
Philip s response suggests he failed the test. Rather than realizing he was in the presence
of the Son of God who turned water to wine, Philip became overwhelmed with what was needed.
He estimated they needed two hundred denarii (RSV) to give everyone a taste, but it would be
insufficient to completely feed them. The denarius was a Roman coin worth a day’s wages for a
common laborer.
Jesus knew what He would do (6:6), therefore He was expecting an expression of faith
from Philip. But all He heard was a recital of facts. An expression of faith would have
confessed the person of Jesus Christ as deity and recognized what He was able to do.
Apparently before Jesus could respond, Andrew, true to his character, brought someone
to Jesus. Andrew brought a boy with a lunch, recognizing it was not much, but at the same time
knowing it was all he had. Andrew had that rare ability to be fully aware of a great need and still
be willing consider the apparently inadequate solution. Andrew’s statement, “But what are they
among so many?” (6:9), reflects his little faith. The Lord uses those with small faith when it is
Although this miracle is mentioned in all four Gospels, John alone mentions the boy. The
word paidarion is a double diminutive meaning literally “a very small boy." The word was
sometimes used to identify slaves and hardly a term to be applied to a person one would identify
as the source for feeding five thousand people. Also, the word opsaria (fishes) is a diminutive. It
abundance in Galilee, and the pickling and selling of these fish was a major commercial
enterprise of the area. There was nothing particularly significant in either the fish of the boy,
Further, John identifies the bread as "barley loaves” (6:9). Bread made from barley was
generally considered inferior by people of that day. It has a low protein count in comparison to
wheat and corn and was called the food fit for beasts. Barley was part of the diet of soldiers
being punished for losing their standard in battle. To offer barley bread to others might by some
be considered an insult. What Andrew had to present to Jesus was not much, but it was all he
had. What we have offer Christ today may not seem like much in light of the great needs around
us, but if it is all we have, it is enough to meet the need when placed in the hands of Jesus and
blessed by Him.
There are several reasons why Jesus fed the five thousand. He could have asked them to
fast, which was a religious exercise to draw the soul to God, but He did not. First, Jesus knew
the people were hungry and that most of them had come a long way. He had compassion on
them. Second, He may have wanted to show them the wonderful plan of God's love and His
power to take care of any needs they might have. Third, considering the contrast of the feast days
and the knowledge Jesus had of Jewish custom, it is certain that He could have anticipated this
informal feast as an opportunity to teach them about His Father. Fourth, Jesus wanted to contrast
11 And Jesus took the loaves; and when he had given thanks, he distributed to the
disciples, and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they
would.
12 When they were filled, he said unto his disciples, Gather up the fragments that remain,
13 Therefore they gathered them together, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of
the five barley loaves, which remained over and above unto them that had eaten.
B. The Miracle Accomplished (6:10-13). The feeding of the multitude illustrates several
principles of spiritual operation. First, He is a God of order and not confusion (1 Corinthians
14:33,40). Jesus first directed the crowd to be seated in an orderly arrangement (6:10). Second,
Jesus gave thanks before distributing the food, emphasizing the need to honor God in all spiritual
service. Third, the law of the division of labor is emphasized. God usually does not do for us
what we can do for ourselves and reserves for Himself the task that only He can do. Only Jesus
could multiply the fish and bread, but He used the disciples to distribute the food to the
multitudes (6:11). Fourth, God is always willing to use what we willingly give Him. Although
He could have produced manna as He did for Israel in the wilderness, He chose rather to multiply
a small boy's lunch. That day no one left hungry (6:12,13). There was one basket left over for
Jesus instructed first that the men be seated. The word andres was used of men as
distinct from women. This command may imply the women were not seated, they were seated
separate from the men in keeping with Near Eastern custom, or, more likely, there was not a
significant number of women present. The law only required that men attend the Passover in
Jerusalem, and while women were not excluded, the economics of the situation usually meant the
men made the trip, leaving their wives and children at home.
Before distributing the food, Jesus gave thanks. The verb eucharistesas, from which we
get the term eucharist, meaning “thanksgiving,” referred to the Jewish custom of saying grace at
meals (see Deuteronomy 8:10). Jesus may have used the familiar formula, "Blessed art thou
Jehovah our God, King of the world, who causes to come forth bread from the earth."
Jesus then gave the broken loaves and fishes to the disciples, who in turn gave them to the
men. The only guideline given, to the disciples was that they should distribute the food liberally
so that everyone would get "as much as they wanted" (6:11 Rev). According to Mark's account
of this miracle, the men sat in groups of fifty and groups of a hundred (Mark 6:40). The five
barley loaves and two fishes were distributed equally among the disciples. Perhaps the miracle
began in Jesus' hands until the twelve baskets of the disciples were filled. They in turn
distributed to the multitudes, and perhaps the miracle continued in each basket, the food
satisfy the multitude. John uses two different words to emphasize this truth. The first word,
eneplesthesan (6:12), means "to fill in,” “to fill up,” or "to fill completely." Later, Jesus used the
verb echortasthete (6:26), which was normally used of feeding animals. When applied to people
it meant they were glutted, fatted, or fed to repletion. The emphasis of this second word is
When the multitude was fed, Jesus instructed them to gather the fragments "that nothing
be lost" (6:12). He was attempting to teach here by example a principle he would verbalize the
next day. "That of all which he [the Father] hath given me I should los6'nothing" (6:39) . When
the gathering was accomplished, there were twelve baskets of bread (6:13).
It was customary in a Jewish feast to leave something for the servants. In allowing His
disciples to assist in feeding the hungry crowd, Jesus demonstrated His confidence and trust in
them. It was as if He were making them co-workers and partners in this great miracle. The
significance of the twelve baskets is clear when we understand the motive of Christ as He dealt
with twelve men of different backgrounds and various degrees of faith. He understood the nature
of each and gave each an equal responsibility. Because they had taken when they had received
and had given it to the multitude, Jesus provided a basket of food for each of them. The word
kophinoi refers to the bottle-shaped basket a Jew normally carried when travelling. Each disciple
was able to fill his kophinos with the unused fragments of the barley loaves.
15 When Jesus therefore perceived that they would come and take him by force, to make
C. The Response of the Multitude (6:14,15). In this gospel the miracles are signs to bring
people to faith in Christ and thus produce eternal life. The repeated miracles (6:2) climaxed by
this spectacular miracle of the feeding of the five thousand finally began to make an impression.
They began to identify Jesus as the prophet like unto Moses (6:14; Deuteronomy 18:15).
However, even that understanding was tainted. The Galileans during this time were quick to
identify prophets who might lead a messianic revolt against Rome and secure political
independence for the Jews. They identified Jesus as a prophet not to teach them the things of
God but rather to deliver them from Rome and be their king.
The language of verse fifteen paints a vivid picture of the beginning of a revolution. The
verb mellousin is a present active indicative suggesting the leaders of the group were already
starting the movement. Another active verb, harpazein, meaning "to seize violently," suggests
the mood of the mob was such to immediately start the revolution against Pilate and declare
Jesus their king. Jesus sent His disciples away immediately (Matthew 14:22; Mark 6:45) as they
perhaps were sympathetic with the revolutionary mood of the crowd. Jesus went farther up the
Jews, was the objective of John the Baptist, why did Jesus resist efforts to make Him king?"
Perhaps the answer to this question is seen in that the will of God can only be accomplished
when God's man does God's work in God's way at God's time. The end can never justify the
means in any spiritual endeavor. As is evident later in this chapter, those who were ready to
declare Jesus their king for political reasons were not willing to recognize Him as their Lord for
spiritual reasons.
16 And when even was now come, his disciples went down unto the sea,
17 And entered into a ship, and went over the sea toward Capernaum. And it was now
19 So when they had rowed about five and twenty or thirty furlongs, they see Jesus
walking on the sea, and drawing nigh unto the ship: and they were afraid.
21 Then they willingly received him into the ship: and immediately the ship was at the
the disciples waited on the shore for Jesus to arrive. When He had not come by late evening,
they determined to set sail without Him. John describes the scene of their departure, noting, "It
was now dark, and Jesus was not come to them" (6:17). John often uses the word skotia to refer
not only to physical darkness but also a kind of spiritual darkness. It was the dark when Judas
went out to betray Christ (13:30). Now it was dark as the disciples were about to sail into a
The trip across the Sea of Galilee is only about six or seven miles, but it can be one of the
most dangerous trips one makes. The mountains around this body of water are such that a storm
can rise quickly and almost instantaneously turn the calm and peaceful lake into a raging torrent.
The disciples were about three and a half miles into their journey (twenty-five or thirty furlongs,
6:19) when such a storm overtook them. John uses the word diegeireto, an imperfect passive
form of the verb meaning "to wake up thoroughly" or "to arouse" to describe the approaching
storm. It was as though the sleeping lake suddenly began to wake up because of the great wind
that blew. Even for experienced fishermen such a storm would have been very dangerous.
It was during this storm that the disciples saw Jesus "walking on the sea" (6:19). Those
who tend to deny the miraculous like to emphasize that the word epi can mean "on," "by," or
"along" (see 21:1). They argue Jesus was not walking on the sea but rather by or along the sea-
on the shore. While grammatically the word may be translated with that meaning, the context
rules out that possibility. Had the disciples seen Jesus on the shore, they would have been
relieved that their journey was almost finished rather than being afraid. Also, it would have been
identify the Lord. The record clarifies the meaning of the preposition when John speaks of Jesus
Jesus calmed the fears of His disciples by revealing to them His true identity in the midst
of the storm. He said, "It is I" (ego eimi, 6:20), which is the Old Testament identification of
Jehovah, "I am." Jehovah was the covenant name of God in the Old Testament, the One who
would not fail nor forsake (Joshua 1:5). Although the disciples were prepared to leave without
Jesus, they were now learning He would not forsake them in the storm. When they were willing
to receive Him (ethelon labein, 6:21), the storm began to end. John does not specifically say
whether Jesus actually entered the boat, but the accounts of Matthew and Mark confirm He did
(Matthew 14:32,33; Mark 6:51). Their immediate and miraculous arrival at the shore may have
been simultaneous with either their willingness to receive Christ or, more probably, with His
entering the boat. The accounts of Matthew and Mark add, "the wind ceased."
22 The day following, when the people which stood on the other side of the sea saw that
there was none other boat there, save that one whereinto his disciples were entered, and that
Jesus went not with his disciples into the boat, but that his disciples were gone away alone;
23 (Howbeit there came other boats from Tiberias nigh unto the place where they did eat
25 And when they had found him on the other side of the sea, they said unto him, Rabbi,
26 Jesus answered them and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Ye seek me, not because
ye saw the miracles, but because ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled.
27 Labour not for the meat which perisheth, but for the meat which endureth unto
everlasting life, which the Son of man shall give unto you: for him hath God the Father sealed.
28 Then said they unto him, What shall we do, that we might work the works of God?
29 Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him
30 They said therefore unto him, What sign shewest thou then, that we may see, and
31 Our fathers did eat manna in the desert; as it is written, He gave them bread from
heaven to eat.
Although John does not specifically say so, the next day was probably the Sabbath. Jesus'
discourse on the bread of life occurred "in the synagogue, as he taught in Capernaum" (6:59).
There was a meeting at the synagogue on Monday and Thursday as well, but there are reasons
why. this was probably the Sabbath meeting. First, the lesson on manna was appointed to be read
reason, or in keeping with an early tradition, several early versions and some church fathers have
added the words "on the sabbath day" to verse fifty-nine. The remainder of this chapter contrasts
the people's desire for physical bread and Christ's offer of the bread of life.
The passage begins by describing the people's search for Christ. They crossed the lake in
boats and noted only the disciples' boat was on shore. Finally, the crowd found Jesus in
Capernaum. While they made their search under the pretense of "seeking for Jesus" (6:24), Jesus
noted, "Ye seek me, not because ye saw the miracles, but because ye did eat of the loaves, and
were filled" (6:26). Jesus is illuminating their spiritual unbelief even though they outwardly
followed Him. They were failing to grasp the nature of what it meant to be a disciple of Christ.
Jesus urged them to be more concerned with eternal life than mere food to keep one alive
physically.
The sermon Jesus preached on this occasion was the hardest public discourse in the life of
Christ. Four times Jesus used the formula, "Verily, verily" (6:26,32,47,53), which tended to
recognize a resistance by the hearers to believing the truth. This is not often an expression used
in a public message, although Christ used it three additional times as He introduced the new
Jesus appealed to men to believe Him because He had the seal of God upon Him (6:27).
In the East, it was the seal rather than the signature that authenticated a document or guaranteed
the contents of a package or fulfillment of a contract. The rabbis taught that the seal of God is
truth.13 This was based on a legend where a scroll was said to fall from heaven, bearing only one
first letter of the alphabet), mem (the middle letter of the alphabet), and tav (the final letter of the
alphabet). When Jesus spoke of being sealed by God, He was emphasizing that His message was
true for the beginning, the middle, and the end of life.
Twice in this meeting the people called on Christ to produce manna (6:31,34). There are
several reasons why such a request might be made. First, it was widely believed that Jeremiah
had hidden the jar of manna kept in the ark and that the Messiah would reveal Himself by
producing the hidden manna (see Revelation 2:17). Also, in the identification of the prophet like
unto Moses, the Messiah was thought to bring manna. The rabbis taught, "As was the first
redeemer so was the final redeemer; as the first redeemer caused the manna to fall from heaven,
even so shall the second redeemer cause the manna to fall.”14 A third reason for this request may
have been related to their hope for a messianic revolt (see 6:15). Manna was thought to be
Manna was one of several types of Christ in the Old Testament (see Chart 24). Given to
Israel originally as their bread in the wilderness, it ended only after the nation crossed the Jordan
River and began eating the grain of the land. It was widely known as "the bread from heaven."
Jesus identified Himself as the bread of life (6:35), which may mean the bread that
communicates life (6:54) or the bread which is eternal life (see 1 John 1:2). There are several
similarities and differences between the manna in the wilderness and Christ who is the bread of
life.
bread from heaven; but my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven.
33 For the bread of God is he which cometh down from heaven, and giveth life unto the
world.
34 Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread.
A. The Bread of Everlasting Life (6:32-34). The crowd was asking Jesus to duplicate the
Chart 24
From Heaven
Individually received
Accessible to all
Sweet
White (Pure)
Manna Christ
Gift of God through the medi- Gift of God given directly by
ation of Moses God
Given temporarily, ceased Given continuously
when Israel entered Canaan
Given only to Israel Given to the whole world
Sustained physical life until Sustains spiritual life forever
they died
physical needs and not their spiritual needs. Jesus urged them to be concerned not with manna
but rather "the true bread" (6:32). John used the word alethinon, meaning "true" in the sense of
genuine. He was the ultimate reality of which manna was only a foreshadowing.
Jesus specifically identified the bread of God as "he which cometh down from heaven"
(6:33). John uses the word katabainon seven times in this chapter (6:33,38,41,42,50,51,58). It
serves to emphasize Christ's heavenly origin in that He "came down" from heaven. It also served
The genuine bread of God from heaven is that which gives life. When John uses the
word zoe for life, he is most often talking about eternal life. John Chrysostom, one of the church
fathers, contrasted manna with Christ, noting that while manna brought nourishment (trophe), it
35 And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that cometh to me shall never
36 But I said unto you, That ye also have seen me, and believe not.
B. The Bread of Satisfying Life (6:35,36). Jesus offers a satisfying life to those who will
accept it on His terms. This involves both coming and believing (6:35). The verb erchomenos
(comes) is the first act of the soul in approaching Jesus. Godet suggests it involves approaching
Christ with seriousness of heart and sense of sin. Although John does not use the word repent in
his writings, the idea of repentance is certainly implied in the use of the term coming. The
eagerness with which the heart receives Christ. Coming to Christ without faith or believing in
Christ without coming to Him will fail to appropriate the satisfying life He offers. Both are
necessary. This. combination of verbs is repeated in John 7:37,38, where the image is that of
satisfying thirst. Those who hunger and thirst after righteousness will be satisfied if they come to
Christ in faith.
37 All that the Father giveth me shall come to me; and him that cometh to me I will in no
38 For I came down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent
me.
39 And this is the Father's will which hath sent me, that of all which he hath given me I
should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day.
40 And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one which seeth the Son, and
believeth on him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.
41 The Jews then murmured at him, because he said, I am the bread which came down
from heaven.
42 And they said, Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know?
43 Jesus therefore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves.
45 It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore
that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me.
46 Not that any man hath seen the Father, save he which is of God, he hath seen the
Father.
47 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me hath everlasting life.
the genuine bread of life, Jesus makes three references to the future resurrection of the saints
(6:39,40,44). just as none of the fragments of the barley loaves was lost, so none of those whom
the Father has given Him will be lost, but all will be included in the resurrection (6:12,39). The
privilege of being raised by Christ is further identified as one of the benefits of the eternal life
received by faith (6:40). Jesus explains that those who will be raised are those who are drawn by
Saving faith in Christ is closely related to our understanding of the person of Christ. John
uses the word theoron (6:40), meaning not merely "seeing" but rather "contemplation” seeing
with the eye of faith. John often uses verbs for sight in the gospel in close association with faith
(see 20:5,8). The Jews, however, could not or would not see beyond the obvious. They stumbled
in unbelief concerning the statement of Christ's heavenly origin because they were aware of His
Jesus explained that the Father must draw men to Christ if they are to come to Him
(6:44). This statement has become a proof text to those who wrongly teach a hyper-Calvinist
view of election. John, writing under the influence of divine inspiration, had two Greek words to
choose from, each with a different shade of meaning. The word suro literally means "to drag"
and is used in Scripture of dragging the body of Paul (presumed dead) out of the city of Lystra
(Acts 14:19). It is interesting to note this word is never used of Christ's attraction of men.
Rather John chose the word helkusei, meaning "to draw with a moral power" (12:32; see
Jeremiah 31:3). This word almost always implies some form of resistance on the part of the
object or person drawn. Commenting on this verse, Martin Luther observed, "The drawing is not
like that of the executioner, who draws the thief up the ladder to the gallows; but it is a gracious
allurement, such as that of a man whom everybody loves, and to whom everybody willingly
goes."15
As He emphasized this truth, Jesus cited biblical authority (6:45). The statement Jesus
quoted is from Isaiah 54:13, although the idea is taught throughout the Old Testament (see
Jeremiah 31:33,34; Joel 2:28-32). The presence of the word and beginning the quote suggests
Jesus may have at that time been holding the Isaiah scroll and paused to read the verse directly
50 This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and
not die.
IN JOHN 6:35-65
51 I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he
shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the
world.
52 The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us his
flesh to eat?
54 Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him
56 He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him.
57 As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth me, even
58 This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna,
and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live for ever.
D. The Bread of Indwelling Life (6:48-59). In this passage there is a unique relationship
between two verbs for eating and two kinds of life (eternal and indwelling). Though there may
be some connection between John 6:53-56 and the Lord's Supper, most interpret this passage to
refer to a spiritual feeding upon Christ, first by receiving Him as Saviour and then by reading and
studying the Word. The figure of speech for eating is used here to express the method by which
life is transferred from Christ to the believer. The first verb for eating is phagein
(6:50,51,52,53), used by Jesus in the aorist tense, it relates to receiving eternal life. Eating
(phagein) His flesh is receiving Christ as Saviour and in that context is not a process but a single
(6:53).
Beginning in verse fifty-four Jesus uses a second word for eating, trogon. This verb is a
present active participle emphasizing a continual or habitual eating. The verb trogo originally
referred to munching on fruit, vegetables, or cereals. The change in Greek tense emphasizes the
This constant communion with Christ is the result of an indwelling union with Him-the believer
"dwefleth in me, and I in him" (6:56). Attempting to explain this phenomenon, Augustine
observed, "We abide in Him, because we are His members; but He abides in us, because we are
His temple.”16
This sermon marked a division among His followers. The consensus of His listeners was
that the message was hard, not hard to understand, but hard to accept. In the remainder of the
60 Many therefore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying;
61 When Jesus knew in himself that his disciples murmured at it, he said unto them, Doth
62 What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where he was before?
64 But there are some of you that believe not. For Jesus knew from the beginning who
they were that believed not, and who should betray him.
65 And he said, Therefore said I unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were
66 From that time many of his disciples went back, and walked no more with him.
A. The Unbelieving Majority (6:60-66). The primary response to this sermon was
un6elief. This did not catch Jesus by surprise, "for Jesus knew from the beginning who they
were that believed not" (6:64). Among those who found this sermon too hard to accept were
some who had formerly chosen to be identified as His disciples. John describes the results,
"From that time many of His disciples went back, and walked no more with him" (6:66).
68 Then Simon Peter answered him, Lord, to whom shall we go? thou hast the words of
eternal life.
69 And we believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God.
B. The Believing Minority (6;67-69). With the desertion of many, Jesus turned to the
twelve and asked, "Will ye also go away?" (6:67). Jesus does not use a future tense of the verb
here but rather expresses Himself with the words—humeisthelete, meaning "do you wish?" and
Peter, apparently speaking on behalf of the others, states his faith and knowledge
concerning Christ. "We believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God"
(6:69). The order of the verbs in verse sixty-nine is significant. Faith is the result of the
overpowering response to Jesus, His person, doctrine, and ministry, followed by intellectual
conviction. The perfect active indicative tense of both these verbs here suggests Peter's
emphasis, "We have come to believe and know and still believe and know." This order was
reversed in the experience of the early church. "And we have known and believed" (1 John
70 Jesus answered them, Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil?
71 He spake of Judas Iscariot the son of Simon: for he it was that should betray him,
of the disciples, Jesus identified the presence of His betrayer in the midst of the disciples a full
year before the act was accomplished. Here Judas is indirectly described as "a devil" (6:70). The
word diabolos literally means "slanderous" and almost always occurs as a noun with the definite
article to identify Satan. It is interesting that the disciples were aware of a devil in their midst for
at least a year but were unable to identify Judas as such even as he went out to betray Christ
(13:29). They thought he was going to prepare for the feast. Although we may not always be
betrayer. The name Judas comes from the Hebrew Judah, meaning "praise." Only John
identifies Judas' father, Simon (6:71). The name Iscariot literally means "man of Kerioth" and
probably refers to his family's home. Kerioth was one of the towns settled by the tribe of Judah
(Joshua 15:25). Judas is apparently the only disciple of the twelve who was not a native of
JOHN 7:1-53
The previous chapter ends in the spring of the year with the events prior to the Passover.
John begins chapter seven after six months of silence and describes the events surrounding the
Feast of Tabernacles, which occurs in October. Once again Jesus returns to the city of Jerusalem,
where "the Jews" are more determined than ever to kill Him because He broke the Sabbath law.
Although there will be attempts on His life during this extended visit, it will not be until a later
After these things Jesus walked in Galilee: for he would not walk in Jewry, because the
3 His brethren therefore said unto him, Depart hence, and go into Judaea, that thy
4 For there is no man that doeth any thing in secret, and he himself seeketh to be known
A. Setting (7:1-5). As the Feast of Tabernacles drew near Jesus was approached by His
half brothers about going to Jerusalem to the feast with them. This feast was thought of by some
Jewish writers as the greatest national feast of Israel. It was established in the Jewish calendar by
the law (Leviticus 23:33-43). This feast, beginning annually on 15 Tishri (early October), had a
twofold emphasis. First, it was the natural time for a harvest festival, and second, during the
duration of the feast the people would live in booths (small tents or temporary shelters made of
palm branches) outside the city of Jerusalem as a reminder of God's care for Israel during their
forty years of wandering in the wilderness. Sometimes these booths were small tents, hence the
name Feast of Tabernacles. This was one of three feasts every mature Jewish male was expected
to attend (Deuteronomy 16:16). Of all the feasts, the Feast of Tabernacles tended to be the one
The term brethren (adelphoi) has been variously interpreted. To safeguard their doctrine
of the perpetual virginity of Mary, the Roman Catholic Church follows the tradition of Jerome in
identifying the brethren as cousins of Jesus. Another popular view in the early church suggests
these brethren were sons of Joseph by a former marriage. A third explanation spiritualizes the
term to refer to a group of Jesus' followers; however, in this gospel John uses the term disciples
exclusively of the followers of Jesus. The most natural and probable interpretation of this is a
reference to children of Joseph and Mary born after Jesus. While Jesus was virgin born, the New
Testament nowhere intimates anything of the perpetual virginity of Mary or suggests Jesus might
Jesus' brothers. Thy urge Jesus to expand the narrow limits of His ministry. The expression en
parresiai, translated "openly" (7:4), literally means "in boldness." Their reasoning is that no man
may assert the unique position Christ was claiming for Himself while at the same time keeping
His works secret. The nature of their urging is similar in many respects to the urging of the devil
for Jesus to jump from the pinnacle of the temple and attract attention (Matthew 4:5,6). John
uses a negative and the imperfect tense episteuon (were believers) to refer to the fact that the
brothers of Jesus did not have a habitual or controlling faith in Jesus as Messiah. This being so,
this urging of the brethren may have carried a hint of sarcasm. They may be calling on Him to
perform His miracles in Jerusalem, before discerning religious authorities, thinking "the Jews"
will find flaws in Him. Some have even suggested the brothers were aware of the danger
awaiting Jesus in Jerusalem and are here urging Him to walk into a trap.
6 Then Jesus said unto them, My time is not yet come: but your time is alway ready.
7 The world cannot hate you; but me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the works
8 Go ye up unto this feast: I go not up yet unto this feast; for my time is not yet full come.
9 When he had said these words unto them, he abode still in Galilee.
B. Timing (7:6-9). Jesus turned down His brothers' invitation with the expression, "My
time is not yet come" (7:6). The word kairos, translated "time," is not the usual word found in
this expression and occurs only here in the Gospel of John. The usual word hora refers to the
spoke of His hour (2:4; 13:1), He was referring to the hour of messianic revelation on the cross.
When He spoke here of His season, He may not have had the same thing in mind. He may have
One of the problems in this chapter is Christ's statement in verse eight in light of His
subsequent actions. Several early texts and translations suggest the reading "I go not up to this
feast, for my time is not yet fully come" (7:8). At least one writer has accused Christ of a
deliberate falsehood in making the statement, while others have argued that the Father may have
ordered Jesus to go to the feast after His brothers left. The key, however, to understanding and
resolving this apparent conflict is in the interpretation of the word anabaino (I go up). The verb
has the idea of ascending, and in the context of this feast, ascending to Jerusalem in celebration
of a completed task-the harvest. What Jesus was therefore telling His brethren was that He had
Chart 26
the celebrations which tended to characterize this feast because His work was not completed.
A second possibility which resolves this problem is seen in Christ's fulfillment of the
three major feasts of Israel, the Passover, Pentecost, and Tabernacles (see Chart 26). The time
for Jesus to celebrate Passover was during His last Passover in Jerusalem, when He as the high
priest offered Himself as the Paschal Lamb of God (Hebrews 9:14). The time for Jesus to
celebrate Pentecost was fifty days later, when He gave the Holy Spirit to His disciples (14:16;
Acts 2:1-4). The season for Christ to celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles is yet future, when He
10 But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly,
11 Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he?
12 And there was much murmuring among the people concerning him: for some said, He
Galilee. Later, He went to the feast secretly. The word kruptoi, translated "in secret" (7:10), is
placed in contrast with the public way (celebration) in which his brothers had urged Him to go.
The terms phaneros, translated "openly" (7:10), and parresiai (7:4) both come from the same
root and convey the idea of telling it all. Jesus used these words in His Sermon on the Mount to
urge His followers to walk humbly with God (see Matthew 6:4,6). The arrival of Jesus secretly
in Jerusalem means more than His merely being absent from the caravan of pilgrims from
Galilee. It identifies the nature of His walk with God in contrast to a more natural inclination to
John uses the imperfect active form of the verb zeteo (I seek) to show the attitude that
characterized "the Jews. " The emphasis of the verb is that they kept seeking or persistently
sought for Him. This reveals something of the strong animosity the Jewish leaders had toward
Jesus. It had been a year and a half since Jesus healed the man by the pool of Bethesda on the
Sabbath, and their animosity had not been quenched. "The Jews" were persistently seeking
This attitude of the leadership only served to make Jesus the talk of the people. The verb
Septuagint for the murmuring of Israel in the wilderness. Here, the murmuring was both fi4endly
and hostile to Christ. There seems to be a continual controversy between believers, nonbelievers,
and half believers in this chapter. Some thought He was a good man (agathos, meaning "good"
or "upright" in contrast to an impostor), but others accused Him of deceiving people. This
the feast, it is obvious even before Jesus begins teaching (see Matthew 10:34,35). Although the
people were discussing Christ, it was all done quietly for fear of the response of "the Jews."
CLAIMS (7:14-39)
The Feast of Tabernacles was a seven-day feast followed by a special Sabbath. Jesus did
not begin teaching in the temple until "the midst of the feast," the fourth day. His appearance and
heavenly claims served to cause some to consider His messianic claims, but for most it served to
demonstrate the degree of their bias against Him. The clarity and authority of His teaching
caught the religious leaders by surprise. They marveled at Jesus, wondering how He was familiar
with the literary methods of His time, having not received formal training.
The Greek noun grammata (letters) originally meant the characters of the alphabet, later it
meant a letter or epistle; then it identified the Scriptures, and finally the learning of literature.
The verb memathekos (learning) is a perfect active participle. Because Jesus had not attended
one of the two rabbinical colleges, the rabbis considered Jesus illiterate and uninstructed. It was
not the wisdom of Jesus that upset the Jewish leaders as much as the fact that He was not an
14 Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught.
15 And the Jews marveled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned?
16 Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me.
17 If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or
18 He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: but he that seeketh his glory that
19 Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? Why go ye
20 The people answered and said, Thou hast a devil: who goeth about to kill thee?
22 Moses therefore gave unto you circumcision; (not because it is of Moses, but of the
23 If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision, that the law of Moses should not be
broken; are ye angry at me, because I have made a man every whit whole on the sabbath day?
A. His Message from Heaven (7:14-24). In announcing the heavenly origin of His
message, Jesus first emphasized the need for His listeners to willingly listen to Him. The verbs
thelei poiein, here translated "will do" (7:17), really communicate the idea of the will of the
personality in the role of gaining knowledge. What Jesus is saying is "if one is willing to do," if
his moral purpose is in harmony with God's will, then that person will come to know the true
origin of Jesus’ doctrine. The yielding of self-will to the will of God is the key that unlocks
spiritual discernment.
Because of the attitude of "the Jews," they cannot meet this condition, so they cannot
understand His doctrine. Moses gave them the law, yet they are plotting to break the law (the
sixth commandment). Jesus challenges the hypocritical attitude of the Jews, asking, "Why go ye
Apparently the people were unfamiliar with the personal ambitions of their leaders. John
here uses the term ochlos (crowd, people, 7:20) to refer to the pilgrims visiting the city, probably
masses from the leaders. It would be unthinkable to these people that their leaders would plot to
kill a man. The natural conclusion then is that Jesus must be controlled by a demon (7:20). (John
uses the word daimonion, meaning "demon," rather than diabolos, reserved in Scripture for the
devil himself.) In all probability, the people suspected Jesus of some form of paranoia.
Jesus reminded the people that circumcision regularly resulted in the breaking of Sabbath
laws (7:22). The law required the circumcision of a male child on the eighth day, regardless of
when he was born. If the eighth day fell on a Sabbath, anything that was necessary to accomplish
the circumcision was permissible to do. The logic of Jesus' argument was that if it is permissible
to treat one part of the body on the Sabbath, then what was wrong with healing the whole body
on the Sabbath? (7:23). The Jews were not totally unfamiliar with this line of reasoning; it was
actually their own. According to Rabbi Eliezer, "If circumcision, which concerns one of a man's
248 limbs, displaces the Sabbath, how much more must a man's whole body [i.e., if his life be in
Again John uses a particular term to reveal the degree of animosity "the Jews" had toward
Jesus. The verb cholate (translated "are ye angry," 7:23) occurs only here in the New Testament.
It is a derivative from the word for gall and literally means "to be full of bile." It was a term used
to express the horror one feels at a monstrous act. What was the monstrous act of Jesus that
brought rise to this intense anger on the part of the Jews? Nineteen months earlier He had healed
a man who had been sick thirty-eight years, and He did it on the Sabbath (5:16).
need as well. The phrase holon anthropon hugei literally means "a whole [holon] man [all the
man] sound [hugei, well]." In contrast with the rite of circumcision, Jesus' action had not merely
affected one part of a man's anatomy but rather corrected his entire being. Jesus had not only
said, "Take up thy bed, and walk" (5:8), He had also said, "Sin no more, lest a worse thing come
25 Then said some of them of Jerusalem, Is not this he, whom they seek to kill?
26 But, lo, he speaketh boldly, and they say nothing unto him. Do the rulers know indeed
27 Howbeit we know this man whence he is: but when Christ cometh, no man knoweth
whence he is.
28 Then cried Jesus in the temple as he taught, saying, Ye both know me, and ye know
whence I am: and I am not come of myself, but he that sent me is true, whom ye know not.
29 But I know him: for I am from him, and he hath sent me.
30 Then they sought to take him; but no man laid hands on him, because his hour was not
yet come.
31 And many of the people believed on him, and said, When Christ cometh, will he do
33 Then said Jesus unto them, Yet a little while am I with you, and then I go unto him
34 Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come.
35 Then said the Jews among themselves, Whither will he go, that we shall not find him?
will he go unto the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles?
36 What manner of saying is this that he said, Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me:
B. His Mission from Heaven (7:25-36). If the crowds from Galilee did not know the
ambitions of "the Jews," the people of Jerusalem certainly did. The title krosolumiton occurs
only here (7:25) and in Mark 1:5. It refers specifically to the residents of the city of Jerusalem as
distinct from both the crowds who invaded the city during the feasts and the religious
bureaucracy identified by John as "the Jews." The presence of Jesus boldly teaching in the temple
causes this group to begin to think of Jesus as a possible Messiah. The interrogative mepote,
used by John to introduce their conclusion, suggests they wondered, Can it possibly be that "the
rulers know indeed that this is the very Christ?" (7:26). This possibility created another dilemma
for them.
thought by some that the Messiah Himself might not even know who He was until He was
anointed by Elijah. But the people knew something of the background of Jesus; therefore He
could not be the true Messiah. Had they been willing to consider Jesus' response to this
dilemma, they might have understood Him as the Messiah. He claimed to be sent from God and
Jesus said, "He that sent me is true" (7:28). The word alethinos means "true" in the sense
of genuineness rather than veracity. While both aspects of truth are attributes of God, the
emphasis here identifies God as the ultimate reality. It is this reality of God that Jesus knows and
by whom He is commissioned. This claim stirs some to attempt to take Him, but their attempt
Still others in the crowd now begin to believe. They are convinced the Messiah will
perform the kind of miracles (literally "signs") Jesus performs. Here John focuses on the strategy
of this gospel. John records these signs so that the reader comes to believe and, believing, comes
When the Pharisees began to receive reports of some of the people following Jesus as
Messiah, they sent out the temple police (huperetas) to arrest Jesus (7:32). Apparently they were
commissioned not only to arrest Him but also to gather evidence that could be used against Him
in His trial. The officers were not merely to be His captors but also His accusers. They did not
to God (7:33). In their spiritual blindness, the Jews unwittingly prophesied concerning the future
of His mission (7:35). "The dispersed" (diasporan) was a technical term identifying Jews living
outside of Palestine. These Jews were identified by two names, "the captivity" (expressed by
three Greek words) and "the dispersion." The first name suggests their relation to their homeland,
whereas the second name refers to their relationship to the foreign land. "The Jews" suggest
Jesus might take His message to these Jews outside of Palestine and then even to the Gentiles.
This is exactly what the early church did as they spread the Gospel throughout the world.
37 In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man
38 He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of
living water.
39 (But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive: for the
Holy Ghost was not yet given: because that Jesus was not yet glorified.)
C. His Gift from Heaven (7:37-39). It was not until the final day of the feast that Jesus
made His first announcement concerning the coming of the Holy Spirit. There could not have
been a better time for such a statement. For seven days the nation had lived in booths, reminding
them of God's provision for the nation in the wilderness. For seven days they had rejoiced in the
harvest of that year. Now the eighth day was a special Sabbath and served as a fitting climax to
this week of celebration. As part of the ritual of this day, a priest would draw water from the
the pageantry worthy of a temple service. The priest would be followed by a crowd of
worshippers from the pool of Siloam to the altar of the temple. Then the water was, poured out
upon the altar. At that moment, the religious ecstasy of the Jews knew no bounds. The people
would begin singing Isaiah 12:3. Their minds would be focused not only upon the past blessing
of God but also the promises of God's future blessings. Most Bible commentators believe it was
at that moment Jesus made His announcement, "If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and
drink. He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of
The Greek word koilias can be translated with one of three different meanings. It may
refer to an organ of nourishment such as the stomach. A second use described an organ of
reproduction such as the womb. Probably the meaning here is a reference to the hidden
innermost recesses of the human body. Sometimes this word was used as a synonym for kardia
(heart) referring to the seat of intellect, emotion, and will, the real person.
John uses the expression, "as the scripture hath said" (7:38). Normally, when he uses this
expression in the gospel, he is referring to a particular verse, but there is no place in the Old
Testament that refers to rivers of living water flowing from within a man. While many
explanations have been suggested to resolve this apparent problem, the answer is probably to be
found in the setting itself. Among the various Scriptures read during this ceremony were several
speaking of water from the rock in the wilderness. Godet sees a number of parallels between the
Septuagint translation of these verses and the statement of Jesus. In Exodus 17:6, the word
waters" from this rock (Numbers 20:11) is very similar to the Greek expression here translated
"rivers of living water." The verb "shall flow" recalls a similar Old Testament form, "'shall come
out" (Exodus 17:6). In all probability, Jesus' reference to the Scriptures here was a reference to
the rock that supplied water in the wilderness. Although the Old Testament speaks of two
occasions when Moses produced water from the rock in two different locations, Jewish tradition
held that the rock was a kind of theophany that traveled with the nation in the wilderness so that,
in fact, it was the same rock which produced water on both occasions.
As to the meaning of this statement there can be little doubt. John here incorporates into
his text a footnote explaining that Christ was speaking of the Holy Spirit. According to this and
other verses, the Holy Spirit indwells all who believe and not just some who have a particular
experience. The presence of the Holy Spirit in the life of the believer results in many benefits,
Like a catalyst in chemistry which produces a reaction but is itself unaffected, Jesus
inevitably separated every crowd of people into two groups-believers and unbelievers. In the
groups present on that day were divided in their opinions about Jesus.
40 Many of the people therefore, when they heard this saying, said, Of a truth this is the
Prophet.
41 Others said, This is the Christ. But some said, Shall Christ come out of Galilee?
42 Hath not the scripture said, That Christ cometh of the seed of David, and out of the
A. Divided Multitude (7:40-43). People began to look at Jesus with new interest after He
disrupted the great procession into the temple. Some were prepared to identify Him as the
Prophet (see Deuteronomy 18:15-19). Others were prepared to recognize Him as the Messiah.
But some who thought He might be the Messiah stumbled at a problem. The Scripture taught the
wonders what the result might have been if they had investigated further to learn the true
birthplace of Jesus. They did not, and as a result the crowd was divided.
The term schisma (7:43), here translated "a division," comes from a verb that means "to
rend." In other places, the word is translated with the idea of being tom apart (see Matthew 9:16).
Here it emphasizes a clear split in the crowd. When it comes to making a decision about Jesus,
44 And some of them would have taken him; but no man laid hands on him.
45 Then came the officers to the chief priests and Pharisees; and they said unto them,
B. Divided Officers (7:44-46). What was true of the crowd was also true of the officers
who were sent to collect evidence and arrest Jesus. After four days on the job, some would have
arrested him (7:44). But others were deeply impressed by both His teaching manner and His
message (7:46). As a result, the plan of the Sanhedrin to arrest and destroy Jesus was again
frustrated.
51 Doth our law judge any man, before it hear him, and know what he doeth?
52 They answered and said unto him, Art thou also of Galilee? Search, and look: for out
C. Divided Sanhedrin (7:47-53). The division here caused by Jesus reached even into
the Sanhedrin itself. Most were incensed with the failure of the officers to arrest Jesus, but at
least one of these seventy leaders was prepared to question their actions. The Pharisees thought
the opinion of the religious leadership of the nation was unanimous in its opposition to Jesus.
The force of the Greek expression in verse forty-eight is, "Is there a single one of the rulers or
Pharisees who believes on Him?" It is in this context that Nicodemus ("he that came to Jesus by
night, being one of them," 7:50) speaks somewhat on behalf of Jesus. He reminds his colleagues
The response of the Pharisees (7:52) may be interpreted two ways. First, they may be
urging Nicodemus to search the Scriptures and see that no prophet had ever appeared in Galilee.
In response to such an argument it should be noted that God is not confined to precedent. If there
had indeed never been a prophet from Galilee, God would still have been able to call a man to
this office from that place. But, in fact, the Jews held that six prophets—Jonah, Hosea, Nahum,
some, Jonah definitely came from the same part of Galilee where Nazareth is located.
A second way of interpreting this expression is to assume the verb search does not refer
to the Scriptures but the place. The statement might then be paraphrased, "From your knowledge
of Galilee, is it the kind of place to produce a prophet?" This reflects the same kind of attitude
held by Nathanael when he first heard of Jesus (1:46). The difference here is that the Pharisees
are not interested in determining if their statements are accurate or not. Apparently they forgot
about the Galilean ministry of the Messiah (Isaiah 9:1,2). Their plot frustrated and group
This eighth chapter of John begins with the Jews trying to stone a sinful woman and ends
with the same group attempting to stone the sinless Messiah. Both attempts fail. All of these
events probably take place between the Monday morning following the Feast of Tabernacles
(8:2) and the Sabbath ending that same week (9:14). While we are not sure the events cover just
This chapter also presents a major textual problem in the New Testament. John 7:53-8:11
is missing in some ancient manuscripts, which has led some scholars to conclude it was not
originally part of this gospel but was added later. Some newer translations of the-Bible have
gone so far as to omit this section from the main text of the gospel (NEB) or to disclaim it in the
text (NIV). When one examines the history of this textual problem more closely, however, there
There are several arguments for its authenticity, hence including it in the canon. First, the
internal argument claims the contents are consistent with the rest of Scripture. The actions and
teachings of Jesus as well as the actions of the Jews reflect the rest of God's revelation. Second,
the story of the woman caught in adultery was cited in the third-century Apostolic Constitutions
as biblical grounds for accepting penitents who had been disciplined by the church. Third, the
In fact, it is Augustine who has preserved the reason why some older texts omit this story.
Apparently the account was rejected and removed from the gospel by some men Augustine
describes as "weak in faith" because they feared their wives would use it to justify immorality.
When the story is correctly understood, there is no way that such conclusions could be reached.
Finally, it is never permissible to remove even part of a verse from the Scriptures simply because
one does not understand it or disagrees with its conclusions. Still, despite the foolish actions of
these early Christians, God has preserved His Word even to this generation, and the account of an
unnamed woman caught in the act of adultery remains a part of the gospel written for our
edification.
WOMAN (8:1-11)
The presentation of the woman caught in the act of adultery to Jesus by a group of scribes
and Pharisees was not so much to get Jesus to carry out the law against adultery as it was a trap
to snare Him. They wanted Jesus to react in an embarrassing situation so they might have
something with which they could accuse Him. If He condemned her and called for her
execution, He would never again be known as the friend of sinners. Also, He would be placing
Himself against Rome, which did not allow the Jews to practice capital punishment for
infractions of Jewish law (see 18:31). If He condoned her act, He would be upholding her sin
and opposing the Law of Moses. Jesus essentially found Himself in a no-win situation.
manifested. In this chapter Jesus seems to know the heart of the woman and the intention of His
enemies. Whether this is a supernatural act or His human wisdom is not evident, but He does
2 And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto
3 And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when
4 They say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act.
5 Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned; but what sayest
thou?
6 This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him....
A. A Snare Produced (8:1-6a). During the Feast of Tabernacles the Jewish people
erected booths outside the city of Jerusalem and lived in them as a reminder of their pilgrimage
and God's provision in the wilderness (Leviticus 23:42,43). The previous chapter concludes with
the note that "every man went unto his own house" (7:53), implying that more than their
discussion with Jesus was over, so they went home. They had lived in booths and returned to
vacation atmosphere among the people. In this environment it would have been easy for a man
to tempt a woman to adultery. Also, it would have been easier to detect a man and woman "in
the very act" (8:4) in a booth as opposed to detection in a house behind closed doors.
John describes Jesus beginning His teaching "early in the morning" (8:2), using the word
orthrou, referring to the early dawn hours just before sunrise. The delegation of scribes and
Pharisees that brought the woman to Jesus was probably small, perhaps only a half dozen men.
However, there is a crowd of "all the people" (8:2) who came to hear Him teach.
John makes special mention of Jesus sitting to teach in the temple area, using the
participle kathisas. Although this is the only specific mention of Jesus sitting to teach in this
gospel, it was probably Jesus' practice as it was common for a rabbi to sit as he taught. Jesus was
sitting when He talked with the woman at the well (4:6), for the Sermon on the Mount (Matthew
5:1), and during the Upper Room Discourse (13:12). In mentioning His sitting, John is here
Both scribes and Pharisees were involved in bringing this woman to Jesus (8:3). This is
the only reference to scribes in the gospel, though they are often mentioned in the synoptics. The
scribes were the copiers of the law and therefore became its teachers. The illegality of their
actions here is significant. If they had been concerned with upholding the law, they would have
The adjective autophoroi is a compound word based on the words autos (self) and phor (thief).
Originally it referred to a thief caught in the very act of stealing. Her crime is identified with the
word moicheuomene (adultery) which always refers to sexual infidelity involving married people,
hence implying she was married. Note that she was not taken to her husband, which would have
been the natural reaction even before taking her to a Jewish court. Also note her husband is not
present in the temple. As we feel sympathy for both the woman and Jesus because the Jews were
trying to trap Him, do not forget that she broke the law and her marriage vow to her husband.
With the large influx of pilgrims in the city and the campground setting of the week, immorality
tended to be prevalent during the Feast of Tabernacles, so common it usually was overlooked by
religious leaders. They probably had no difficulty in finding the bait for their trap, if in fact the
Their reference to the Law of Moses was little more than a pretense. Stoning was the
penalty only in the case of a betrothed woman guilty of adultery (Deuteronomy 22:22-24). In
other cases death was prescribed, but the means of execution not specified (Leviticus 20:10).
Normally, the Jews punished adultery by strangulation. Further, since they chose to remind
Christ of the Law of Moses, it seems strange that they forgot to bring the man who also should
have been stoned under the same law. It takes two persons to be caught "in the very act" of
adultery.
Some have suggested that there was a plot involved to set a trap for the woman caught in
adultery by permitting a man to be with her that she might be caught and accused. By doing this
doubtless not only plotting to catch the woman but also wanted to plan a way to be able to accuse
Jesus, not knowing that He knew what was already in their hearts.
. . . But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard
them not.
7 So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is
without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her.
8 And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. 9 And they which heard it, being
convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the
last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst.
10 When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her,
Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee?
11 She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and
sin no more.
B. A Sentence Produced (8:6b-11). At first Jesus ignored the accusers and began writing
on the ground. Perhaps this was a deliberate stalling technique to give the accusers time to think
clearly about their actions and understand their sin. Some have wrongly thought Christ was
caught in a dilemma and did not know what to say, so He wrote on the ground to get time to
For the early Christians who first read this gospel, the act of Jesus writing with His finger
was significant. First, many who could not write looked to this story to prove Jesus was literate.
Second, some saw this event as shedding light on Christ the Lawgiver. Although the Jews
claimed that Moses gave the law (8:5), one of the early titles of Christ was that of "Lawgiver"
(James 4:12). Jesus not only gave the law, He also pronounced the sentence regarding the law.
The finger of God was involved in writing the law (8:6; Exodus 31:18). Here the Lawgiver is
symbolically using His finger to remind the audience of His right to judge a woman by the law.
John uses two different words for writing in this account. The first word, kategraphen
(8:6) literally means "to write against" (see 13:26). There are many suggestions concerning what
Jesus wrote on the ground. First, some interpreters hold that Jesus was listing the sins of the
accusers. This view finds some support in the Armenian New Testament which states, "He
Himself, bowing His head, was writing with His finger on the earth to declare their sins; and they
were seeing their several sins on the stones." Second, others feel Jesus was writing the number
seven or the seventh commandment, "Thou shalt not commit adultery"(Exodus 20:14). Third,
some feel He wrote the name of the man who committed adultery with the woman, implying he
was also guilty or that he too should be condemned. If the Jews had planned this act of adultery
to trap Jesus, He reversed the situation by writing the guilty man's name on the ground, hence
revealing His knowledge of their plot. Fourth, some have suggested Jesus wrote something
about the mercy or forgiveness of God. The fifth suggestion comes from the other word for
Jesus responded to the persistent questioning of the scribes and Pharisees by announcing
His sentence. "He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her"(8:7). In
essence He upheld the law and its authority, but He required that the law be observed in its
proper spirit (see Matthew 5:18). The word anamartetos (without sin) means "one who has not
sinned" or "one who cannot sin," although the latter meaning of this word was never expressed in
the Septuagint or New Testament. A.T. Robertson calls this a verbal adjective which suggests,
"He who has not committed this same sin.”17 When they left the presence of Jesus, beginning
with the older Jewish leaders, it implies they were guilty of this same sin.
Obviously, Jesus was not claiming only the sinless could pronounce the penalty of the
law. In this context, He is requiring that the men so eager to execute this woman do so only if
they themselves are innocent of sin in their lives. Even if they had not entrapped this woman,
those who caught her and let the man go were guilty as conspirators or of conflict of interest.
John records the departure of the accusers, noting the reason, "being convicted by their
own conscience" (8:9). The verb elegchomenoi here used by John literally means "to bring to
light and expose." John chose to include this unusual event in the life of Christ to show Christ
was Light both on the law and in the consciences of men. Christ follows this event with the
declaration, "I am the light of the world" (8:12). As Light, Christ was reminding these hardened
scribes and Pharisees of their own history of sin, illuminating their very conscience, and exposing
them. It is interesting to note the order in which the accusers left the scene that day. Perhaps
in this sin.
The accusers left the woman "in the midst" (8:9). This woman with a stained reputation
was not left alone with Jesus. The Jewish leaders left, but not the crowd who witnessed this
confrontation. Jesus asked, "Hath no man condemned thee?" (8:10). John uses a very
appropriate verb here which he rarely used in the gospel, katekrinen, literally meaning "to give
judgment against or down on." Stoning as practiced by the Jews involved taking large rocks,
raising them over one's head with both hands and thrusting them down upon the victim. At the
beginning of this episode, her accusers were inviting Jesus to support the Law of Moses in
casting stones down upon the woman. Now, in the presence of the Light of the World, they were
Jesus told the woman, "Neither do I condemn thee" (8: 11). Was this a pardon or a
promise of forbearance to give the woman time to repent? Godet argues the woman had not
come to Him on the basis of repentance and faith and therefore could not be pardoned with these
words. Westcott argues Jesus' words are not words of forgiveness. On the other hand, how
could Jesus expect anyone to "go, and sin no more" (8:11) unless there was a transformed heart
to make that possible? (see 5:14). Perhaps after the woman was dragged against her will into the
presence of Jesus, the light that had driven away the proud scribes and Pharisees had a special
act of sin, but He accepts the sinner. We should not reverse the order of judgment and condemn
(8:12-30)
After the encounter with the woman about to be stoned, Jesus taught His followers that
He was the Light of the World. This is the second use of the formula "I am" (ego eimi) with an
object. To make such a statement was to capitalize on several recent events. In the Court of the
Women in the temple were four golden candelabras each with four golden bowls. As part of the
celebration surrounding the Feast of Tabernacles, these bowls had been filled with oil and lit.
Contemporary observers claimed the light was so brilliant it lit the entire city of Jerusalem. The
memory of this event would have still been in the minds of His listeners.
There were also things in the Old Testament to which Jesus may have compared Himself
as light. The illumination of the temple was a reminder to the people of the cloud/pillar of fire
that led Israel through the wilderness. Most Jews would have considered the cloud/pillar of fire a
theophany which was a manifestation of God Himself. If Jesus was thinking of this background,
His statement was a clear claim to deity. Also, the name Light is applied to the Messiah in
several Old Testament passages (Isaiah 9:2; 42:6; 49:6; 60:1-3; Malachi 4:2). It is interesting to
note the previous day the Pharisees said Jesus couldn't be the Messiah or a prophet, because none
the light arising in Galilee (Isaiah 9:1,2). The Jews rejected Christ because He came from
But there may also be a more immediate context that prompted His statement about light.
Jesus began teaching just before the sun rose above the mountains. In mountainous regions like
Jerusalem, the day approaches very quickly. Within a few minutes, the misty darkness of early
dawn will break forth into the brilliance of day. As Jesus said "I am the light," perhaps day was
finally arriving in Jerusalem. Perhaps it was the arrival of the sun "which is as a bridegroom
coming out of his chamber" (Psalms 19:5) which prompted this claim at this moment. Later
Jesus would remind His disciples, "If any man walk in the day, he stumbleth not, because he
seeth the light of this world" (11:9). Later the apostle would urge believers to "walk in the light,
as he is in the light" (1 John 1:7). Jesus is the Light of the World for every hour of our day.
More than any other Gospel, John is the Gospel of people, often identifying those who are
otherwise unknown. It is only natural, therefore, that this claim be understood in the context of
the people immediately involved. Jesus was that light which drove away the proud, unrepentant
scribes and Pharisees and attracted the sinful woman (8:9,11). He was the light that caused the
blind man to first see the light of day (9:1-7). He is "the true Light, which lighteth every man
that cometh into the world" (1:9). As light illuminates, thus revealing what was formerly hidden
in the darkness, so the Light of the World accomplishes His work through revelation.
followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.
13 The Pharisees therefore said unto him, Thou bearest record of thyself; thy record is not
true.
14 Jesus answered and said unto them, Though I bear record of myself, yet my record is
true: for I know whence I came, and whither I go; but ye cannot tell whence I come, and whither I
go.
16 And yet if I judge, my judgment is true: for I am not alone, but I and the Father that
sent me.
17 It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true.
18 I am one that bear witness of myself, and the Father that sent me beareth witness of
me.
19 Then said they unto him, Where is thy Father? Jesus answered, Ye neither know me,
nor my Father: if ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also.
20 These words spake Jesus in the treasury, as he taught in the temple: and no man laid
Chart 29
A. By Revealing the Christ (8:12-20). When Jesus made the claim to be light, the
Pharisees immediately responded, "Thy record [witness] is not true" (8:13). According to the
accepted rules of evidence among the rabbis, no man could give witness for himself. The law
required a matter could only be verified in the presence of two or more witnesses (8:17; see
Numbers 35:30; Deuteronomy 17:6; 19:15; Matthew 18:16; 2 Corinthians 13:1; 1 Timothy 5:19).
When the Pharisees said Jesus' witness was not true, they were using the expression ouk alethes,
meaning His witness was irrelevant or not pertinent. Jesus had earlier recognized this principle
and suggested four additional witnesses that would verify His own witness (5:30-47). In the
context of Jesus' claim to be light, the rules of evidence are irrelevant. One might as well argue
that the sun is not shining if it is the only one declaring itself to be the sun.
written" (8:17). In His statement, Jesus includes the word humeteroi (your) in an emphatic
position emphasizing their prior claim to having a monopoly on the law (see 7:48,49). Jesus
offered the Pharisees two witnesses in keeping with the Scriptures. His two witnesses were His
own witness and the witness of His Father who sent Him (8:18). The response of the Pharisees
ignores Jesus' own witness and questions that of His Father. Jesus' response identifies the
Jesus taught these things in one of the most popular areas of the temple, the area
surrounding the treasury (8:20). The treasury was adjacent to the Court of the Women and was
the area where all gifts were made to the temple. John mentions the area of Jesus' ministry here
to emphasize the tremendous liberty Jesus had. The word kai is used with the emphasis "and yet
no man laid hold on Him." Jesus taught publicly in the most popular area of the temple, and yet
despite the obvious opposition of the Jews, "no man laid hands on him; for his hour was not yet
come" (8:20).
21 Then said Jesus again unto them, I go my way, and ye shall seek me, and shall die in
22 Then said the Jews, Will he kill himself? because he saith, Whither I go, ye cannot
come.
am not of this world. 24 I said therefore unto you, that ye shall die in your sins: for if ye believe
25 Then said they unto him, Who art thou? And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same
26 I have many things to say and to judge of you; but he that sent me is true; and I speak
B. By Revealing the Father (8:21-27). Jesus told His listeners He would go where they
could not go and that they would die in their sins (8:21,24; see Ezekiel 3:18; 18:18). The first
time Jesus made this statement He used the singular hamartiai (sin, 8:21) whereas the second
and third times He used the plural hamartiais (sins, 8:24). He was emphasizing both sin in its
essence which is the sin principle and sin in its many expressions. Because "the Jews" would not
repent and believe Him, they would die in both their sin and their sins. The essential idea of this
word for sin is that of missing the mark. To die in this state means to be eternally separated from
God.
The Jews, completely ignoring this warning, capitalized upon Christ's claim they could
not go where he was going and asked, "Will he kill himself?" (8:22). The use of the interrogative
particle meti suggests a negative answer was expected, "Surely He will not kill Himself, will
He?" It was widely held in Judaism that anyone who took his own life would go to Gehenna. In
conclusion therefore, was that Jesus would have to kill Himself to go to the one place no Pharisee
would or could go. Commenting on this statement, Vincent observes, "The mockery in these
words is alike subtle and bitter . . . The remark displays alike the scorn and the self-righteousness
Attempting to correct the misconception of the Jews, Jesus reminds them that the conflict
between them finds its source in their different origins. He uses two words in contrast, kato,
meaning "beneath," and ano, meaning "above" (8:23). The difference between Jesus and the
Jews was the difference between the heavenlies and the sensual (see James 3:15-17).' Jesus states
emphatically, "I am from above... I am not of this world.... if ye believe not that I am he, ye shall
The expression ego eimi used here may be interpreted one of several ways. In its
immediate context Jesus may be saying they must believe He is from above (8:23). Perhaps
thinking back to a recent discussion with these same people, Jesus was telling them they must
believe He is the One sent by the Father (7:28). In the context of this extended discourse, Jesus
may have meant they must believe He is the Light of the World (8:12; see 7:52). A fourth
possible meaning is explained later where Christ describes Himself as the deliverer from sin
(8:28,31,32,36). Also, when John uses this expression in this gospel, he does so most often
identifying with the Old Testament name of God-Jehovah (see Deuteronomy 32:39). Supporting
this latter view is the interesting note that the phrase used here is identical to the
The Jews responded by asking Jesus to identify Himself (8:25). Commentators are
divided over the nature of Jesus' response. Some interpreters view the statement as a question,
"How is it that I even speak to you at all?"19 Others recognize the statement as an affirmation, "I
am essentially that which I even speak to you.”20 Both views are acceptable so far as the grammar
and context are concerned, and a survey of English translations of the verse reveals no general
John notes that these comments referred to the Father (8:27). But those who could not
comprehend the Light (1:5) also failed to perceive egnosan, "that he spake to them of the Father"
(8:27).
28 Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know
that I am he, and that I do nothing of myself; but as my Father hath taught me, I speak these
things.
29 And he that sent me is with me: the Father hath not left me alone; for I do always
those things that please him. 30 As he spake these words, many believed on him.
C. By Revealing the Cross (8:28-30). Jesus reminded them of the cross (8:28), a
constant theme in His ministry. The time would come when they would possess knowledge of
who He was, but that knowledge would arrive late. Referring to Himself as "the Son of Man,"
the favorite title used by Christ, He made the second of three references in this gospel to His
with reference to the cross. Here Christ says that it is the cross which will finally cause the world
to recognize Him as the "I am" (ego eimi) and agree with His claim that He did the will of the
Father. The word pantote (always, 8:29) is in the emphatic position, meaning Christ was
habitually and continuously doing those things that please the Father.
John notes briefly the results of this discourse by recording that "many believed on him"
(8:30). Commentators are divided on the nature of this faith, whether it was saving faith or
natural faith. (These disciples, like those in John 6:66, apparently had some kind of faith in
Christ but later chose to stop following Him). Some argue it was natural faith pointing to the
conflict in the remaining verses of this chapter. However, it is more likely that those who
believed on Him in verse thirty are different from those in verse thirty-one. John identifies those
in verse thirty with the expression episteusan eis (believed into), which is used to identify those
who become the children of God (1:12). In the next verse, John identifies another group with the
expression pepisteukotas autoi (believed him), meaning those who accepted His messianic
claims but probably added their own political interpretation to His words. It is this second group
who were guilty of only natural faith, whereas the first group seems to have experienced saving
faith.
SLAVERY (8:31-59)
His comments will become more pointedly directed at a specific group who had been following
Him. These believed in the same way that those in Jerusalem at the first Passover had believed
(2:23,24). Jesus' message to this group was to emphasize a greater liberation from the bondage
of moral slavery. His offer was simple and, direct. If they would continue in His Word, they
would be His disciples. One of the fringe benefits of such a commitment was genuine liberty.
While the offer of Christ was liberty, to refuse His offer resulted in bondage.
31 Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on him, If ye continue in my word, then
32 And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.
33 They answered him, We be Abraham's seed, and were never in bondage to any man:
34 Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whosoever committeth sin is the
servant of sin.
35 And the servant abideth not in the house for ever: but the Son abideth ever.
36 If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed.
A. Bondage Declared (8:31-36). Jesus began this more private discourse on liberty from
moral slavery by emphasizing the nature of true discipleship. Christ taught that discipleship
begins with faith, involves constantly remaining in the Word of Christ, issues in the knowledge
the implication and claimed they "were never in bondage to any man" (8:33). Yet at that time the
Jews were in fact under Roman authority. Most patriotic Jews did only the bare minimum that
was required by Rome and did what they could to irritate their Roman masters. Many had gone
so far as to follow one of the many self-proclaimed messiahs in their civil rebellions against
Roman authority. But although they did what they could to deny it, the fact remained that they
Jesus, however, was not speaking of political bondage but rather of the bondage of sin.
Jesus uses the word doulos, meaning "slave," to describe the one who practices sin. He further
reminded them of the insecurity of a slave in contrast with the security of a son. A slave could be
expelled from the house at any time, whereas a son was always free to come and go as he
pleased. The Apostle Paul later used this same analogy contrasting the slave of sin and the Son
36 If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed.
37 I know that ye are Abraham's seed; but ye seek to kill me, because my word hath no
place in you.
38 I speak that which I have seen with my Father: and ye do that which ye have seen with
your father.
39 They answered and said unto him, Abraham is our father. Jesus saith unto them, If ye
41 Ye do the deeds of your father. Then said they to We be not born of fornication; we
42 Jesus said unto them, If God were your Father, ye would love me: for I proceeded
forth and came from God; neither came I of myself, but he sent me.
44 Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a
murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When
he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.
45 And because I tell you the truth, ye believe me not. 46 Which of you convinceth me of
47 He that is of God heareth God's words: ye therefore hear them not, because ye are not
of God.
B. Bondage Explained (8:36-47). The ethnic heritage of the Jews hindered them from
understanding their need to be liberated from the bondage of moral slavery. They equated their
liberty with their physical relationship with Abraham. It was as though they reasoned, "Because
Abraham was the friend of God, we his children are certainly acceptable to God." In the
rejecting Christ.
In the course of this discussion, the Jews explained, "We be not born of fornication"
(8:41). Most commentators agree the emphasis of this statement was directed toward the
circumstances of Jesus' birth. They were spreading the rumors about Jesus' birth, that Mary
conceived before Joseph publicly married her. From Scripture we know Christ was born by the
miraculous conception of the Holy Spirit. The Jews were attempting to embarrass Christ by
suggesting He was conceived out of wedlock. Rejecting the doctrine of the virgin birth, or
anything supernatural about His birth, the Jews thought Jesus was born as the result of an
immoral union. What is significant, however, is that the emphasis of the Prophet Hosea was
exactly contrary to their conclusion: the nation had become the children of a whore (Hosea 1:9-
2:4).
Jesus' premise was that they were children of Satan. This satanic fatherhood should not
be limited only to Jews but rather applied to all men. Outwardly they were religious, but
inwardly they were followers of Satan. Their ultimate role in the crucifixion of Christ only
demonstrated they were of their father, the devil. The devil is a liar and the father of lies, and
they were influenced by him. They could not find sin in Christ (8:46); still they rejected Him. If
they had been of God, they would have believed, but their unbelief demonstrated they were not of
God (8:47).
49 Jesus answered, I have not a devil; but I honour my Father, and ye do dishonour me.
50 And I seek not mine own glory: there is one that seeketh and judgeth.
51 Verily, verily, I say unto you, If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death.
52 Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that thou hast a devil. Abraham is dead,
and the prophets; and thou sayest, If a man keep my saying, he shall never taste of death.
53 Art thou greater than our father Abraham, which is dead? and the prophets are dead:
55 Yet ye have not known him; but I know him: and if I should say, I know him not, I
shall be a liar like unto you: but I know him, and keep his saying.
56 Your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day: and he saw it, and was glad.
57 Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet fifty years old, and hast thou seen
Abraham?
58 Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham was, I am.
C. Bondage Demonstrated (8:48-59). The Jews responded to Jesus' logic by calling Him
a Samaritan and claiming He was demon possessed (8:48). The animosity between the Jews and
the Samaritans was so strong that to call someone a Samaritan was among the worst insults.
There is also a linguistic connection between the Aramaic words Shomeroni, meaning Samaritan,
and Shomeron, being a title of the devil. Barclay argues that the word Shomeroni could also
mean "a child of the devil" and that this was the probable emphasis of 21 They later tried to use
His claim, "If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death" (8:51) to prove He had a demon.
When the Jews asked Jesus if He was greater than Abraham, the form of their question
anticipated a negative response, "You do not think you are greater than Abraham do you? "(see
8:53). This was the same argument used by the Samaritan woman who was convinced Jesus was
Jesus responded, "Abraham rejoiced to see my day: and he saw it, and was glad" (8:56).
He did not, however, explain when Abraham saw His day. There are at least seven explanations
of when this happened. First, it was held Abraham was living in paradise at that time and could
see the events on earth (see Luke 16:22-31). Therefore, Abraham was at that time seeing the day
of Jesus and rejoicing. Another similar view was later proposed in the apocryphal books the
Gospel of Nicodemus and The Acts of Pilate. Both of these books include a passage describing
Abraham rejoicing to see the light of the approaching Christ when He descended into hell
of aorist verbs implying Abraham saw at a point of time, probably in the past.
The Jews had four interpretations of passages in the life of Abraham which could have
accounted for this claim. First, Abraham knew the Messiah would come from him and so
rejoiced and saw Him by faith (Genesis 12:3). Also, some rabbis held that Abraham's vision in
Genesis 15:8-21 included a prophetic view of the history of Israel and the Messiah. A third
interpretation claimed that Abraham's laugh at the prophecy of Isaac's birth was not a laugh of
unbelief but rather a laugh of joy because he knew the Messiah would eventually come through
the line of Isaac (Genesis 17:17). A final view is based on the interpretation of the phrase "well
stricken in age" (Genesis 24:1) which is literally "gone into days." Some rabbis believed that
Abraham had a prophetic odyssey into the future history of the nation. At that time he saw the
coming Messiah, Jesus Christ. Perhaps the correct interpretation was the theophany appearance
of Jehovah to Abraham (Genesis 18) where judgment against Sodom and Gomorrah was revealed
to him. At that time Abraham interceded to Jehovah for the souls to be judged. Since Christ has
all judgment (5:30), and this was a physical appearance of Jehovah (He ate), then it must have
The key to understanding when Abraham saw Jesus' day, however, may not be the
context of the day but rather the nature of Christ. Jesus' claim, "Before Abraham was, I am"
(8:58), was clearly interpreted by the Jews as blasphemy worthy of punishment by stoning-He
was claiming to be God. In this context, any revelation of Jehovah (I am) to Abraham could be
years old, and hast thou seen Abraham?" (8:57). Some commentators have mistakenly taken this
statement to argue Jesus was approaching fifty years of age and therefore claim He died an older
man. Others, recognizing that the Gospels clearly teach Jesus died in His mid-thirties, claim the
pressure of the ministry so aged Jesus that he looked like an old man. The key to understanding
this phrase, however, is in recognizing that fifty years was the age at which a Levite retired from
active service (Numbers 4:3). In essence the Jews were saying, "You are still a young man, not
even old enough to retire." They were guessing His age and allowing enough room to not
embarrass themselves. The comment here should be understood as an idiom and has no bearing
The response of the Jews to Christ's revelation of Himself as the "I am" demonstrates just
how severely they were blinded to truth. Despite the fact that they were in the temple area (8:20),
it was the Sabbath (9:14), and Jesus had not been formally charged before the Sanhedrin, the
Jews took steps to stone Him. The verb balosin (cast) suggests a picture of at least some
members of the mob already beginning to throw stones. Jesus escaped by hiding Himself. Some
have suggested He hid by physically vanishing or blinding His enemies, but the verb ekrube
should probably be interpreted to mean He hid Himself in a group of people-He was lost in the
crowd. Jesus did not run away, as a victim might run from a mob that is trying to kill him. Jesus
knew His time had not come (13:1). The next chapter describes Him calmly leaving the temple
catch Jesus in a self-contradictory trap. In the end, they try to stone the sinless Christ because
This chapter has two major themes, light and opposition. It begins when Jesus becomes
the physical light to the man born blind and ends with the healed man receiving spiritual light.
The Jewish bureaucracy reject the light and persecute those who respond to it.
But this chapter also is tied to the previous one in that the revelations of Christ in chapter
Belief is the key topic of John, and in this chapter it appears that there were more. in
opposition to Christ than believers in Him. However the testimony and undaunted faith of one
man have proved to be stepping-stones for many. This blind beggar shares his testimony several
times, but it seems no one will listen to him. The authenticity of his experience
Chart 30
Chapter 8 Chapter 9
changing miracle. This particular miracle was a favorite in the early church, being referred to
often in writings and art. While skeptics and their lives are forgotten, the man who was healed
from darkness is a living example of the power of Christ-the Light of the World.
59 Then took they up stones to cast at him: but Jesus hid himself, and went out of the
9:1 And as Jesus passed by, he saw a man which was blind from his birth.
2 And his disciples asked him, saying, Master, who did sin, this man, or his parents, that
3 Jesus answered, Neither hath this man sinned, nor his parents: but that the works of
4 I must work the works of him that sent me, while it is day: the night cometh, when no
7 And said unto him, Go wash in the pool of Siloam, (which is by interpretation, Sent.)
As chapter eight concludes, John paints a picture of crisis with the Jews ready to stone
Jesus. The verb balosin, here translated "to cast," is actually an aorist active subjunctive form of
ballo, suggesting that some had already begun to throw stones. Those who hated Christ and tried
to stone Him in chapter eight continue their severe opposition to Jesus in chapter nine. Even
though it was a Sabbath (9:14) and Jesus was in the temple proper (8:59), still some of these
religious leaders were prepared to break their religious laws to destroy Jesus. Their attempt is
unsuccessful as Jesus "hid himself" and left the temple, "going through the midst of them"(8:59).
How Jesus made His escape is a matter of conjecture. Some of the suggestions are: (1)
He became invisible; (2) those who would stone Him became blind temporarily or could see
everything but were blinded to Jesus; (3) Jesus hid Himself in the mob because of the confusion;
or (4) the disciples came between the stone throwers and Jesus, hiding Him from them.
Most would think that if a person was fleeing an attempted assassination, he might be
running or he might hide out. But not Jesus. He is pictured as leaving the temple, probably by
the Gate Beautiful. Traditionally, there were a number of beggars there because their physical
imperfection would keep them out of the temple. Jesus carries on a casual conversation with His
who He was, and He knew that His time had not yet come (13:1).
According to John, the miracle of healing occurred "as Jesus passed by" (9:1). That Jesus
should even notice, let alone heal a blind beggar under such circumstances may be thought by
some as the real miracle in this chapter. Actually, this action was characteristic of the One who
came not to be ministered unto but to minister. The contrast of this action of Jesus and the
circumstances under which the miracle took place so impressed Oswald J. Smith that it resulted
Although Jesus healed many blind people during His public ministry, this miracle is
unique in that this person was the only individual afflicted from birth. This may be why the early
individual becomes a Christian, he does not recover what he had formerly lost but rather receives
a completely new ability to see and understand the things of God (1 Corinthians 2:14,15). For
the first time in his life this man was going to see. And one of the first things he would see
The appearance of this blind man prompted the disciples of Jesus to ask what appears to
be an unusual question. If a man is blind from birth, how could that be the result of that person's
sin? If sin was involved in his blindness, then it would be natural to assume that his parents were
responsible for that sin. Several Old Testament passages suggest the sin of the parents brings
consequences to the children (see Exodus 20:5; 34:7; Numbers 14:18; Deuteronomy 5:9;
Jeremiah 31:29,30; Ezekiel 18:2). Another popular Jewish thought that could explain how a man
womb had committed some sin prior to his birth and as a result was born blind. The third
popular Jewish view, particularly among Hellenistic Jews, was that souls existed prior to birth
and were assigned to different kinds of physical bodies as a reward or punishment for their prior
actions. In this case, the thought was that the man's soul had committed some evil prior to being
Jesus answered the disciples' question by telling them that sin was not the only reason to
suffer from physical afflictions. In this case, a man was born blind "'that the works of God
should be made manifest in him" (9:3). While it is true that personal sin can result in physical
affliction (see 5:14) and the sin of parents may be visited upon the children even to the third and
fourth generation, it is also sometimes in the plan of God to bring physical infirmities or
suffering into the life of an individual to demonstrate the works of God. There are many great
Christian leaders of the past who might fall into the category "handicapped," but their handicaps
became the channels through which the works of God were manifest in an unusual way.
Jesus told His disciples, "We must work the works of Him that sent Me" (9:4, literal
translation). The first personal pronoun in this statement is hemas (we) and not eme (1). To
whom was He referring-God and Christ, or Christ and the disciples? While only God can do the
works of God, there is a responsibility for every disciple to be engaged in that work. The last
personal pronoun is me (Jesus). While Christians are sent by Christ into the world, only Christ is
sent by the Father (see 20:21). That this work must be done "while it is day"(9:4) stresses the
Here Jesus qualifies this claim limiting it to, "As long as I am in the world." The word hotan,
here translated "as long as," has the emphasis of "whenever." When Jesus is in the world, He is
its light. While Jesus never ceased to be light by nature, He is actually "the light of the world"
only when He is in the world. This applies not only to His incarnation, life, and ministry as
recorded in the Gospels, but also to the various Christophanies in the Old Testament. Even in the
eternal city, Jesus is the light (Revelation 21:23). When Christ is not physically present in the
world, He indwells the believer, making His disciples the light of the world (see Matthew 5:14).
Unlike the hearings of other blind men in the Gospels, Jesus here made use of clay and
spittle to heal the blind man. On other occasions Jesus healed the blind by touch or speaking.
Why clay and spittle? First, spittle was believed to have special curative powers. Jesus made use
of spittle in only two miracles (see Mark 7:33). Pliny observed "that ophthalmia can be cured by
anointing, as it were, the eyes every morning with fasting spittle.”23 Had Jesus shared this
opinion, He would probably have made wider use of spittle in His miracles. That this
superstition still exists to some degree today is evidenced by the initial reaction of many people
when they burn or cut a finger. The most natural reaction is to put the finger in the mouth. A
second suggestion is that kneading clay with spittle is specifically forbidden by the Sabbath laws
of the Jews. As this miracle occurred on a Sabbath (9:14), Jesus is again challenging the
authority of the traditions of men. A third suggestion is that Jesus is reminding them that man
was originally made from the dust of the ground and he owes all life to his Creator.
have wondered why Jesus sent the man so far away when the pool of Bethesda was much closer.
First, the answer is seen in the typical significance of this pool, from which water was drawn on
the eighth day following the Feast of Tabernacles. In that ceremony the waters of Siloam were
likened unto the "wells of salvation" (Isaiah 12:3). Also, as John here emphasizes, the name
Siloam means "sent" (9:7, see 9:4). Not only is this idea closely related to the sending of the
Messiah into the world by God, but also one of the titles of the Messiah, "Shiloh" (Genesis
49:10; Isaiah 8:6), is actually translated "Siloam" by the Septuagint translators of Isaiah 8:6. The
sending of this man to the "wells of salvation," which also spoke of the sending of the Messiah,
was the beginning of Jesus' revelation of Himself to this blind man (see 9:37). A second reason
is to test the faith of the man born blind. He might not have been healed if he went to a closer
well or if he washed in a nearby basin. By sending the blind man as far as possible to a natural
spring, Jesus was bringing out faith in obedience to the promise of Christ (which brings spiritual
light).
The healing of this man was accomplished when the man obeyed and washed. He then
came seeing. In this gospel, John often uses expressions of physical sight to identify faith.
While the primary meaning of blepon indicates the blind man was no longer blind but could see,
in the context of this chapter, this man's physical sight was the first step toward his spiritual
sight.
power of Jesus in the life of an individual. When he first began to testify concerning the One
who had given him his sight, he did not know a great deal about Christ. But as he began to tell
others about Jesus, his own faith grew. At first, he simply identified this One as "a man that is
called Jesus" (9:11), then "a prophet" (9:17), next “a worshipper of God [who] doeth his will"
(9:31), and ultimately he recognized Jesus as the Son of God and his Lord. Hie became a
After the miracle, the bulk of this chapter deals with the healed man giving witness of his
faith to different groups. The first to learn of this man's life-changing miracle were his friends
PROGRESSION OF FAITH
where he was able to share his experience with the leaders of Israel (9:13-18a). While the Bible
does not specifically mention his witness to his family, John makes it clear that his family knew
what had happened (9:18b-23). The man appears before the Pharisees a second time, but they are
8 The neighbours therefore, and they which before ha ' d seen him that he was blind, said,
9 Some said, This is he; others said, He is like him; but he said, I am he.
10 Therefore said they unto him, How were thine eyes opened?
11 He answered and said, A man that is called Jesus made clay, and anointed mine eyes,
and said unto me, Go to the pool of Siloam, and wash: and I went and washed, and I received
sight.
A. Witness to His Friends (9:8-12). When those who previously knew the man in his
blind state saw him after the miracle, their curiosity was greatly aroused. John identifies two
groups who began to question him, first his neighbors and then others who had from time to time
observed him begging at the temple. The verb theorountes is a present active participle of
theoreo and has the emphasis "who used to observe him." As they recognized him, they
recognized he was not only a blind man, but a beggar (prosaites) "'that sat and begged." The final
expression of verse eight denotes his customary practice. He had his regular place and was a
The difference in this man after he had received his sight was so great that some refused
to believe he was the same man. The statement translated, "He is like him" (9:9), begins with the
Greek negative ouchi, denoting a vigorous denial concerning the identity of the man. If his own
friends found it hard to believe this was the same man after he met Jesus, it is perhaps not so
difficult to understand why some of the Pharisees later questioned if the man had ever been blind
(9:18).
His friends may not have been sure of his identity, but the blind man knew who he was
and what had happened to him. He emphatically told the story of what happened to him. The
verb aneblepsa, translated "I received sight" (9:11), is an aorist active indicative of anablepo,
meaning "to see and continue seeing." Originally, the verb meant "to look up," such as to look
14 And it was the sabbath day when Jesus made the clay, and opened his eyes.
15 Then again the Pharisees also asked him how he had received his sight. He said unto
them, He put clay upon mine eyes, and I washed, and do see.
16 Therefore said some of the Pharisees, This man is not of God, because he keepeth not
the sabbath day. Others said, How can a man that is a sinner do such miracles? And there was a
17 They say unto the blind man again, What sayest thou of him, that he hath opened thine
18 But the Jews did not believe concerning him, that he had been blind, and received his
sight, until they called the parents of him that had received his sight.
B. Witness to the Pharisees (9:13-18a). When the man was unable to tell the people
about the person who healed him, they brought him to the Pharisees. This miracle had raised
several questions. Again Jesus had broken the Sabbath laws, but the result was the healing of a
blind man. What did this mean? If Jesus was of God, were the Sabbath laws no longer binding?
Perhaps questions like these prompted his friends to take him to the Pharisees. As the teachers of
Israel, the Pharisees should have been able to provide spiritual answers.
failed to recognize Jesus was from God (para theou, 9:16). Jesus had now broken their concept
of the Sabbath law several times. He had healed a man on the Sabbath a year and a half earlier
(5:8,9), and now he had made clay with spittle, anointed the eyes of a blind man (9:6), and healed
him. These actions were normally forbidden on the Sabbath. The Pharisees could not offer a
clear affirmative statement about who Jesus was, but they did deny that He was from God.
The Pharisees were not unanimous in this conclusion. Some apparently were not ready to
make a complete denial of Jesus in light of the growing evidence. "How can a man that is a
sinner do such miracles?" (9:16). The rift among “the Jews” which began in chapter seven now
becomes even more pronounced. John continues to use the expression "the Jews" to identify that
part of the Pharisaic party still opposed to Jesus. The first act of "the Jews" in this chapter is to
deny the man was ever blind at all. To prove this, they stop questioning the man and begin to
18 But the Jews did not believe concerning him, that he had been blind, and received his
sight, until they called the parents of him that had received his sight.
19 And they asked them, saying, Is this your son, who ye say was born blind? how then
20 His parents answered them and said, We know that this is our son, and that he was
born blind.
22 These words spake his parents, because they feared the Jews: for the Jews had agreed
already, that if any man did confess that he was Christ, he should be put out of the synagogue.
C. Witness to His Family (9:18b-23). While the Bible does not specifically mention this
man's witness to his family, John strongly implies his family was aware of their son's healing but
refused to endorse it for fear of the Jews. When called before a hostile group of religious leaders,
they were asked three questions: (1) Is this your son? (2) Do you testify that he was born blind?
(3) How is it that he now sees? (9:19). In the Greek, these three questions are combined into one,
perhaps in an attempt to confuse the parents into making a misstatement which they could use to
minimize the miracle. They were looking for some loophole to deny the testimony of the blind
man concerning Jesus. If their desire was devious, they failed to see it accomplished.
The parents substantiated the essential facts of their son's condition but refused to
comment on how the miracle occurred. Normally, parents of a son born blind, who was healed,
would be thrilled to tell everyone how it happened, but the conditions surrounding this miracle
changed that normal response. The word ephobounto, translated "they feared" (9:22), is an
imperfect middle and refers to a continuing fear. The parents knew of the consequences of
identifying too closely with Jesus, and although they were no doubt happy their son was healed,
they were not prepared to follow Jesus and be excommunicated from the synagogue.
aposunagogos genetai. For a Jew to be put out of the synagogue meant that he was ostracized by
everyone in the community, and since they lived in Jerusalem, that meant everyone. The Jews
had three kinds of excommunication. The first was called "rebuke" and lasted from seven to
thirty days. The second was referred to as “casting out” and lasted at least thirty days and
normally sixty days. It was usually accompanied by curses and sometimes proclaimed with the
blasting of a horn. People would keep a distance of six to seven feet from one under this
discipline and stones were thrown on his coffin when he died. The third and most severe form
was "cutting off." The duration of this excommunication was indefinite, and the individual was
treated as dead. Absolutely no communication would exist between the one under discipline and
others in the Jewish community. While John does not identify the level of excommunication the
parents feared, it appears their son became the subject of the second, "casting out," before the day
24 Then again called they the man that was blind, and said unto him, Give God the praise:
25 He answered and said, Whether he be a sinner or no, I know not: one thing I know,
26 Then said they to him again, What did he to thee? how opened he thine eyes?
27 He answered them, I have told you already, and ye did not hear: wherefore would ye
29 We know that God spake unto Moses: as for this fellow, we know not from whence he
is.
30 The man answered and said unto them, Why herein is a marvellous thing, that ye know
not from whence he is, and yet he hath opened mine eyes.
31 Now we know that God heareth not sinners: but if any man be a worshipper of God,
32 Since the world began was it not heard that any man opened the eyes of one that was
born blind.
34 They answered and said unto him, Thou wast altogether born in sins, and dost thou
D. Witness to His Foes (9:24-34). Again the man is questioned by the Pharisees, but this
time by that hostile group which were opposed to Jesus. They begin their cross-examination
with the phrase, "Give God the praise" (9:24). This was not a call to worship but rather an
insinuation the man had been lying. It was an idiom meaning, "'Speak the truth in the presence
and the name of God . The first recorded use of the phrase is that of Joshua speaking to Achan,
calling on him to confess his sin to the nation (Joshua 7:19). From the beginning of this second
testimony. They declare emphatically, "We know that this man is a sinner" (9:24).
The opposition of the Jews did not cause this man to change his story. He refused to
engage in a theological discussion with the Pharisees over whether Jesus was or was not a sinner;
he simply explained how Jesus had changed his life. Philip P. Bliss has paraphrased this man's
testimony
Chart 32
1. Mockery 9:8,9
2. Skepticism 9:10,15
3. Attacked the source 9:16
4. Created peer pressure 9:18-22
5. Accused of being dishonest 9:24
6. Open rebuke 9:28
7. Rejection 9:34
with the words, "Once I was blind, but now I can see. The light of the world is Jesus. " In the
face of the continual questioning of the Jews, the man finally asks them, "Will ye also be his
disciples?" (9:27). The construction of the question begins with the negative me, implying the
one asking expected a negative response. Perhaps the most amazing thing about this whole
trust in Jesus. He was simply giving honest answers about what had happened to him.
The healed man's final question cuts deep. "The Jews", were no longer civil in their
response to the beggar. The word eloidoresan, here translated "reviled" (9:28), means "to
reproach or scold in a loud and abusive manner." It is a word that describes harsh and bitter
statements made for the purpose of offending. They claimed to be disciples of Moses who
received the law, whereas this man was the disciple of someone who broke the law. The pronoun
Still this man is unmoved in his recounting of the miracle. His argument concerning the
identity of Jesus is based upon three commonly held views. First, God does not answer the
prayers of sinners. Second, God does and will hear the prayers of those who worship God and do
His will (9:31). His third observation is that no one had ever before healed someone born blind
from birth (9:32). The logical conclusion of these facts was that the One who had given sight to
The Jews responded to this logical argument with insult and excommunication. Some
commentators argue that the phrase "cast him out" (9:34) means he was physically removed from
that place rather than formally excommunicated. They argue that a man could not be
excommunicated by a small gathering. The word ekballo (cast out), however, was the formal
designation of the second kind of excommunication noted above, and Jewish practice did not
require a formal meeting of the whole Sanhedrin. As few as ten men could meet to sentence a
35 Jesus heard that they had cast him out; and when he had found him, he said unto him,
36 He answered and said, Who is he, Lord, that I might believe on him?
37 And Jesus said unto him, Thou hast both seen him, and it is he that talketh with thee.
39 And Jesus said, For judgment I am come into this world, that they which see not might
40 And some of the Pharisees which were with him heard these words, and said unto him,
Are we blind also? 41 Jesus said unto them, If ye were blind, ye should have no sin: but now ye
John records that when Jesus heard the man had been expelled, He found him. Many
Christians have found that when they are rejected by others, there is a unique and intimate
fellowship that one has with the Lord. When Jesus found the man, He asked, "Do you believe . .
.?" (see 9:35). The Greek construction su pisteueis suggests an affirmative answer is anticipated
and could be translated, "You do believe, don't you?" This suggests the man had physical sight
this problem by revealing His true identity. When questioned by those antagonistic to His
message, Jesus often refused to reveal 'who He was. But in every case where people were
When the man knew who Jesus was, he worshipped Him (9:38). While the title "Lord"
was used in the New Testament many times as an expression of respect, here it is clearly a title of
reverence (see 9:36). The word prosekunesen, translated "worship," literally means "to fall down
in reverence." John uses this verb exclusively to refer to the worship of God. Unlike the apostles,
Jesus makes no protest over being worshipped (see Acts 10:25,26;14:18). As God, He is worthy
This meeting between Jesus and the blind man was not private in nature. They met in a
public place, and others were observing this conversation, including some of the Pharisees. In
the remaining verses of this chapter, Jesus turned His attention to them. He told them that one of
His purposes in the world was that of judgment (9:39). This judgment refers not so much to the
act as the result. The word krima (judgment) is closely related to krisis (sifting) and the verb
krino (to separate). One of the purposes of Jesus was to sift the hearts of men and separate
This judgment results in the blind receiving sight and those professing to have sight being
made to realize that they are blind. When the Pharisees heard this, they recognized the
insinuation and asked, "Are we blind also?" (9:40). The emphasis of their question anticipated a
negative response" We are not also blind, are we?" But they did not get the answer they were
remained. If, like the blind man, they had been willing to recognize Jesus as God, they could
JOHN 10:1-42
Shepherding the flocks was very much a part of the culture during biblical times. Often a
man's wealth was determined by the size of the flock he owned. Much of the economy
throughout the biblical history of Israel was dependent largely upon this industry. In addition to
the Prominent role of the lamb in Old Testament worship, the Jews also identified the Lord as
"the Shepherd of Israel" (Psalms 80:1; see 23:1) and spoke of themselves as ""the sheep of [His]
Shepherds were the first group to worship Christ at his birth, being told of it by the angels
(Luke 2:15-18). No doubt Christ had often encountered shepherds leading their flocks through
the fields as He grew up. As a good teacher will try to relate new truth to known truth, one
would come to expect the Master Teacher to use the familiar images of shepherding to teach
spiritual truth. Much of this chapter of John records the spiritual applications Jesus drew from
Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheepfold, but
3 To him the porter openeth; and the sheep hear his voice: and he calleth his own sheep
4 And when he putteth forth his own sheep, he goeth before them, and the sheep follow
5 And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him; for they know not the voice
of strangers.
6 This parable spake Jesus unto them; but they understood not what things they were
Unlike the synoptics, there are no parables in this gospel. The Gospel of Luke includes
twenty-seven parables, more than any other Gospel. Sometimes people point to the parable of
the Good Shepherd in this chapter as an exception by John. But the word translated "parable"
(10:6), is not parabola, but paroimian, meaning "a wayside saying or proverb." Even though this
word was sometimes used of an allegory, it was not used of a parable. The language of this
proverb or allegory is deliberately indefinite, while a parable usually has definite characters,
narration, and development of action. This proverb in John does not have narrative by the
Jesus draws a distinction between thieves and robbers and the shepherd. Rustling is
always a problem in livestock farming, and there are two kinds of rustlers. The word kleptes
thief is constantly attempting to plan and execute the perfect crime. The word leistes (robber) on
the other hand relates to those who use violence to accomplish their end. This word is closely
related to the verb to plunder and would identify the common mugger. The New Testament
These two types of rustlers attempt to enter the sheepfold some other way than by the
carefully guarded gate. It was customary for shepherds to gather their flocks into an enclosed
area at night for their protection. Then the shepherd would sleep across the gate to protect his
sheep. Hence, Jesus called Himself the door (gate) to the sheepfold. In the morning the
shepherds led their sheep out through the gate to pastures Rustlers would sometimes attempt to
steal sheep at night by climbing the fence or otherwise entering the fold. Jesus' use of the rare
word allachothen (from some other way) is significant (10:1). The shepherd always came from a
well known direction, unlike the rustler. In the previous chapters, (3:13; 8:42) and at other times,
Jesus had used the word froir, to identify His divine origin.
Sometimes the shepherds left their sheep in the fold in the care of an undershepherd,
known as a "porter" (10:3). The word thuroros comes from two other Greek words, thura,
meaning "door," and ora, meaning "care." The porter was the gatekeeper of the fold and opened
the gate only to the shepherd. While it is uncertain how definitely Jesus intended this proverb to
be applied, commentators have suggested at least two possible identities of the porter. Some
suggest he is the Holy Spirit, who opens the heart of men to allow Christ to enter (1:12). A more
The description of a shepherd leading the flock from the sheepfold illustrates several
distinctive traits of the Near Eastern shepherd. Some commentators believe Jesus was speaking
here of David, the shepherd-king of Israel and one of the fullest personal types of Christ in the
Old Testament. But the absence of a definite article with shepherd suggests Jesus was not
thinking of any particular shepherd. The emphasis clearly rests on the character of shepherds in
The close relationship between a shepherd and his sheep is emphasized when Jesus
observes, "The sheep hear his voice: and he calleth his own sheep by name" (10:3). The verb
phonei (calleth) emphasizes the personal aspect of his call. The sheep might be mixed with other
flocks in the fold but were gathered with their own flock when they responded to the voice of the
shepherd. Even today it is not uncommon to find the eastern shepherd calls his sheep by name.
If someone other than the shepherd were to call them, even by their own names, the sheep would
not respond.
In every flock there were some reluctant sheep who needed an extra incentive to get them
out of the fold. Often a shepherd would have to get into the fold and find the reluctant sheep and
drive them out of the fold to join the rest of the flock. The verb ekbalei (putteth forth, 10:4)
literally means "thrust out" and is used in other Gospels of Jesus casting out demons. Once out
of the fold, his flock follows the shepherd to the selected pasture.
meaning. Earlier that day He had proved Himself the Good Shepherd to the woman caught in the
act of adultery and to the man born blind. In both cases the Pharisees had demonstrated
themselves first thieves in their plot concerning the woman, then robbers in the way they treated
the blind man whom Jesus healed. Their failure to comprehend this proverb resulted in Jesus
Jesus used two particular aspects of this story to teach truths concerning Himself. Using
the familiar "I am" (ego eimi) formula twice, He declared Himself both the door (10:9) and the
shepherd (10:11). As was becoming increasingly the case, the response of the crowd who heard
this lesson was divided. While some were cautiously supportive of Christ, others were certain
7 Then said Jesus unto them again, Verily, verily, I say unto you, I am the door of the
sheep.
8 All that ever came before me are thieves and robbers; but the sheep did not hear them.
9 I am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and
find pasture.
might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly.
A. The Door (10:7-10). When Jesus identified Himself as the door, He was emphasizing
the purpose or function of a door. This was the means whereby the sheep entered into the fold.
By way of application, Jesus is the door to the fold of salvation. Jesus emphasizes the
exclusiveness of Himself as Saviour by using the definite article (the door); He was not just
another door or offering another way of salvation. By identifying salvation exclusively with
entering the fold through that door (10:9), He denied syncretism. The expression di'emou (by
me) is in an emphatic position so as to clearly identify the door by which men find salvation. As
Robertson notes, "One can call this narrow intolerance, if he will, but it is the narrowness of
truth. If Jesus is the Son of God sent to earth for our salvation, he is the only way.”24 Notice in
Jesus uses the verb sothesetai (saved, 10:9), which is the key word in the biblical doctrine
of salvation. This word includes the ideas of being both safe and sound. The security of the
sheep is a theme developed later in this discourse. The order of the verbs describing the thief is
significant. Although stealing is his primary purpose, he will kill or destroy to accomplish his
goal. The Pharisees were prepared to kill the woman caught in the act of adultery and destroy the
man born blind, but their ultimate purpose was to steal from Christ the glory that was rightfully
His as the Light of the World. The similarity between the purpose of the thief (10:10) and the
action of the wolf (10:12) will again identify the Jews with Satan (8:44).
12 But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, seeth the
wolf coming and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth: and the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth the
sheep.
13 The hireling fleeth, because he is an hireling, and careth not for the sheep.
Chart 33
15 As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father: and I lay down my life for the
sheep.
16 And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they
shall hear my voice: and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd.
again.
18 No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down,
and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.
B. The Shepherd (10:11-18). The Pharisees were not part of God's ordained plan for the
leadership of Israel. The anointed office of the priests had been appointed by God as the spiritual
leaders and teachers of the nation. Like the hireling (10:12), the priests were the legitimate
guardians of the sheep in the absence of the shepherd. Unfortunately, like the hireling (10:13),
the priests had abdicated their responsibility. The approach of the wolf is identified with the thief
and robber mentioned earlier. Note the identities of the principal persons or groups as shown in
Chart 34.
Relation
Description to Sheep Aim Symbolizes
The word kalos (good) used here is a term with moral overtones. In classical Greek this word
was used to describe that which was beautiful, useful, auspicious, noble, wholesome, competent,
and morally good. It would be correct to use any or all of these adjectives to describe "the good
shepherd." Commenting on this word, Vincent notes, "The epithet kalos, applied here to the
shepherd, points to the essential goodness as nobly realized and appealing to admiring respect
and affection.”25
the wolf or rustler comes to the flock, his object is to steal the sheep. Normally, if he
accomplishes this object unhindered, he will leave everything else alone. The shepherd, of
course, is not prepared to allow the enemy to accomplish his purpose unhindered. In defending
the flock, a shepherd necessarily defends his sheep with his life. He suffers the wrath of the wolf
in order to save a lamb or sheep (see I Samuel 17:34,35). In the case of this Good Shepherd,
Christ took the consequences of sin upon Himself, laying down His life for the sheep. Notice
that Christ twice uses the preposition huper (on behalf of) describing the substitutional nature of
His sacrificial death (10:11,15). The sacrificial death of the Good Shepherd springs from two
facts. First, as the Son of God He was free from sin and He could therefore become sin (2
Corinthians 5:21) and a sacrifice (10:15,17,18). Second, as the Shepherd of the sheep, His love
for them made it a voluntary sacrifice. Jesus maintained control over His life, even in allowing it
Much of the ministry of Christ on earth was limited to the lost sheep of Israel (see
Matthew 10:6). Jesus also speaks of “other sheep . . . which are not of this fold" (10:16). By
“other sheep” Christ could mean the members of future generations, while those who were
listening to Him were "the sheep." However, it is more likely that He was recognizing the
biblical distinction between Israel and the Gentiles. The flock of this Shepherd includes sheep
19 There was a division therefore again among the Jews for these sayings.
21 Others said, These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can a devil open the
C. The Response (10:19-21). Once again the teaching of Jesus resulted in a schism or
division in the crowd (see 6:52, 60,66; 7:12,43; 9:16). One group sought to write Jesus off as a
madman or one who was demon possessed (10:20). This was not a new or unusual response by
those who opposed Christ (see 8:48,52). The other group was reluctant to accept this appraisal of
Christ. The logic of His teaching was inconsistent with the alleged theory of madness. The
nature of His miracles hardly seemed the result of a demon. There is, however, no indication that
those who rejected the erroneous explanations were at this point ready to believe in Jesus Christ
for salvation.
DEDICATION (10:22-39)
22 And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, and it was winter.
24 Then came the Jews round about him, and said unto him, How long dost thou make us
26 But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as I said unto you.
27 My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me:
28 And I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man
pluck them out of my hand. 29 My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is
able to pluck them out of my Father's hand. 30 I and my Father are one. 31 Then the Jews took up
32 Jesus answered them, Many good works have I shewed you from my Father; for which
33 The Jews answered him, saying, For a good work we stone thee not; but for
blasphemy; and because that thou, being a man, makest thyself God.
34 Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, Ye are gods?
35 If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came, and the scripture cannot be
broken;
36 Say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world, Thou
not me, believe the works: that ye may know, and believe, that the Father is in me, and I in him.
39 Therefore they sought again to take him: but he escaped out of their hand.
Approximately three months passed between Jesus' last discourse at the time of the Feast
of Tabernacles (October) and His return to Jerusalem for the Feast of Dedication (December). In
the interim, Jesus had returned to Galilee for the last time before His death. The Gospel of John,
unlike the synoptics, almost totally ignores Jesus' Galilean ministry, focusing rather on His
miracles, discourses, and works in Jerusalem. In this discourse at the Feast of Dedication, Jesus
This is the only mention of the mid-December Feast of Dedication in Scripture. The feast
was instituted by Judas Maccabaeus in 165 B.C. to commemorate the dedication of the temple
after it had been cleansed following its desecration by Antiochus Epiphanes. One of the principal
features of this eight-day celebration was the lighting of lights in the temple and in homes. This
feast is today celebrated by Jews and is known by its Hebrew name, Hanukkah.
When the Jews saw Jesus in that part of the temple known as Solomon's Porch, they
immediately surrounded Him and began questioning Him (10:23). They asked Christ for a clear
statement concerning His identity, particularly as it related to "the Christ" (10:24). The question
was probably asked by some in an effort to trap Christ into making a statement that could be
construed as blasphemy, but for some of the questioners there may have been an element of
sincerity. The current festival was closely connected with that part of Israel's heritage known as
celebration of this feast, especially under the yoke of Rome, again revived their messianic hopes.
It is interesting that Jesus carefully avoids applying the title of Christ to Himself at this feast.
Perhaps the Jews were ready to accept a political Messiah, so Christ did not foster this dream.
They were still not prepared to receive the Son of God (10:36).
Jesus was not at all intimidated by the presence of those who three months earlier had
attempted to stone Him (8:59). In His omniscience He knew that they would moments later
attempt to do the same again (10:31). Still He began to again explain the consequence of their
real problem, unbelief. Because they would not believe, they were not His sheep and could not
One of the key texts in Scripture emphasizing the security of the believer is John
10:28,29. Jesus emphasizes the safety of the sheep in two ways. First, He promised they would
never perish. John here uses a double negative (ou me) which although poor English grammar is
The Lord's emphasis is "They will certainly never ever perish." Second, Jesus taught that the
believer is secure in His hand and the hand of His Father. The believer could not be removed.
Jesus uses the verb harpazo twice in verses twenty-eight and twenty-nine, first stating the fact
that none would be snatched away from His hand, and second, noting the impossibility of a
believer being snatched away from His Father's hand. This verb conveys the idea of being
removed by force.
As before, Jesus' use of the title "My Father" (10:29) together with His identification as
one with the Father (10:30) resulted in yet another attempt to stone Him. Jesus defended His
God inspired the psalmist to call Israel's leaders "gods." This phrase, "ye are gods," recognized
the leaders' authority to require obedience and execute justice. Jesus was therefore not guilty of
blasphemy by simply calling Himself the "Son of God." He was using Scripture the way they
used Scripture, looking for the smallest detail to prove their point. As a Jew and messenger from
God, Jesus was claiming what God Himself had declared true. In this context Jesus noted, "the
scripture cannot be broken" (10:35), meaning the Scriptures cannot be treated as though they do
not exist. This word broken is the same word used to annul a marriage. A marriage is a sacred
union of man and woman by God, and no one can annul or break what God has done. So no one
can break or annul the Scriptures. This demonstrates Jesus' attitude toward inerrancy. In
essence, Jesus was stating that the Scriptures are authoritative in what they state and no one can
take any of it away. The Jews attempted again to take Him (arrest Him), but once again they
failed (10:39).
(10:40-42)
40 And went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptized; and
there he abode.
41 And many resorted unto him, and said, John did no miracle: but all things that John
Jesus left Jerusalem to spend much of the remaining months of His life in the region of
Perea (10:40), particularly in the area of Bethabara (see 1:28). It was in this area about three
years earlier that Jesus had begun to gather His disciples. It had also been one of John the
Baptist's principal centers of ministry. Though the Baptist had been killed about two years
earlier, he was still alive in the memory of those who had heard him preach. They could not help
but draw comparisons between Jesus and the former prophet of this region. And the comparisons
were for the most part favorable. Many came to Jesus and believed on Him during this ministry
(10:42). They came largely because of the testimony of John the Baptist. Although he had no
miracles authenticating his ministry, the people recognized the fulfillment of john's prophecy in
the life of the One he had identified as "the Lamb of God" (1:29,36).
CHRIST—THE RESURRECTION
JOHN 11:1-57
This chapter records one of the most touching accounts in the life of Christ, the raising of
Lazarus from the dead. During the ministry of Christ, Lazarus and his two sisters had become
His special friends, and this is the first mention of His relationship with this family in the gospel.
Still, John knew his readers were well aware of Jesus' relationship with them, either because they
had read of it in other Gospels, or because they had preachers tell of it in their explanation of the
Gospel message (12:3; see Mark 14:9). Here John tells of the event of raising Lazarus, a miracle
Some commentators have attempted to identify this Lazarus with the beggar who died
and went to paradise (Luke 16:19-31). This Lazarus, however, does not appear to have lived in
the abject poverty that described the beggar. The name Lazarus was an abbreviated form of
Eleazer, meaning "God has helped." Although there are only two men so named in the New
Testament, the name appears also in Josephus and the rabbinical writings. This sort of name
would not be uncommon among the Jews. After the miracle, the multitude flocked to see the
man who came back from the dead (12:9), but Jesus, the One who knew all concerning the
interesting to note the various attitudes toward death by the people mentioned. The attitude of
the disciples was doubt, and they expressed fear. Martha responded to the death of her brother
with disappointment and reflected that Christ could have helped if He had arrived before it was
too late. The more emotional Mary responded to Lazarus' death with discouragement; she cut
herself off from others and approached a state of depression. Jesus' attitude toward death was
deliverance, and He raised Lazarus from the dead as He will some day raise all men. The
concluding verses of this chapter reflect the attitude of the Jews toward Christ—now they are
DOUBT (11:1-16)
describing Lazarus's condition, he used the word asthenon (sick, 11:1), literally meaning "without
strength." The seriousness of this disease is noted later in the announcement of his death. While
we are not told what the sickness was, it was evidently severe. Lazarus was probably dead by the
A second aspect of this crisis is alluded to in John's mention of Lazarus's home. Bethany
was only two miles east of Jerusalem, separated from it only by the Mount of Olives. Earlier in
His ministry, Jesus had spent a great deal of time with this family (see Luke 10:38-42), but the
memory of the recent attempts to stone Jesus in Jerusalem would have been fresh in the mind of
danger if He went to minister to Lazarus. Jesus could have helped from a distance, as He did
Then John adds the note further identifying Mary as the one who had anointed the feet of
Jesus (11:2). This was perhaps one of the best-known events in the life of Christ during the early
centuries of Christianity (Mark 14:9). Although John does not describe this anointing here, his
reference to it in this context would remind his readers of the real danger to Jesus in Jerusalem.
In the last year Jesus had several times escaped the attempts of the Jews to arrest Him or stone
Him. The reader of this gospel might have begun to believe the Jews would never be successful
in capturing Jesus. By being reminded of the anointing of Jesus for His burial, the reader would
Now a certain man was sick, named Lazarus, of Bethany, the town of Mary and her sister
Martha.
2 (It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment, and wiped his feet with her
3 Therefore his sisters sent unto him, saying, Lord, behold, he whom thou lovest is sick.
4 When Jesus heard that, he said, This sickness is not unto death, but for the glory of
that he was sick, he abode two days still in the same place where he was.
A. Fearful of Dying (11:1-6). The sisters of Lazarus sent a simple message to Jesus. "He
whom thou lovest is sick" (11:3). The word for love here is phileis, which means "to love as a
friend." The fact that the message does not include a specific request for help suggests something
of the depth of Jesus' friendship with Lazarus. The sisters were confident Jesus would help when
When Jesus received the message of Lazarus's sickness, He noted the sickness was not
unto death but rather for the glory of God (11:4). This statement was probably intended not only
for the messenger to pass on to the sisters but also for the disciples. They would have known
something of the relationship between Jesus and Lazarus, and perhaps they had eaten many times
at his table. The disciples, like the sisters, were fearful that Lazarus would die (see 11:12). As
Bethany is only a one-day journey from Bethabara, Lazarus was probably dead before Jesus
received the message. His statement concerning the sickness not being unto death obviously did
not mean Lazarus would not die, only that death would not be the final result of the sickness.
Though he died, in being raised again, God would be glorified; therefore the sickness ended in
Rather than returning immediately to Bethany, Jesus remained where He was for two
days. This delay was not due to a lack of concern. John notes in this context that Jesus loved the
family, using the verb agape (11:5), the stronger word for self-sacrificial love. This word was
stronger than the one used by the sisters. Some have suggested He delayed because He feared
the raising of Lazarus established conditions that would seal His death (11:53). Going
immediately was not necessary because Lazarus was probably dead by the time Jesus received
the message, and in His omniscience, He knew it. Perhaps the real reason why Jesus waited
According to Edersheim, the burial of the deceased invariably took place on the day of
the death.26 The mourning began immediately and lasted a month but was divided into three
periods. The first three days were the most intense in mourning and often involved the practice
of hiring professional mourners. During the rest of that first week, mourning was less intense
and friends were expected to visit expressing their condolences and sympathy. The fourth day
after the death was, therefore, the first day Jesus could have arrived if He wished to come as a
friend and visit with Lazarus's sisters. When He arrived at the home of Lazarus, it was generally
believed that He had arrived too late (11:21,32,37). In reality Jesus was right on time.
7 Then after that saith he to his disciples, Let us go into Judaea again.
8 His disciples say unto him, Master, the Jews of late sought to stone thee; and goest thou
thither again?
9 Jesus answered, Are there not twelve hours in the day? If any man walk in the day, he
10 But if a man walk in the night, he stumbleth, because there is no light in him.
B. Fearful of Stoning (11:7-12). After the delay, Jesus announced His desire to return to
Judea (11:7). The disciples recalled the recent attempts to stone Jesus in Jerusalem and could
think of no valid reason for taking such a risk in entering that dangerous territory. When the
disciples asked, "Goest thou thither again?" (11:8), they used the verb hupago (goest thou),
meaning "to withdraw." In essence they reminded Jesus of the danger in Judea and asked, "Doest
thou withdraw from this safe retreat?”27 With the Passover approaching (11:55), the disciples no
doubt had concluded that Jesus' desire to return to Judea would mean He wanted to visit the
Jesus reminded His disciples there were twelve hours of light in a day (11:9). Dawn was
probably breaking when Jesus said these words and, realizing a full day's journey would take
them to Bethany, He was suggesting they travel during the safer daylight hours. Also, this
proverb has a spiritual application to Christians who are to "walk in the light, as [Christ] is in the
light" (1 John 1:7). As the sun is the light of the world during the twelve hours of daylight, Jesus
is the Light of the World for every hour of our lives (see Chart 29 in chapter ten).
Jesus then further clarified His motives for returning to Judea by noting Lazarus was
sleeping. Sleep is a common biblical figure for death in both Old and New Testaments (2
Samuel 7:12; Psalms 13:3; 1 Corinthians 15:20,51; 1 Thessalonians 4:13,14). The idea has no
eternally conscious. Sleep refers to the physical body which is "laid to rest" awaiting the
resurrection of the dead. In speaking of Lazarus's "sleep," Jesus used the verb kekoimetai, a
perfect passive indicative meaning "he has fallen asleep and continues to sleep." The disciples
completely misunderstood the meaning of Jesus' expression thinking He was referring to physical
rest. Natural rest is in itself part of the healing process and is usually a sign that the crisis of an
illness is passed (see 11:12). They could not understand, therefore, why Jesus had remained
where He was when His friend was on his deathbed. The disciples probably assumed that if
Lazarus were sleeping, he was improving and the crisis was past. So the disciples could not
13 Howbeit Jesus spake of his death: but they thought that he had spoken of taking of rest
in sleep.
14 Then said Jesus unto them plainly, Lazarus is dead. 15 And I am glad for your sakes
that I was not there, to the intent ye may believe; nevertheless let us go unto him. 16 Then said
Thomas, which is called Didymus, unto his fellow disciples, Let us also go, that we may die with
him.
C. Fearful of Death (11:13-16). Jesus, recognizing the confusion of His disciples, told
them plainly that Lazarus was dead (11:13,14). The adverb parresiai (plainly) means "without
metaphor." Jesus often used parables, proverbs, and metaphors to teach truth, but at times He
Lazarus died (11:15). Obviously Jesus was not glad Lazarus had died, nor did He rejoice in the
sorrow of the family surrounding that death. He was glad because of the opportunity He now had
to build His disciples' faith. The implication is that if Jesus had been there, He would have
healed Lazarus (see 11:21,32). Some commentators have suggested it was physically impossible
for anyone to die in the presence of Jesus who is the Prince of Life. Therefore, Jesus was glad
The closeness of the relationship between Jesus and Lazarus is emphasized by the Lord's
statement, "Nevertheless let us go unto him" (11:15). Even though Lazarus was dead, Jesus
spoke of going "unto him" as though he were still alive. Not even physical death could hinder
the personal relationship between Jesus and the one whom He loved. Paul later explained that
It was Thomas who was the first to declare his willingness to follow Jesus to the death
(11:16) and the last to accept the testimony concerning the resurrection of Jesus from the grave
(20:24-28). The doubt of Thomas is embryonically reflected in his statement of death. He does
not believe Jesus could protect him from death, so doubt leads to discouragement and then to
despair, "that we may die with him." John identifies both the Aramaic name, Thomas, and his
Greek name, Didymus. Both of these names mean "twin" in their respective languages and
suggest Thomas had a twin brother or sister. Probably he used these names interchangeably,
depending on the cultural context in which he found himself. Thomas the pessimist is ready to
think the worst and later refuses to believe the good news concerning the resurrection. As
he has not.”28
17 Then when Jesus came, he found that he had lain in the grave four days already.
18 Now Bethany was nigh unto Jerusalem, about fifteen furlongs off:
19 And many of the Jews came to Martha and Mary, to comfort them concerning their
brother.
20 Then Martha, as soon as she heard that Jesus was coming, went and met him: but
21 Then said Martha unto Jesus, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died.
22 But I know, that even now, whatsoever thou wilt ask of God, God will give it thee.
24 Martha saith unto him, I know that he shall rise again in the resurrection at the last
day.
26 And whosoever liveth and believeth in me shall never die. Believest thou this?
27 She saith unto him, Yea, Lord: I believe that thou art the Christ, the Son of God, which
Because everyone is different, each person will respond differently to a given situation.
This is certainly evident in the contrasting reactions of the two sisters of Lazarus to the loss of
their brother. Martha, who seems to be characteristically the more pragmatic of the two,
responded by carrying on as best she could. She was the active sister, probably the manager of
the house (see Luke 10:38-42). When the messenger came to the house to tell them Jesus was
near, Martha was probably fulfilling her social duties. Mary, on the other hand, sat in seclusion
still mourning. This did not mean Martha loved her brother less than Mary, only that they
Jesus arrived on the fourth day following Lazarus's death and apparently chose to remain
outside the city limits, perhaps near the local cemetery (see 11:30). Bethany was only two miles
from Jerusalem, and Lazarus was apparently well known among the Jews. Perhaps Jesus
realized that many of the Jews would arrive on the fourth day to comfort the women. He
probably thought it best to simply send for the sisters, perhaps intending to raise Lazarus in the
becomes an often repeated expression during that period. How many times had Mary and Martha
looked at each other over the previous four days and said, "If only Jesus had been here . . . "?
Perhaps the one word that best describes the feeling of Martha is disappointment. The first thing
she said to Jesus upon meeting Him was, "Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not
died" (11:21). Then, as if she regretted her words, she added, "But I know, that even now,
whatsoever thou wilt ask of God, God will give it thee" (11:22). She probably did not intend a
rebuke or complaint in her words; she was only expressing her disappointment that her brother
The theology one learns at funerals is often contrary to that taught in the Scriptures.
When people are emotionally disturbed, often they are unable to think clearly and may grasp only
one aspect of truth. In their failure to understand other balancing truths, they end up believing
something that falls short of what the Bible teaches. Martha evidenced this characteristic in
The first of these is found in her statement concerning Jesus asking of God (11:22).
Martha uses the verb aiteo, the usual word for men praying to God which implies the inferior
asking the superior for favors. Jesus, however, was an equal with God and never used this verb
but rather erotao, which referred to one making a request of an equal. Concerning the use of
aitesei here, Trench observes, "Martha plainly reveals her poor unworthy notions of his person,
and in fact declares that she sees in Him no more than a prophet.”29
Jesus promised, "Thy brother shall rise again" (11:23). While this could be taken as a Jewish
expression of comfort, in light of Jesus' message (11:25) and His subsequent actions, it was
probably intended by Christ as a personal promise or statement that He would raise Lazarus
immediately. Martha responded with a general statement of the resurrection, one consistent with
Jewish theology. The doctrine of the general resurrection at "'the last day," however, cannot be
adopted as the biblical view in light of the New Testament revelation of two distinct
resurrections (Revelation 20:4-15), the first of which contains several stages (1 Corinthians
15:22-24).
Jesus again uses the "I am" (ego eimi) formula to reveal Himself. This is the fifth "I am"
in John. Jesus tells Martha, "I am the resurrection, and the life" (11:25). Martha had expressed
her faith in the resurrection as a principle, but Jesus now reveals the resurrection as a person. He
is the embodiment of all life, including the resurrection. As Godet explains, "If He is the
principle of the physical resurrection, it is because He is . . . life in the most exalted sense of that
word.”30 Jesus as the resurrection, therefore, is only one manifestation of life, as Jesus the light
Jesus then asked Martha if she believed that He is the resurrection (11:26). Martha
responded using the perfect tense, literally "I have believed" (11:27). Her expression of faith is
in keeping with John's stated purpose (20:31) but in this context falls short because it fails to
evidence faith as an internalization of the truth concerning Christ as the resurrection and the life.
say she believed her brother could be raised before the resurrection at "the last day."
Christ did not rebuke Martha for her erroneous beliefs but rather sought to help her grow
in faith. This emphasizes an important truth concerning the Christian life. Because we are
incapable of grasping all truth at one time, we must constantly grow "from faith to faith"
(Romans 1:17). The Lord will sometimes overlook our weak faith (Romans 14:1). When He
DEATH-DISCOURAGEMENT (11:28-39)
28 And when she had so said, she went her way, and called Mary her sister secretly,
29 As soon as she heard that, she arose quickly, and came unto him.
30 Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met
him.
31 The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw
Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying, She goeth unto the grave to
weep there.
saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died.
33 When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with
34 And said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see.
35 Jesus wept.
37 And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have
38 Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave, and a
39 Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto
him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days.
If Martha was the pragmatic sister, Mary was the idealist. Her response to her brother's
death reveals she was by nature more expressive and emotional. When Martha went to meet
Jesus, Mary remained in the house alone. When she did get up to go to Jesus, those who saw her
thought she was going to the tomb to mourn. Perhaps she had turned her grief inward and cut
herself off from others during her period of mourning. If that were the case, it would be a
reasonable conclusion of the Jews to suspect she was about to break emotionally. The verb
Mary met Jesus in the same place Martha had met Him (11:30). When she arrived at the
place where Jesus was, she fell at Jesus' feet, repeated Martha's initial statement, and began to
weep (11:32,33). It is interesting to note that every time Mary is described in the Gospels, she is
at the feet of Jesus (see 12:3; Luke 10:39). Also, in comparing the two statements of the sisters,
Mary put the pronoun autou (my) in an emphatic position and used a more vivid tense of the verb
apethanen (died, 11:32). Unlike her sister, when Mary made that statement, she began to cry
uncontrollably (11:33).
Both Mary and Martha had expressed their devotion and faith in Christ earlier, but their
faith and hope fell short of Jesus' expectation. When Lazarus was sick, they had contacted Jesus
believing as long as there is life, there is hope. Jesus knew Lazarus was dead when He got the
news of his sickness, but He believed as long as there is hope, there is life. In Mary's emotional
state, it was impossible to encourage her with words, so Jesus makes no attempt here.
Jesus was not unaffected emotionally by these events and the circumstances of Lazarus'
death. Although the weeping of Mary was genuine, the weeping of the Jews (11:33) was
probably at least in part a performance that stirred groanings in Jesus. John uses the verb
enebrimesato (11:33), which is translated "groaned" but literally means "to snort with anger like
a horse." This verb is used in the Septuagint for an expression of violent displeasure (Daniel
While Jesus was in sympathy with Mary, He was disturbed by the loud wailing of the Jews.
The shortest verse in the English Bible simply records, "Jesus wept" (11:35). The verb
used here is edakrusen, meaning "to shed a tear" or "to weep silently." This verse has been
variously paraphrased, "Jesus burst into tears" (MOFFATT) or, "Tears came to Jesus' eyes"
(TLB). Concerning this verse, A. T. Robertson notes, "Often all that we can do is to shed tears in
grief too deep for words. Jesus understood and understands. This is the shortest verse in the
Bible, but no verse carries more meaning in it.”31 Godet correctly observes, "The very Gospel in
which the deity of Jesus is most clearly asserted is also that which makes us best acquainted with
When the Jews witnessed the tears in the eyes of Jesus, they had various responses.
Some concluded, "Behold, how he loved him!" (11:36). The verb ephilei (he loved) speaks of a
close friendship or brotherly love (see 11:3). Others remembered the healing of the man born
blind (9:6,7) and wondered if Jesus could not also have prevented the death of Lazarus (11:37).
Commentators are divided on the intent of these words. Some believe the statement was made in
decision, whereas others interpret it as a natural conclusion of Jewish theology similar to that of
the sisters earlier. They may have wondered, if Jesus really loved Lazarus that much, why did He
not do something earlier? In this chapter it appears everyone thought Jesus arrived too late, but
Even in recognition of the relationship between Jesus and Lazarus, the Jews failed to
understand the meaning of the tears in Jesus' eyes. If His tears had been caused by His sense of
Himself but for others (see Chart 36). Jesus knew what was in the heart of each one gathered
there by the tomb (2:25). He expressed His compassion for Mary who was hurting. He
recognized the callousness of the Jews who should have been comforting but were condemning.
He could identify in His disciples their ignorance of His power over death.
He saw the unbelief of those who that day would not "be persuaded, though one rose from the
dead" (Luke 16:31) and in unbelief seal their eternal fate. And He knew the indecision of those
who would believe but continue to be loyal to the Pharisees, those who would declare Him king
When Jesus came to the tomb, He made an unusual request. Lazarus had been buried in a
tomb carved into the rock and covered with a large stone. Jesus commanded that the stone be
removed (11:39). Immediately Martha objected, referring to the odor that one expects after a
body is dead four days. Although several famous paintings of this scene suggest the observers
were repelled by odor, it is more likely that Martha only assumed there would be an odor if the
stone were removed. Some Jews believed the soul of the deceased hovered around a body for
three days after death but departed finally on the fourth day as the body began to decompose.
From that perspective, Lazarus was beyond even a miraculous resurrection, and the opening of
Martha's objection. She probably assumed Jesus' request was related to His groaning at the tomb
(11:38) and may have seen it as a sort of unreasonable request sometimes made by emotionally
upset people. Obviously she did not expect Jesus to raise her brother from the dead.
DEATH-DELIVERANCE (11:4046)
40 Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest
41 Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus
lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me.
42 And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I
said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me.
43 And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth.
44 And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face
was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go.
45 Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did,
believed on him.
had done.
Sometimes Christ will ask us to obey Him in an area we do not understand or might view
as abnormal. He does this in order that He might demonstrate the greater glory of God. Jesus
reminded Martha of the response He had sent back with their messenger (11:4,40). By the time
Martha had received that message, Lazarus was dead, perhaps even buried. She had failed to
understand the meaning of this message that if she would believe, she would see God's glory.
Now Jesus would demonstrate the glory of God for all those present to see. But first He required
that the stone be removed. Often God waits for us to do what only we can do, so that He can do
what only He can do. Until we obey Him, He cannot work. D. L. Moody began his great
Chicago campaign preaching on the phrase, "Take ... away the stone" (11:39), and suggested the
cause of revival would be hindered if the stone of unbelief, prejudice, and sectarianism were not
set aside.
Jesus prayed a prayer of thanksgiving to the Father before the raising of Lazarus. In the
presence of others Jesus acknowledged His belief that God would answer His prayer concerning
Lazarus. Robertson suggests an earlier unrecorded prayer of Jesus concerning the raising of
Lazarus, Jesus thanks the Father "that thou hast heard me" (11:41), implying He had previously
asked for this miracle. Here Jesus prays as a testimony that the crowd around the tomb might
come to believe (11:42). In so doing, Jesus was illustrating a principle of "say-it faith" which He
every dead person would have been revived. Regardless of the accuracy of that statement,
Lazarus was revived at the call of Christ. The word of Christ gave life to Lazarus, just as the
Word of God gives spiritual life today (Hebrews 4:12; 1 Peter 1:23). Jesus "cried with a loud
voice" (1 1:43) not so much to wake the dead as to insure the crowd could hear Him. Some of
them may still have been engaged in their mourning wail (11:33). There is no verb recorded in
Christ's command to Lazarus, although it is obviously implied. Literally, Jesus said, "Lazarus,
out here!" When he appeared, he was still in the grave clothes in which he was buried, and a
cloth was covering his face. Jesus instructed either His disciples or some of the Jews nearby to
Lazarus's miraculous appearance at the call of Christ was proof that a man can have a new
life. Lazarus did not experience a resurrection life of the Spirit. Lazarus was resuscitated or
returned to the physical life he previously had. Christ solved the problem of death, which is the
greatest enigma facing man. Many evangelical writers have drawn parallels between the raising
of Lazarus and the new life in Christ found by those who are dead in their trespasses and sin.
Even after we are saved, the grave clothes-habits and attitudes of the world which bind our hands
and feet thereby hindering our activity for Christ or cover our face and hinder our vision of the
things of God—must be removed. After this is accomplished, many will come to believe
The result of this miracle was that "many of the Jews . . . believed on him" (11:45). This
is the normal expression for saving faith in this gospel. By this time in the ministry of Christ, the
being cut off from the Jews. Some of those who believed, however, were not prepared to make a
clean break and reported this miracle to the Pharisees (11:46). Perhaps they thought the news of
this resurrection, an evidence of the credibility of Jesus, might have released some of the tension
or calmed some of the animosity the Pharisees had developed toward Him. More likely,
however, these believers may have desired the best of both worlds, and were prepared to follow
JESUS-DESTRUCTION (11:47-57)
Since many were convinced by this miracle, those of the religious hierarchy of Israel were
all the more intense in their enmity toward Jesus (11:47-53). They insisted upon decisive action.
In a meeting of the council, the high priest unknowingly spoke prophetically when he
recommended that Jesus be put to death (11:50). Now it became their established purpose to
apprehend Him in such a way as to not incite a rebellion. They failed to realize that their goal
was subject to a higher purpose. However Jesus, recognizing this higher purpose, retired from
the scene until the divinely appointed hour (13:1). Notice in Chart 37 how many times "the
47 Then gathered 'the chief priests and the Pharisees a council, and said, What do we? for
A. The Problem (11:47,48). The popularity of Jesus created a problem for the leaders of
the Jews. The Sanhedrin had a degree of liberty in their rule over the people but were held
responsible to Rome for any perceived rebellion against the Roman authorities. The absence of
an article accompanying sunedrion (council, 11:47) suggests this was an informal meeting and
may not have included all of its members. While the raising of Lazarus resulting in the defection
of many Jews gave rise to this meeting, the real concern of council members was how to hold on
to their power and privileges. Robertson, commenting on the significance in the word order of
that which concerns the council members, interprets the word place to mean "position." If his
interpretation is correct, then the problem is when place (job) is put before nation (patriotism).
However, the word topon (place) is probably a reference to the temple and reveals their
preference for a building over their desire to glorify God who inhabited the building.
49 And one of them, named Caiaphas, being the high priest that same year, said unto
50 Nor consider that it is expedient for us, that one man should die for the people, and
51 And this spake he not of himself: but being high priest that year, he prophesied that
expedient plan. His proposal was that Jesus be killed and the nation thereby saved from
destruction at the hands of the Romans (11:49,50). The verb sumpherei (expedient, 11:50)
literally means "to bear together" in the sense of being profitable. Caiaphas also used the
preposition huper (in behalf of) in comparing the death of one man versus a whole nation. This
preposition is used throughout the New Testament in reference to the substitutionary death of
Christ.
Caiaphas realized he was speaking prophetically as his intended meaning was for Jesus to be
martyred instead of thousands of Jews being killed by Roman soldiers. The high priest was in
this context counseling the murder of an innocent man for reasons of political expedience.
Prophetically, however, Caiaphas was speaking of the substitutionary death of Christ for the
nation. While this was true, John correctly notes Jesus did not die only for Israel, "but that he
should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad" (11:52)—a
Jews; but went thence unto a country near to the wilderness, into a city called Ephraim,
55 And the Jews' passover was nigh at hand: and many went out of the country up to
56 Then sought they for Jesus, and spake among themselves, as they stood in the temple.
57 Now both the chief priests and the Pharisees had given a commandment, that, if any
man knew where he were, he should shew it, that they might take him.
C. The Plot (11:53-57). The opposition of the Jews and their hatred toward Jesus had
apparently been sporadic to this time. As they listened to Jesus, their anger would be incited and
in a fit of rage they would try to arrest or stone Him. When Jesus was not in Jerusalem, He was
ignored. Now it became their official policy "to put him to death" (11:53). Because of this
action of the Sanhedrin, Jesus left the area, travelling to Ephraim, a village near the wilderness
about twenty miles north of Jerusalem and five miles east of Bethel (11:54). He remained there
with the disciples until He returned to Jerusalem for His final Passover.
As the Passover season approached, the Jews suspected Jesus might try to enter the city
unnoticed to celebrate the feast. As the first pilgrims arrived, they began searching for Him and
issued requests for information leading to His arrest. Privately they may have believed Jesus
(11:56) is asked anticipating a negative response. John uses the double negative ou me,
emphasizing a degree of certainty on the part of those searching that Jesus would not come.
JOHN 12:1-50
This chapter in the Gospel of John marks the beginning of Christ's final week before the
cross. According to Sir Robert Anderson's calculations in The Coming Prince, the sixtyninth
week of Daniel ended on the day Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a young ass (12:14). This gives
the chapter a special significance in light of Jesus' claim that day that the "hour" had finally
arrived (12:23). Within a week Jesus would complete His messianic work on a cross outside the
city walls.
Among conservative Bible teachers, there is some dispute over the exact chronology of
this last week. The traditional view is that Christ was crucified on Friday. Others hold the
reconstructed view that Christ was crucified on Wednesday. The traditional is based first on the
chronology of Mark (Mark 11:1-12,20; 14:1,30; 15:1,25,33; 16:1,2). Second, it is based on the
Jewish custom of identifying any part of a day as the whole day, the three days Christ was in the
grave were identified as late Friday afternoon through early Sunday morning. The third argument
states Christ arose on "the third day," which would exclude the actual third night (Matthew
16:21; Mark 8:31; 9:31; 10:34; 1 Corinthians 15:4). Fourth, the fact that the Feast of the First
Fruits (resurrection) followed the day after Passover (Leviticus 23:6-11). The fifth argument is
from history—the early church celebrated Friday as the day Christ was crucified.
must be interpreted more literally—six twelve-hour periods. To allow for this amount of time,
they teach Christ was crucified on Wednesday. Next, they assume the Jews followed a revolving
calendar and that the Passover came on a different day each year, not on the Sabbath before the
Feast of First Fruits. Therefore, they say the Passover came on a Thursday the year Christ was
crucified. Also, they assume Jesus would not have violated the Sabbath law in making a journey
Even though some modern scholars teach Jesus was crucified on Wednesday, the
overwhelming argument is for Friday. The reconstructed view has difficulties in that references
in both John (12:1,12) and Mark (Mark 14:1; 15:1; 16:1) would assume the triumphant entry
occurred on Sunday. They teach otherwise. Also the reconstructed view suggests Jesus spent
three days and four nights in the tomb. Since Jesus was buried late Wednesday afternoon, he
must have been raised, according to them, at 6:00 P.m. on Saturday. But the biblical record
suggests the resurrection occurred early Sunday morning. Matthew 12:40 suggests that there
must be three twenty-four hour days, including three days and three nights. This means Jesus
was raised at the same hour which He was buried, which is not the case. In the Jewish mind, a
part represents the whole, and part of the day represents day and night. Therefore, this chapter
In this chapter Christ is the center of attraction at the banquet (12:1-11), the triumphant
entry (12:12-22), and at the cross (12:23-36). The rest of the chapter records the response of the
people to Jesus (12:37-43) and the Lord's final public message in John (12:44-50). Throughout
studying this chapter, note the contrasting attitudes toward Christ represented in the various
Chart 38
Then Jesus six days before the passover came to Bethany, where Lazarus was which had
2 There they made him a supper; and Martha served: but Lazarus was one of them that sat
Jesus, and wiped his feet with her hair; and the house was filled with the odour of the ointment.
4 Then saith one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son, which should betray him,
5 Why was not this ointment sold for three hundred pence, and given to the poor?
6 This he said, not that he cared for the poor; but because he was a thief, and had the bag,
7 Then said Jesus, Let her alone; against the day of my burying hath she kept this.
8 For the poor always ye have with you; but me ye have not always.
9 Much people of the Jews therefore knew that he was there: and they came not for Jesus'
sake only, but that they might see Lazarus also, whom he had raised from the dead.
10 But the chief priests consulted that they might put Lazarus also to death;
11 Because that by reason of him many of the Jews went away, and believed on Jesus.
According to John, Jesus arrived in Bethany "six days before the passover" (12:1), on the
Sabbath before His death. Some commentators argue Jesus would never have made such a long
journey from Jericho to Bethany on the Sabbath day as it was a violation of the Sabbath laws. It
should be noted that the Lord was not as concerned with keeping these laws as were the
Pharisees, so this objection is not a major issue. Also, if part of the journey had been made
Friday so that He arrived late Friday (after sundown, therefore on the Sabbath), He could still
Jewish law. Others seek to resolve this problem by suggesting Jesus made the journey the day
A more serious chronological problem in this passage relates to the time of this supper
and the anointing. Most commentators argue this is the same banquet as was held in the home of
Simon the leper (see Matthew 26:6-13; Mark 14:3-9). While there are many remarkable
similarities between these accounts, John appears to date his account on the Sabbath six days
prior to Passover (12:1), whereas in both Matthew and Mark the anointing appears to have
occurred on the following Tuesday. Also, in John it is the feet of Jesus that are anointed (12:3),
whereas in the synoptic gospels the anointing of His head is emphasized (Matthew 26:7; Mark
14:3). Commentators are divided on the resolution of the first problem. Hindson, Cheney, and
Brown suggest the banquet and anointing were on the Sabbath, following John's chronology;
however, Robertson, Taylor, and Templeton argue for the Tuesday anointing. Concerning the
solution to the second problem, Godet suggests Mary broke the neck of the flask of ointment
over the head of Jesus thus spilling some and anointing His head and then proceeding to anoint
His feet.
Perhaps a more plausible harmony of these accounts is to view them as two very similar
but different events-one on Saturday and the other occurring the following Tuesday. There were
usually a number of banquets surrounding the Passover because of the festival season and
because friends were present from all over (Deuteronomy 16:16). Two banquets and two
anointings would be a natural interpretation in the light of the significance of both the anointing
body of the dead, wrap it in grave clothes, and then anoint the grave clothes a second time. This
certainly appears to be the intent in the burial of Christ. The first anointing is recorded by John
as done by Nicodemus and Joseph of Arimathea (19:38-40), yet according to the synoptic gospels
the women who witnessed this burial returned home to prepare spices and return to the tomb
Sunday to finish what these men only began (Matthew 27:61; 28:1; Mark 15:47-16:3; Luke
23:55-24:1). It is interesting to note that in both type and fulfillment, the Gospel of John records
only the first anointing, whereas the synoptic gospels record only the second. Also, as Jesus was
the fulfillment of the type of the Passover lamb, it is interesting that the four days according to
Jewish reckoning between the first and second anointing correspond with the four days between
the initial selection and final approval of the lamb for slaughter (Exodus 12:3-6). It was
following the second anointing that Judas Iscariot contacted the Sanhedrin and made
The giving of a banquet was a common means of honoring a guest in the Near East.
While this dinner was in Bethany, the exact location is not specifically identified. If, as Hindson
suggests, Simon the leper was the father of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus, both anointings may have
occurred in the same place. The context of John's gospel would seem to suggest the anointing
occurred in the home of the latter three. Martha is portrayed as serving and again Mary is found
at the feet of Jesus, the customary descriptions for both these women. Lazarus, presumably
anointing His feet. John describes this ointment with several particular words (12:3). The word
murou (ointment) is a generic term for liquid perfume. A second word, nardou (spikenard) is
probably derived from the Sanskrit term nalada, referring to a particular very fragrant plant
grown primarily in India. Some lesser varieties of this plant also grew in and around Syria, but
the third word, pistikes, meaning "faithful," "reliable,"' or "genuine," suggests this ointment was
the real thing, probably imported from India. This ointment was used as a perfume for both
bodies and wine. John identifies the measure of ointment used as a literal "'pound" (12:3), about
twelve ounces, and Judas Iscariot estimated its market value at three hundred denarii (12:5 RSV),
a denarius being a day's wage for a common laborer. If his estimate was accurate, that would
place the value of the ointment at twenty-five denarii per ounce, or (accounting for 1990 wage
and price scale) about $800 per ounce. No wonder John uses the adjective polutimou (very
costly), a compound word from polus, meaning “much,” and time, meaning "value" (of great
After anointing them, Mary began to wipe the feet of Jesus with her hair. Such an act
would usually have been extremely humiliating for a woman of Mary's status and character. In
the custom of the day, it was generally considered a disgrace for a woman to appear in public
with her hair unbound. So ingrained was this into the thinking of the Jews that when Kamith, a
mother who had seven sons who had served as high priests of the nation, was asked to what she
owed such an honor, she responded, "To the fact that the beams of my chamber have never seen
with her hair had prompted such a response from Mary (see Luke 7:36-50).
Writing of this event some sixty years later, it seemed as if John could still smell the
fragrance of that very expensive perfume. He remembers the scent filling the room and notes,
"The house was filled with the odour of the ointment" (12:3). Because the story of Mary's
sacrificial expression of worship was so often repeated in the early preaching of the Gospel, some
church fathers interpreted this statement allegorically meaning that the whole church was filled
with the memory of Mary's act. Perhaps there is some truth in both the literal and mystical
At the later anointing of Jesus, the disciples questioned the wisdom of spending so much
money on such an act when the money could have been used for the relief of poverty, but here it
was Judas Iscariot alone who voiced the concern (12:4,5; see Matthew 26:8; Mark 14:4). John is
careful to point out that the only person Judas Iscariot was concerned about was himself. He
identifies Judas as a thief, using the word kleptes which referred to those who steal according to a
carefully devised plan. Probably the disciples first learned of his thievery after his death when an
audit of their resources was conducted. John further hints at Judas's activities noting he bore
what was put into the bag (12:6). The verb ebastazen means "to carry, bear, or lift" in the sense
of taking away from. This idea would be best expressed with the English idiom "carried off" or
the slang use of "lifting" in the sense of shoplifting. Judas was not only in control of the
hath she kept this" (12:7). This expression is interpreted in two different ways by conservative
commentators. First, He may have been pointing out that Mary had kept this ointment aside for
His burial when she had prepared Lazarus's body for the grave. It appears only Mary had taken
Christ's statements about the cross seriously. Perhaps she first learned of this truth as she sat at
the feet of Jesus (Luke 10:39-42). A second interpretation of this expression assumes a paradox.
Jesus taught that in losing one's life, one keeps it. Perhaps He meant Mary had "kept" this
Jesus' statement, "For the poor always ye have with you" (12: 8), should not be used as a
justification for ignoring the needs of the poor. What the Lord is here emphasizing is the need to
establish correct priorities. It is not possible for one individual to do everything there is to do for
God, yet everyone can do something. When someone attempts to do God's will, he may at the
same time neglect other things that are also important. The faithful missionary in Africa might in
this sense be accused of neglecting the spiritual needs of the lost in Asia. A missionary to the
highlands could be accused of neglecting the boat people. That is why it is so important for the
Christian to walk in and be led by the Spirit. One aspect of discovering God's will is discerning
between the permissive and the perfect will of God (see Romans 12:1,2; 1 Corinthians 6:12).
When the crowds in Jerusalem learned Jesus was in Bethany, they came to that place
(12:9). Throughout this gospel John uses the word ochlos (people) to identify the common
people of the land, as distinguished from both the natives of Jerusalem and the leaders of the
Jews. These were the worshipers who came to Jerusalem for Passover. John records that these
Lazarus's presence was such a credible evidence of Christ's power that large numbers began
following Jesus because of him. This created a major problem for the chief priests in particular.
Not only were they in danger of losing their place in the nation, the presence of Lazarus alive
after he had been dead challenged one of their fundamental beliefs-that the dead are not raised.
Both of these concerns probably had some part in influencing the decision that Lazarus also had
to be put to death. If Lazarus was still alive when the synoptic gospels were written, this
commitment of the Sadducees to kill him may have been the reason why they neglected to
include the account of his resurrection. John, writing later, after the fall of Jerusalem and demise
of the Sadducees as a religious sect, recorded many details that may not have been wise to
include earlier.
The next day, the Sunday before the Passover, Jesus entered, the city of Jerusalem as a
triumphant king accompanied by two groups of people. While one group accompanied Jesus as
He rode into the city, the second came out of the city to meet Him with palm branches chanting
part of the Great Hallel, a series of Hebrew hymns. Although this had been prophesied by the
prophet Zechariah (Zechariah 9:9), the disciples failed to understand the significance of this until
after Christ was glorified. As He arrived in the city that day, He was (1) received by the crowds,
12 On the next day much people that were come to the feast, when they heard that Jesus
14 And Jesus, when he had found a young ass, sat thereon; as it is written,
15 Fear not, daughter of Sion: behold, thy King cometh, sitting on an ass's colt.
16 These things understood not his disciples at the first; but when Jesus was glorified,
then remembered they that these things were written of him, and that they had done these things
unto him.
17 The people therefore that was with him when he called Lazarus out of his grave, and
18 For this cause the people also met him, for that they heard that he had done this
miracle.
A. Received by the Crowds (12:12-18). John describes the crowds coming out of the city
with the expression ho ochlos polus (much people), meaning literally "'the people much or in
large numbers." This expression was also used idiomatically to refer to the common people, but
while it may mean that here, the context of this passage suggests it also referred to large numbers
(see 12:19). According to one census, there were 256,500 lambs slain in Jerusalem during one
Passover season. If a minimum of ten people per lamb are assumed to be present celebrating the
feast, that would put the estimated size of the crowd above 2.6 million people in the city during
the feast season. While some of these may not have arrived in the city before Jesus arrived, the
The arrival of Jesus into Jerusalem is the picture of a triumphant king coming to the city
in peace. Palms were a symbol of strength, beauty, joy, and salvation. Palms were cut for the
triumphant entry of Simon and Judas Maccabaeus during an earlier era of Jewish history (see 1
Maccabees 13:51; 2 Maccabees 10:7). To carry palms was the mark of triumphant homage to a
victor or king (see Revelation 7:9). Also, while today an ass's colt is not a sign of honor, these
animals were highly regarded as noble beasts. If a king were coming to a city to make war, he
rode his horse. If he was coming in peace, however, he would ride into the city on a donkey. It
is interesting to note John in his writings twice records seeing Jesus riding. First, he enters
Jerusalem on an ass offering peace and, second, on a white horse coming with His armies to
As the crowds met Jesus, they recited Psalms 118:25,26 (12:13) which was regarded by
the rabbis as messianic in nature. The word Hosanna is transliterated from the Hebrew meaning
"save now, I pray thee." This psalm was part of the Great Hallel composed of Psalms 11@118
used in the observance of the Passover meal and also part of the Egyptian Hallel composed of
Psalms 113-118 sung at the feasts of Passover' Weeks (or Pentecost), Tabernacles, and
Dedication. It was a psalm well known by the people. Ironically, this psalm was probably the
last song Jesus and His disciples sang together at the Last Supper (see Matthew 26:30).
John makes no mention of the two disciples sent out to find the colt Jesus rode into
Jerusalem but implies the search using the verb heuron (found) which suggests finding after
mention it because of humility. Also, that event may not have fit in with John's purpose. He
does note, however, the Scripture fulfilled in this action (Zechariah 9:9). As noted above, the
idea of a king riding an ass was not as incompatible with his dignity as it might seem today (see
Judges 10:4; 2 Samuel 17:23). As was typical in the experience of the disciples, they apparently
did not realize they were seeing the fulfillment of messianic prophecy until some time later
(12:16).
Of the four Passovers in this gospel, this one is unique in that it is the only one in which
Jesus was so readily received. John attributes this to the witness of those who had seen Lazarus
raised from the dead. The day before, news of Lazarus's resurrection attracted the people to
Bethany. Now it was attracting masses to Christ. In light of the earlier accounts of the people's
willingness to recognize Jesus as Messiah (see 6:15), it is likely most of the mob were still
19 The Pharisees therefore said among themselves, Perceive ye how ye prevail nothing?
B. Rejected by the Pharisees (12:19). An event such as the triumphant entry of Jesus
into Jerusalem would hardly have gone unnoticed by the Jews. Earlier they had joined efforts
with the Sadducees in an attempt to find Jesus among the pilgrims coming to the feast. But now
that they found Him, there was another problem—"the world is gone after him" (12:19). This
comment circulating among the Pharisees was a confession to themselves that they had failed to
achieve their ends. Their use of hyperbole was not all that inaccurate. While they had only
20 And there were certain Greeks among them, that came up to worship at the feast:
21 The same came therefore to Philip, which was of Bethsaida of Galilee, and desired
22 Philip cometh and telleth Andrew: and again Andrew and Philip tell Jesus.
C. Requested by the Greeks (12:20-22). The identity of the Greeks at the feast is difficult
to ascertain. Some believe they were Hellenistic Jews; others believe they were Gentile
proselytes to Judaism who wanted to meet Jesus; others believe they were Gentiles who lived in
Galilee. As Jesus taught publicly in the temple area known as the Court of the Women, the first
two groups could have contacted Him directly as He taught. The fact that they could not get to
Jesus (if He were in the temple) suggests they were Gentile Greek tourists or philosophers who
were curious to see the latest Jewish Messiah. A fourth view identifies them as monotheistic
Greeks who had come to worship the God of Israel without accepting the yoke of the law and
were known as God fearers. If this were the case, they may have wanted to thank Jesus
personally for the cleansing of the temple, thus restoring their place of worship. A fifth view
holds these Greeks represented an embassy from a Gentile nation. According to the early church
father Eusebius, when the King of Edessa in Syria saw the obstinacy of the Jews in rejecting
Jesus, he sent an embassy to Jesus to invite Him to come to his home promising Him a royal
The Greeks first approached Philip with their request, who then consulted with Andrew.
Philip, the analytical disciple, might also have been the most open to outsiders, hence the Greeks
came to him. He went to Andrew because Andrew is often characterized as bringing people to
Jesus. To bring people to Jesus, he would know where Jesus was and how to get there. Andrew
and Philip together told Jesus. Did Jesus meet the Greeks? His response was to give His
disciples further insight concerning the results of the cross. The essence of His statement was
that the cross must come before Gentiles can have access to Christ. Christ was the Lamb of God
who would die for the world (1:29). Although the Scriptures are silent in this area, Jesus
probably did meet with these Greeks as He passed through the Court of the Gentiles on His way
out of the temple. Although most of Christ's ministry was limited to Israel, it is interesting to
note the willingness of the Gentiles to recognize Him as king at both His birth and His death.
23 And Jesus answered them, saying, The hour is come, that the Son of man should be
glorified.
24 Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except a corn of wheat fall into the ground and die, it
25 He that loveth his life shall lose it; and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it
27 Now is my soul troubled; and what shall I say? Father, save me from this hour: but for
28 Father, glorify thy name. Then came there a voice from heaven, saying, I have both
29 The people therefore, that stood by, and heard it, said that it thundered; others said, An
30 Jesus answered and said, This voice came not because of me, but for your sakes.
31 Now is the 'judgment of this world: now shall the prince of this world be cast out.
32 And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me.
34 The people answered him, We have heard out of the law that Christ abideth for ever:
and how sayest thou, The Son of man must be lifted up? who is this Son of man?
35 Then Jesus said unto them, Yet a little while is the light with you. Walk while ye have
the light, lest darkness come upon you: for he that walketh in darkness knoweth not whither he
goeth.
things spake Jesus, and departed, and did hide himself from them.
Jesus began His final public discourse of this gospel noting, "The hour is come, that the
Son of man should be glorified" (12:23). This was the hour of messianic expectation to which
John often referred—when Jesus would be glorified on the cross. The "suffering glorification"
was contradictory to Jewish ideas. In the Book of Enoch, the Son of Man is viewed as a
powerful conqueror (see Daniel 7:13). The idea of His glorification by means of crucifixion
Those who say Jesus gave this sermon to the Greeks view His statement concerning the
cross as a particular judgment on Hellenism. The essence of Greek society was the pursuit of
happiness in an effort to live the good life-pleasure without sacrifice. Jesus likened His death to
the planting of a seed from which there comes forth "much faith" in resurrection (12:24). The
same principle is also applied to discipleship (12:25). Nature teaches us that the higher form of
existence can be obtained only by the extinction of the lower. This law holds true in the spiritual
world as well as in the natural world. To those Greeks who sought to meet Him, He spoke of the
As Jesus taught these principles, it was as though the shadow of the cross passed over
Him. John uses the verb tetaraktai (troubled, 12:27), meaning "'to be agitated or disturbed," in
describing Jesus' emotional response to the cross. The tense of this verb suggests Jesus'
emphasis, "I have been troubled and continue to be troubled" (see 11:33; 13:21). If there was
ever a moment of decision in the life of Christ, this was it. He asks, "What shall I say?" knowing
perspective, the death of Christ was the greatest tragedy of human history. But, second, the cross
was the purpose of His coming. From God's point of view, the death of Christ was the greatest
victory of all history. Such was the contradiction of His death. There was both the bruising of
the heel of Christ and the crushing of the head of Satan (see Genesis 3:15). If He had been saved
At that crisis moment, the voice of God was heard. This was the third time God broke
the silence of heaven and spoke audibly to the people during the life of Christ. Each of these
instances marked the beginning of a new phase of Jesus' ministry. Previously the Father stated
He was well pleased with Jesus' life; now He is to be glorified in His death, and Jesus Himself
Some commentators attempt to minimize the significance of the voice of the Father, claiming it
was nothing more than a clap of thunder which occurred at an opportune moment. The responses
of those who heard the voice, however, deny, this possibility. Just as there may be different
interpretations of a statement made by a human voice, so there were different explanations of the
divine voice. If a man makes a statement, a wild animal may hear a noise but the man's pet will
understand his meaning. Only another man, however, may discern the thought. When the voice
was heard from heaven, the three responses represent three classes of people in the world. Some
said it thundered— representing those who explain God's supernatural works in terms of natural
phenomena. Others claimed it was the voice of an angel—representing those who explain God's
Father-representing those who are in proper relationship and fellowship with God.
Jesus interpreted the cross both in terms of the beginning of the end of Satan's dominion
(12:31) and the beginning of His triumph over the hearts of men (12:32). The verb ekblethesetai,
meaning "shall be cast out," is always used in the writings of John to describe being cast out of a
holy place or society (see 2:15; 9:34,35; 10:4; 3 John 10; Revelation 11:2). With this verb John
also uses the word exo, meaning "clean out." The casting of Satan out of heaven is equated here
with, the purging of heaven. Also, the cross is viewed as a magnet drawing men to Christ. The
verb helkuso (draw, 12:32) means "to attract" and is preferred to another common verb for
drawing meaning "to drag." (See the notes on 6:44 in chapter eight.) Jesus made the cross, which
was considered horrid and scandalous, attractive to those who seek it. It is His atoning death, not
Jesus, the actual Messiah, was radically different from what the Jewish mind expected.
The Jews misunderstood the Scriptures and were perplexed, resulting in their doubting the claims
of Jesus. It did not occur to them to doubt their interpretation of messianic prophecy. Therefore,
when He spoke of the death of the Son of Man, they questioned how that could be harmonized
Ezekiel 37:25; Daniel 7:14). What they failed to realize was the nature of their limited
revelation. There are many mysteries in the Old Testament which were revealed in the New
Testament. Christ died and Christ will abide forever, the mystery of God. With the fuller
revelation of Scripture, we realize both these statements are true and harmonious.
Jesus, knowing that His hearers could not understand His doctrine and realizing that most
of the mystery doctrines were not yet to be revealed, returned to His revelation of Himself as
light, to urge His listeners to walk in the light and believe the light. Sometimes there is a
tendency not to believe what is not completely understood, but that is where faith is important.
Our understanding of Christ will continue to grow when we are willing to simply obey what we
know.
Following these remarks, Jesus hid Himself (12:36). Jesus had done this earlier when the
Jews sought to stone Him (8:59). Perhaps the presence of the Pharisees (12:19) together with the
growing evidence of the unbelief of the crowds signaled a new danger for Christ and the
disciples. Because His ministry for that day was over, Jesus left. John ignores the public
ministry of Christ during the remainder of that week and begins to summarize the results, not
37 But though he had done so many miracles before them, yet they believed not on him:
hath believed our report? and to whom hath the arm of the Lord been revealed?
39 Therefore they could not believe, because that Esaias said again,
40 He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart; that they should not see with their
eyes, nor understand with their heart, and be converted, and I should heal them.
41 These things said Esaias, when he saw his glory, and spake of him.
42 Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many believed on him; but because of the
Pharisees they did not confess him, lest they should be put out of the synagogue: 43 For they
John characterizes the general response to our Lord's public ministry as unbelief. This
unbelief existed despite the many miracles which should have been signs to them. Willfully
rejecting the adequate testimony to the messiahship of Jesus, the Jews were punished by judicial
blindness. Willing not to believe, they made themselves incapable of believing. Judicial
blindness is a two-layer blindness. They themselves first hardened their hearts, and then God
hardened them in response. This did not come as a surprise to Jesus. Isaiah had prophesied this
blindness many years earlier (Isaiah 6:10; 53:1). The first citation from Isaiah about Jewish or
judicial blindness is quoted five times in the New Testament (12:40; Matthew 13:13; Mark 4:12;
some "among the chief rulers" (12:42), but they kept their discipleship secret for fear of the
Pharisees. Nicodemus and Joseph of Arimathea were probably among this group of secret
disciples. To publicly identify with Christ involved being expelled from the synagogue (see
9:22; 16:2), and these believers were apparently not yet ready to make that kind of an open
commitment. The problem with secret discipleship is that it amounts to a contradiction in terms.
Sooner or later, either their secrecy will destroy their discipleship or their discipleship will
When Christ called people to salvation in the Gospels, He called them publicly so that
they made a public profession of their faith. He stated that the Son of Man would be ashamed of
those who were ashamed of Him (Mark 8:38). These rulers did not make a public confession of
their decision for Christ because they were more concerned with what men would think than
what God thought (12:43). In doing so, they fell into a common snare set for those who begin
44 Jesus cried, and said, He that believeth on me, believeth not on me, but on him that
sent me.
45 And he that seeth me seeth him that sent me. 46 I am come a light into the world, that
48 He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, hath one that judgeth him: the word
that I have spoken, the same shall judge him in the last day.
49 For I have not spoken of myself, but the Father which sent me, he gave me a
50 And I know that his commandment is life everlasting: whatsoever I speak therefore,
As our Lord's public ministry seems to have ended earlier (12:36), this passage may have
been a private statement of Christ, a part of His earlier teachings, or an epitome of His teachings.
In any case it expressed the judgment of Christ regarding the attitude of men toward Him: for
those who believe, life everlasting; for those who believe not, condemnation.
Some people mistakenly limit rejection of Christ only to those who in defiance blatantly
refuse His gracious offer. John here uses the word atheton (rejecteth, 12:48) composed of an
alpha, which negates the verb, and the verb tithemi, meaning "to lay down" or "to pay a price." In
essence, all who do not pay the price of being a disciple of Christ, even those with good
intentions but who put off their decision, are included in those who reject Christ. Those who
CHRIST—THE SERVANT
JOHN 13:1-38
John 13-16 is generally referred to as "the Upper Room Discourse." Christ is with His
disciples for the last time before the crucifixion. Here He expresses His love for them and
explains something of what they will face in the future. As in no other place in Scripture, the
reader sees into the heart of the Saviour. This discourse served as a preparation for Jesus'
sacrificial death. He was not so much concerned about Himself as about His disciples, preparing
them for their future ministry. In the upper room they were completely removed from the world,
and before long the last foreign element in their midst, Judas Iscariot, would leave. According to
Lewis Sperry Chafer, this sermon constitutes "the seed plot of all grace teaching.”33 Everything
that is uniquely Christian, the doctrinal truth of the epistles, is taught here by Jesus in its
embryonic form. In these chapters we find ourselves alone in intimate fellowship with Jesus as
He shares His heart with those in whom He has invested His life.
Now before the feast of the passover, when Jesus knew that his hour was come that he
should depart out of this world unto the Father, having loved his own which were in the world,
2 And supper being ended, the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot,
3 Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he was come
A. The Setting (13:1-3). The first verse serves as an introduction to the entire discourse,
not just the washing of the disciples' feet. John begins with a reference to time—“before the
feast of the passover" (13:1). Although Passover was technically on the fourteenth day of Nisan,
John uses the term pascha nine times in the gospel, and on every occasion refers not only to the
feast of the fourteenth but also the Feast of Unleavened Bread which followed. As Jesus was
crucified on the preparation day prior to the Sabbath (Mark 15:42), this discourse must have
John again reminds the reader of Christ's knowledge approaching this final meeting. As
Jesus prepared to wash His disciples' feet, there were seven significant facts of which He was
loving them. John uses the verb egapesen (loved), indicating the discriminating love of choice
and selection. It is a self-sacrificial love. John adds to this the expression eis telos (to the end),
meaning "to the uttermost" (see 1 Thessalonians 2:16). Jesus' own approaching crisis on the
cross
Chart 40
did not in any way hinder the nature or expression of His love for His own. The idea expressed
The events of these chapters began sometime into the evening meal. Most commentators
argue the correct text of verse two uses the present participle ginomenou (during supper) rather
than the aorist participle genomenou. If this is correct, the second verse should read "during
supper" rather than "supper being ended." This reading seems to be supported by the context.
(13:12,26). By the time this meal began, Judas had already committed himself to betray Christ.
4 He riseth from supper, and laid aside his garments; and took a towel, and girded
himself.
5 After that he poureth water into a bason, and began to wash the disciples' feet, and to
B. The Example (13:4,5). No Gospel writer gives a complete picture of what occurred
that evening, but by comparing accounts we have a fairly full picture. Luke records a dispute
among the disciples that evening over which of them deserved first place (Luke 22:24-27). This
only served to emphasize the need on the part of the disciples to learn the important lesson Jesus
was about to demonstrate with a towel and basin. The footwashing described here probably
During the Passover supper, the head of the group would take the first of four cups, the
cup of thanksgiving, and pass it around the room. This was probably the cup Jesus used in
instituting the Lord's Supper (1 Corinthians 10:16). After this, it was customary for the host to
rise and engage in a ceremonial washing of hands. Edersheim believes it was at this point Jesus
When Jesus rose from supper, He removed His garment. John uses the word himatia here
referring to His outer garment. Jesus was still wearing a tunic (chiton), which was the normal
costume for a servant (Luke 22:27). He wrapped a linen towel about His waist not so much for
Footwashing in the Near East was an important but undesirable task. Because of the
sandal-type footwear worn and the dusty roads, most hosts would have a servant wash the feet of
their guests. Although rabbis were highly regarded and their followers would do almost anything
for them, they would not normally wash their feet. That was the duty of a slave, and even then, a
slave of Jewish birth could not be forced to wash feet. Whether or not the disciples had washed
their feet when they arrived is not stated. Some scholars claim they had, and that this washing
was merely an object lesson. It is more likely, however, that they had not.
6 Then cometh he to Simon Peter: and Peter saith unto him, Lord, dost thou wash my
feet?
7 Jesus answered and said unto him, What I do thou knowest not now; but thou shalt
know hereafter.
8 Peter saith unto him, Thou shalt never wash my feet. Jesus answered him, If I wash
9 Simon Peter saith unto him, Lord, not my feet only, but also my hands and my head.
10 Jesus saith to him, He that is washed needeth not save to wash his feet, but is clean
11 For he knew who should betray him; therefore said he, Ye are not all clean.
disciples' feet were washed, and several views have been suggested. Chrysostom argued Judas
Iscariot was first. This tradition has been maintained by the Eastern church, and is reflected in
passion plays where Judas is portrayed pushing his way through the disciples to be first. Origen
argued Peter was the last to have his feet washed, but Augustine, on the basis that Peter was the
chief of the apostles, and Edersheim, on the basis of the seating arrangement at the table, both
argue that Peter was first. Augustine and Edersheim may be correct, because if Peter had not
been first, he could never have kept quiet until Jesus got to him.
When Jesus came to wash Peter's feet, He immediately met with resistance. Jesus
explained that Peter would not understand what He was doing until later (13:7). Normally, the
use of this expression refers to a time after the cross (see 12:16; 16:12). Some commentators
have suggested Jesus was symbolically portraying the humiliation of His death in the act of
washing His disciples' feet. The verbs tithesin (laid aside, 13:4) and elaben (had taken, 13:12)
are normally used by John in speaking of the cross—Jesus laying down His life and taking it up
again (10:11,15,17,18; 13:37,38; 15:13; 1 John 3:16). Also, an appeal is sometimes made to
Paul's explanation of the kenosis where Christ took "the form of a servant" and "humbled
himself" (Philippians 2:7,8). The suggestion here is that Christ illustrated His setting aside of
His divine glory to serve during the period of His incarnation and afterward took up His glory
Jesus further explained, "If I wash thee not, thou hast no part with me" (13:8). The
expression "to have a part with" normally referred to the involvement of a subordinate in the
(thou hast) refers not only to the present but also to the future. Peter was quick to understand this
meant more than not merely enjoying the fellowship of this meal with Christ. Jesus was referring
to the union and communion of the believer with Himself, a common theme in this discourse.
Peter's natural response in that context was to request Jesus also to wash his hands and head
(13:9).
to Peter's request. The key is found in the use of two Greek synonyms, both of which are
translated "wash." The first verb, leloumenos, refers to the practice of bathing the entire body (see
Acts 9:37; 2 Peter 2:22). The second verb, nipsasthai, refers to the practice of cleaning a
particular soiled area of the body, such as washing one's hands before eating (see Matthew 6:17).
Although the word katharos normally refers to external cleanliness (see Matthew 23:26; 27:59),
the context of John's usage of the term wash here and later in this discourse (15:3) seems to refer
to spiritual purity rather than physical cleanliness. The person is pictured returning from the
public bath to his home. His feet get dusty in the trip and need washing, but not his whole body
again. The underlying principle is that those who have received the first bath of regeneration
(Titus 3:5) do not need to be bathed again (saved again), although they may need to "wash" (be
cleansed of sin) from time to time (see 1 John 1:9). The first washing deals with relationship,
the second with fellowship. The first washing is once and for all (Hebrews 10:1-12), but daily
sins need confession and cleansing (1 John 1:9). The blood cleanses eternally from guilt before
the law, but the believer needs constant cleansing from the daily defilement of sins.
time was coming when his identity would be revealed. Lest his defection should prove too
serious a blow to the faith of others, Jesus identified him before he committed the traitorous act,
thereby proving His own foreknowledge and, at the same time, sustaining the faith of the true
disciples (13:19).
12 So after he had washed their feet, and had taken his garments and was set down again,
14 If I then, your Lord and Master, have washed your feet; ye also ought to wash one
another's feet.
15 For I have given you an example, that ye should do as I have done to you.
16 Verily, verily, I say unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord; neither he that is
18 I speak not of you all; I know whom I have chosen: but that the scripture may be
fulfilled, He that eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me.
19 Now I tell you before it come, that, when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am
he.
D. The Explanation (13:12-20). After washing the disciples' feet, He returned to the
dinner table to explain the meaning of His actions. He began first by reminding them who He
was, by referring to two specific titles by which disciples commonly referred to their rabbis,
"Master" and "Lord." Here Christ acknowledged, "for so I am" (13.-13). The title didaskalos
(master) referred to the authoritative teaching of Christ. In calling Jesus kurios (Lord) the
disciples were recognizing His authority over their entire lives. If this were true of Jesus, and He
was willing to wash the disciples' feet, the conclusion is that the disciples "also ought to wash
ordinance or sacrament of the church, like baptism and the Lord's Supper. Among those who
practice footwashing are the Roman Catholics (the Pope annually washes the feet of selected
poor persons on the Thursday prior to Good Friday), Dunkards, Freewill Baptists, and
Moravians. Often, the way in which the rite of footwashing is practiced contradicts the very
spirit of humility which Jesus here emphasizes. Also, those groups that practice footwashing err
theologically in that they tend to explain its significance with reference to a defective view of sin
There are several reasons for rejecting footwashing as an ordinance of the church. First, Jesus'
use of the word kathos (as, 13:15) emphasizes His act as an example, not an ordinance. If He
were instituting an ordinance, He would probably have used the term ho (that which), but this use
commanded footwashing as an ordinance. Third, there is no example in Scripture that the early
footwashing was ever practiced as an ordinance before the fourth century. Fourth, the custom of
wearing sandals should be remembered. It was customary for a man's feet to be washed when he
entered a home. This is the probable context to the reference to footwashing in I Timothy 5:10.
Jesus was referring to humility and a custom, not to a church ordinance. Finally, the primary
symbolic meaning behind the act of footwashing is humility (see Chart 41). The primary
symbolism of baptism and the Lord's Supper is death, burial and resurrection-the heart of
Christianity. The symbolism of the two ordinances have ultimate priority, while the symbolism
of footwashing only has relative importance in comparison. Of the seven double verities spoken
in this Upper Room Discourse, the two spoken in the context of this footwashing form something
of a paradox (13:16,20). First, Jesus reminds the disciples the servant is not above his master. In
the second, He likens receiving the servant to receiving the master. While the servant is not
greater than the master, there is another sense in that he is not less than the master. To be
effective in the service of his master, the Christian must have, the attitude of the Master.
In preparing to reveal His betrayer, Jesus made reference to the fulfillment of Scripture,
quoting Psalms 41:9 (13:18). In its original context, David was lamenting his betrayal by
Ahithophel. The difference between David and Ahithophel and Jesus and Judas is reflected in tie
omission of the phrase, "in whom I trusted" (Psalms 41:9). Because of His omniscience, Jesus
had never trusted Judas and had warned the disciples of his action a year earlier (6:70,71). The
expression "lifted up his heel" is based on the metaphor of a sudden kick of a mule or a horse. In
revealing His betrayal to His disciples, Jesus helped them understand He was the "I am" (ego
eimi, 13:19).
(13:21-30)
21 When Jesus had thus said, he was troubled in spirit, and testified, and said, Verily,
verily, I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me.
23 Now there was leaning on Jesus' bosom one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved.
24 Simon Peter therefore beckoned to him, that he should ask who it should be of whom
he spake.
25 He then lying on Jesus' breast saith unto him, Lord, who is it?
26 Jesus answered, He it is, to whom I shall give a sop, when I have dipped it. And when
he had dipped the sop, he gave it to Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon.
27 And after the sop Satan entered into him. Then said Jesus unto him, That thou doest,
do quickly.
28 Now no man at the table knew for what intent he spake this unto him.
29 For some of them thought, because Judas had the bag, that Jesus had said unto him,
Buy those things that we have need of against the feast; or, that he should give something to the
poor.
After finishing the lesson on humility, John described Jesus as "troubled in spirit"
(13:21). The verb here used to describe Jesus' emotional state is etarachthe, which is used in
Scripture with the idea of stirring up, disturbing, troubling, or throwing into confusion. This
(BERKELEY), "in great anguish of spirit" (LB), "deeply troubled" (TEV), and "troubled in
spirit" (NIV). Although Jesus was God, He was also man. This is one of the many evidences of
He made a statement that may have been one of the most difficult pronouncements for His
disciples to accept. "Verily, verily, I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me" (13:21). The
difficulty the disciples had in accepting this statement is later underscored in that although both
Matthew (see Matthew 26:25) and John (see 13:26) were present and saw that Jesus clearly
identified Judas as the betrayer, John claims no one knew the intent of Judas as he left (13:28).
The word egno refers to knowledge with perception. Some disciples had already figured out why
Judas was sent out, but their conclusions were wrong (13:29).
Jesus made at least ten appeals to Judas Iscariot as shown in Chart 42. The Lord did this
not as an attempt to preserve His own life but rather to save Judas from the end of his own plans.
The fact that Judas rejected these appeals indicates the exercise of his free will to reject Christ.
In light of the rejected appeals, it is little wonder Jesus said, "It had been good for that man if he
A careful study of the conversation and action around the table gives some clue as to the
seating arrangement at the table. The table was not thirty inches high with chairs, as is customary
today in the West. Rather, the table was low, perhaps twelve inches from the floor. The guests
sat on mats, or reclined on pillows. Their feet were stretched behind them. Because His feet
the previous feast. John, who was "leaning on Jesus' bosom" (13:23) must have been reclining to
the right of Jesus, which was the place of affection. Five times in this gospel, John describes
himself as the disciple whom Jesus loved (13:23; 19:26; 20:2; 21:7,20). For John to lean on
Jesus' bosom would have been difficult or awkward if they were seated in chairs. But sitting on
the floor and reclining on pillows, it was natural for John to lean over to Jesus, especially when
he had something to say or ask, as when John questioned Jesus, "Lord, who is it?" (13:25).
When Jesus told John it was the one to whom He gave the sop, the rest of the disciples probably
Judas was probably sitting to the left of Jesus, which would have been reserved for the
honored guest. As it was customary to recline at the table, this means that Jesus could have
rested His head on Judas' bosom, as John had done with Jesus. Peter appears to have been sitting
across the table where he could easily get John's attention (13:24). When Peter speaks to John,
the word neuei (beckoned) literally means "to nod to someone as a signal," such as to motion or
gesture. Luther used the word winkle (winked) in his German translation.35
John notes concerning the departure of Judas, "and it was night" (13:30). While referring
to the physical darkness of that time, John seems also to be implying the spiritual state into which
Judas had entered. As Hoskyns observes, "Having surrendered himself to the Prince of this
world, Judas is banished from the light, and passes out into darkness under the judgment of
God.”36 It is always night when a man turns from Christ to follow his own will.
DISCOURSE (13:31-38)
31 Therefore, when he was gone out, Jesus said, Now is the Son of man glorified, and
32 If God be glorified in him, God shall also glorify him in himself, and shall straightway
glorify him.
33 Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me: and as I said unto
With the departure of Judas, the whole atmosphere of the upper room changed. Jesus
said, "Now is the Son of man glorified" (13:31). Commenting on verses thirty-one and thirty-
two, Godet suggests, “These two verses are as if a cry of relief which escapes from the heart of
the withdrawing traitor.”37 The departure of the faithless disciple initiated the series of events that
resulted in God being glorified in Christ's redemptive work (13:31) and in Christ being glorified
in His heavenly exaltation (17:4,5; see Philippians 2:9). The verb edoxasthe (glorified) is an
aorist passive verb pointing to the departure of Judas as the moment of the beginning of the
glory. Although Jesus was glorified in His death, humanly speaking His fate was sealed with the
departure of Judas. He speaks in this context of His death as already past. Unlike the other
Gospels, John continually emphasizes the word glory. Christ was glorified by being tabernacled
in flesh (1:14). The ultimate glory is when the flesh is delivered up.
of the term teknia (little children, 13:33). This is the only occurrence of the term in the Gospel of
John, although it was commonly used by John in' his first epistle, the only other place the word
occurs in Scripture. It is a diminutive of tekna (children under twelve years of age), but when
used by Christ or John it is regarded as a word of tender affection. A survey of 1 John reveals the
deep impression this word made on the apostle. In one sense, the Upper Room Discourse begins
with this word, everything else being introductory to the message Jesus would now share with
His disciples.
34 A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you,
35 By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another.
A. The New Commandment (13:34,35). Jesus left His disciples with what he called "a
Some have objected to calling this a new commandment on the basis that the command to
love one's neighbor as oneself was well established long before this time (Leviticus 19:18). A
closer look at Jesus' new commandment, however, reveals several significant differences
between this commandment and that which was known as the royal law (James 2:8). These
This new love for others in the family of God is one of the tests of being a Christian.
Love is a mark by which a believer can be identified. The observations of both the enemies and
commandment. Lucian mocked the Christians of his day observing, "Their Master has made
them believe that they are all brethren."38 Tertullian correctly observed, "The working of such
love puts a brand upon us; for see, say the heathen, how they love one another.”39 The divine
commentary on this new commandment is 1 John. According to Jerome, in his old age the
apostle John often repeated "love one another," justifying his statement with the words, "Because
36 Simon Peter said unto him, Lord, whither goest thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I
go, thou canst not follow me now; but thou shalt follow me afterwards.
37 Peter said unto him, Lord, why cannot I follow thee now? I will lay down my life for
thy sake.
Chart 43
38 Jesus answered him, Wilt thou lay down thy life for my sake? Verily, verily, I say
unto thee, The cock shall not crow, till thou hast denied me thrice.
B. Peter's Denial Predicted (13:36-38). The closing verses of this chapter record Christ's
words in predicting Peter's denial. Having been just moments earlier rebuked for an impetuous
statement (13:8,9), perhaps Peter should have known better than to make another dogmatic
statement concerning what he would or would not do. Still Peter vowed he would lay down his
life for Christ (13:37). According to Mark, Peter later argued, "Although all shall be offended,
yet will not I" (Mark 14:29). Jesus responded to Peter's statement here by repeating it in the form
of a question, "Wilt thou lay down thy life for my sake?" Then Jesus added, "The cock shall not
crow, till thou hast denied me thrice" (13:38). Before the evening ended, this prophecy had been
more than fulfilled (see notes on 18:15-27 in chapter twenty). Barclay distinguishes between the
betrayal of Judas and the denials of Peter noting, ". . . The sin of Peter was the sin of a moment's
JOHN 14:1-31
Jesus used various methods to effectively teach His disciple the things of God. In this
part of the Upper Room Discourse, He used the question-and-answer method, known today as
the Socratic method of teaching. This method emphasizes learning readiness because it focuses
on the need in the student. This chapter can best be outlined using four questions raised by His
disciples as Christ sought to explain His new relationship with them after the cross.
The first of these questions is actually asked in the preceding chapter (13:36) but is not
answered until here. As we study the Scriptures, we should remember that the chapters and
verses were divided long after the text was written, and occasionally the last few verses of a
previous chapter will aid in understanding a chapter's contents. At the end of chapter thirteen,
Christ tells the disciples, "Whither I go, ye cannot come" (13:33). When Christ told them they
would not be able to go with Him, they asked where He was going. It was Peter, the spokesman
Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me.
to prepare a place for you. 3 And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and
receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.
The departure of Jesus from this world by means of a cross was bound to have a traumatic
effect on His disciples. Despite His constant references to both the cross and the resurrection, the
disciples had a sense of disillusionment even after the initial reports came in concerning the
resurrection (see Luke 24:21). In the upper room the disciples were told that one of them would
betray Him, their Master and Lord. Now the hour had come when Christ would be glorified on
the cross, and even Peter would deny Christ at least three times in the remaining hours of the
night. It was the most natural thing in the world for the disciples to be in a state of emotional
The word kardia (heart) is not a reference to the physical organ of the circulatory system
but rather to the seat of man's conscious life in its moral, intellectual, volitional, and emotional
aspects. It was the Jewish way of expressing the idea of a man's personality, the real person
inside. In this gospel emotions are ascribed to the soul, spirit, and heart (12:27; 13:21; 14:27).
Jesus understood experientially what it meant to be troubled (13:21) and here provided a faith
John uses the verb pisteuete (believe), which could be an indicative or imperative and
could be translated as a fact (ye believe) or as a command (believe). Based on the nature of this
an imperative command. The disciples had previously expressed faith in God and the deity of
Christ (6:68,69). Jesus knew a troubled heart would eat away at that faith, but faith would calm a
troubled heart. His command then was "Keep on believing in God and keep on believing in Me
also" (see 14:1). After years of practicing this principle, John came to understand that this
approach to faith was key to overcoming, for the Christian life (see I John 5:4).
Jesus went on to explain that there are many "mansions" in His Father's house (14:2).
The word monai (mansions) occurs only twice in the New Testament (14:2,23) and literally
refers to a place to stay-a dwelling or abode. Although expositors over the years have vividly
described the ivory palaces and luxurious mansions of the believer in heaven, that idea is not
implied in this word. The English word mansion and its Latin counterpart mansio both originally
referred to common dwelling places, only later being used as they are at present.
The great promise of this chapter is not so much the place Christ is preparing for us, but
that He will return for us (14:3). This promise relates not to (1) His return to establish the
kingdom; (2) His return for us at death; (3) His return to us with peace when we are troubled; but
rather, (4) His bodily return for His own-the rapture. Four times in this chapter Jesus promises to
"come again" (see Chart 46). Each of these promises reveals a different aspect of His new
going home to the Father. Out of this answer grows the second question, "We know not whither
5 Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither thou goest; and how can we know
the way?
6 Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the
Chart 45
(JOHN 14:2,3)
1. Many mansions
2. I am preparing a place
3. I will come again for you
4. You will be where I am
7 If ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also: and from henceforth ye
The second question, relating to the way to the Father's house, was asked by Thomas,
who was the first disciple to confess willingness to die with Jesus (11:16) but the last to believe
in the resurrection (20:24-28). Thomas has been dubbed "the doubter" for his questions. This is
another question that gives insight into his character. This question occasioned one of the most
memorable and significant revelations of Christ. Using the "I am" (ego eimi) formula again,
Jesus responded, "I am the way, the truth, and the life" (14:6). Any one of these three claims
The word hodos (way) literally means "road" or "highway." In the context of the language
used here, Jesus is the, highway to heaven. As He Himself explained, "No man cometh unto the
Father, but by me" (14:6). The New Testament teaches the exclusiveness of Christ as the only
Saviour. This was not only claimed by Christ but also acknowledged by His disciples (Acts
that followers of Jesus were described as being "of the way" (Acts 9:2; 19:9,23; 22:4; 24:14,22).
Jesus had earlier identified Himself with both truth and life, which are divine attributes.
Since Christ is the source of life and truth, He must also be the way to God Himself. He is so
closely identified with the Father that we need not look away from Jesus to see the Father. His
Jesus tells His disciples that He is the way to the Father and to mansions in heaven. The
third question is raised by analytical Philip, not about the house, but about God the Father.
Actually it is not a question, but it implies that Jesus should respond to the inquiry, "Shew us the
Father" (14:8).
8 Philip saith unto him, Lord, shew us the Father, and it sufficeth us.
The third question in this discourse is really a request. Jesus' constant emphasis on the
Father during His ministry and the deep intimacy that existed between the Father and the Son
must have often aroused the curiosity of the disciples. In the unusually free atmosphere of the
upper room, perhaps Philip now felt free to request something he had wanted for a long time—he
Philip may have had a vision or theophany in mind when he requested that Jesus show
them the Father. Jesus, however, explained that the disciples were witnesses to the revelation of
and the Father, so much so that they could be identified as the same being. "He that hath seen me
hath seen the Father" (14:9). Since Christ was so conscious of His identity with His Father, He
expressed surprise when the disciples failed to recognize it by now. Philip demonstrated his lack
of understanding when he asked for an experience inferior to those he had experienced daily in
his contacts with God incarnate (1:18). Actually, Jesus gave three answers to his question, as
9 Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known
me, Philip? he that hath seen me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Shew us the
Father?
10 Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in me? the words that I speak
unto you I speak not of myself: but the Father that dwelleth in me, he doeth the works.
11 Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father in me: or else believe me for the
A. The Father Revealed Through Jesus' Words and Works (14:9-11). Jesus' initial
response to Philip serves as a reminder to every believer of the need to continue growing in his
Christian experience. Philip was one of the earliest of the disciples and began with perhaps the
fullest understanding of Christ (1:45). Still, after three and a half years of close association with
Him, he failed to understand the nature of Jesus. John uses the verb egnokas (know, 14:9),
meaning “come to know” or "perceive." Many older Christians will agree there are always new
continue growing.
The mystery of the Trinity is one of the most difficult of all doctrines to understand, and
over the years there have been many erroneous views taught. One of these known as modalism
taught that the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit were merely different descriptions, or different
modes, of the same person. Sometimes followers of this view are characterized as "Jesus only"
Christians. Their position is based in part on their interpretation of verses ten and eleven.
However, when Jesus spoke of the Father and Himself as one, He was referring to their spiritual
union and not claiming they were the same person . The basic error of modalism is that it denies
the eternity and distinctiveness of the three Persons of the Trinity. Earlier in this gospel, John
has demonstrated that both the Father and the Son have existed from eternity past (1:1,2).
Jesus again appealed to His disciples to believe Him (14:11). The use of the plural verb
pisteuete suggests the request made by Philip was also the desire of the other disciples. Jesus
calls them to faith in His person and works (14:11). These men had seen Jesus and understood
who He was better than any others. They should have believed because of who He was, but if
not, they should have believed because they saw Jesus accomplish His messianic works (see
Daniel 9:24).
12 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do
also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father.
B. The Father Revealed Through Believers (14:12-15). Jesus promised that His disciples
would accomplish greater works than even Jesus had accomplished because He was going to His
Father. Some Christians erroneously apply this verse to contemporary miracle workers, claiming
Jesus promised Christians would do greater miracles than Christ. The word erga (works) when
used in this gospel, however, never refers to miracles unless those miracles were related to
Christ's completing His messianic work. Those who tend to apply this verse to signs and
These meizona (greater) works are not thought of here as necessarily greater in quality but
rather greater in quantity. Christ ultimately completed His messianic works on the cross. While
Christ provided salvation not only for the nation but also the whole world, comparatively few
individuals were personally brought to faith by Christ during His earthly ministry. These greater
works refer to the conversion of great numbers of sinners, the greatest work in all the world.
The Father is revealed through believers not only in these greater works, but also through
a new privilege in prayer. Jesus urged His disciples to "ask in my name" (14:13). Praying in the
name of Jesus means more than concluding with the benediction, "in Jesus' name, Amen." The
name of an individual identifies his person and credibility. When we pray in Jesus' name, we are
husband's bank card. The sale is made on the basis of her husband's credibility as expressed in
his credit rating. While most credit cards have fixed spending limits, when we pray in Jesus'
name, there is no limit for what we may ask. Twice Christ promises concerning such prayer, "I
The true disciple will not only trust God for great answers to prayer, he will also
demonstrate his love for Christ by keeping His commandments (14:15). The verb teresete (keep)
is a future active verb. The meaning here is that as long as we love Jesus, we will be keeping His
commandments. The emphasis is on a love that expresses itself in obedience, rather than
16 And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide
17 Even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not,
neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.
19 Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; but ye see me: because I live, ye
20 At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in me, and I in you.
loveth me shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself to him.
C. The Father Revealed Through the Indwelling Spirit (14:16-21). In the context of
Jesus promising us answers to prayer, He reveals the greatest thing for which we may ask the
presence and power of the Holy Spirit in our lives. Jesus now promises the disciples He will ask
the Father to send them a Comforter (14:16). Though the Holy Spirit was already dwelling with
the disciples by His omnipresence, He was to come to them in a special sense (14:17) and would
fulfill a special ministry as "another Comforter" (14:16). The word parakleton (comforter)
literally means "one summoned to the side of another to help." It was used of the advocate or
lawyer who pleaded his client's case, the tutor who instructed his pupils, the doctor who comes to
the bedside of a sick patient to treat the disease, a friend pleading the cause of another, or one
who comes to encourage and comfort. John uses this term four times as a title of the Holy Spirit
(14:16,26; 15:26; 16:7) and once as a title of Christ (1 John 2:1). His use of the word allon
(another, 14:16) rather than the more usual heteron (another of a different kind) is significant in
that allon refers to another of the same kind. The Comforter who is the Holy Spirit (14:26), like
the Son is one with the Father in nature, though all are different personalities.
Another title of the Holy Spirit used by Jesus is "Spirit of truth" (14:17). The Spirit who
is and has the truth of God is portrayed in Scripture as revealing truth, testifying to the truth, and
defending the truth. John later contrasts Him (the Spirit of Truth) with the spirit of error (I John
4:6). When Ananias and Sapphira attempted to lie to the Spirit of Truth, they paid with their
Jesus described the Holy Spirit in two relationships with His disciples. First, He noted
the Holy Spirit was "with you," and then added, "and shall be in you" (14:17). The expression
par humin (with you) means "by your side" or "at home with you." In the Old Testament, the
Holy Spirit is generally (but not exclusively) described as with God's people. In the New
Jesus promised, "I will not leave you comfortless" (14:18). John here uses the word
orphanous (comfortless), a word used only one other time in the New Testament (James 1:27).
Literally, He is promising not to leave us fatherless orphans. The Everlasting Father (Isaiah 9:6)
When Christ speaks in this discourse of a future coming, sometimes He means His
spiritual coming at Pentecost (14:18), and sometimes His second advent (14:3). Though
physically and visibly He would leave His disciples and go to the Father, yet spiritually and
invisibly He would come to them and remain with them (14:23). He leaves and yet remains; He
Jesus began to explain the mystery of the union of Christ and the believer. He spoke of
"ye in me, and I in you" (14:20). This is the phenomenon Jesus later attempted to explain with
the metaphor of the vine and the branches (15:1-7). He told His disciples He would manifest
TO US?
1. By indwelling us (14:16)
2. Through the Word of God (14:21)
This manifestation was more than a mental exercise, remembering what Christ looked like,
which would have involved the more common verb deloo. John here uses emphaniso (manifest),
meaning "a manifestation of sight." Concerning this word Westcott notes, "It conveys more than
the disclosing of an undiscovered presence, or the manifesting of a hidden one.”42 With the eye
of faith the disciples would see Christ manifested to them but not to the world.
The disciples were told Christ would manifest Himself to them (14:20), yet He told them
"the world cannot receive" (14:17). This knowledge raises a question, "How is it that thou wilt
22 Judas saith unto him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest thyself unto
The fourth question in this discourse was asked by Judas also called Thaddaeus and
Lebbaeus. It was the final question asked of Jesus by any disciple prior to the cross. This Judas
was not Judas Iscariot, who had already left to make final preparations for the betrayal of Christ.
Apart from the listing of the apostles, this is the only mention of this Judas in the New
Testament. What a contrast in these two Judases. At that moment Judas Iscariot was receiving
thirty pieces of silver, the price of blood, for the betrayal of his Master. The other Judas was at
the same time in intimate fellowship with Jesus, asking about the nature of intimate Christianity.
Jesus' statement concerning a manifestation to the disciples but not to the world must
have caught Judas, and perhaps the other disciples, off guard. The expression ti gegonen hoti
(how is it that, 14:22) suggests an expression of surprise. In essence he was asking, "What has
happened to cause this change in plans?" Even forty days later, some disciples were hoping for
an immediate setting up of the Davidic kingdom (Acts 1:6). Jesus' use of the verb emphaniso
may have caused Judas to think the manifestation of the Son to the world in judgment may have
been cancelled (see 5:27-30). Jesus answered Judas's question noting the three ways Christ is
DOUBLE TRANSFERENCE
23 Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love me, he will keep my words: and my
Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him.
A. By Fellowship (14:23). Jesus explained that if the disciples would continue loving
Him and keeping His words, both He and the Father would indwell them (14:23). Thus the
believer is not only the temple of the Holy Spirit, but also the dwelling place of the Father and
Son. It is interesting to note Jesus used the same word monen (mansion, 14:2) describing both
the dwelling place He is preparing in heaven and the dwelling place the believer prepares for the
24 He that loveth me not keepeth not my sayings: and the word which ye hear is not mine,
25 These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you.
he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said
unto you.
B. By the Indwelling Spirit (14:24-26). Again Jesus speaks of the ministry of the Holy
Spirit in the lives of the disciples, this time emphasizing His role as their teacher, reminding
them of all that Christ had taught. In the promise of the Holy Spirit's teaching ministry to the
apostles, we have what Scofield calls "Christ's pre-authentication of the New Testament."43
According to Alford, "It is the fulfillment of this promise to the apostles, that their sufficiency as
witnesses of all that the Lord did and taught, and consequently the authenticity of the Gospel
narrative, is grounded."44
27 Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto
28 Ye have heard how I said unto you, I go away, and come again unto you. If ye loved
me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father: for my Father is greater than 1.
29 And now I have told you before it come to pass, that, when it is come to pass, ye might
believe.
30 Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and hath
nothing in me.
C. By Inner Peace (14:27-31). The third way Christ manifests Himself to the believer is
through the unique peace He gives. The word used here is not the usual shalom (peace) but
rather eirenen—the spiritual peace only Christ can give (14:27; 16:33) and which can be offered
as a result of the incarnation (see Luke 2:14). This peace includes both peace with God (Romans
Our Lord's going away would be a gain to Himself as well as to His disciples. It was a
gain to Christ because it would involve a restoration of the divine glory which He surrendered
temporarily when He became a man (Philippians 2:911). It was a gain to His disciples because it
would mean the completion of His work on their behalf. In this way we understand the
statement, "My Father is greater than I" (14:28)—not greater in nature or dignity, but greater in
task. He is the Father, and Christ is the Son; He sends, and Christ is sent; and, especially at the
time the words were spoken, He was God in heaven, while Christ was God-man on earth.
Remember, the Trinity is the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit; equal in nature, separate in person,
This chapter concludes with the words of Jesus, "Arise, let us go hence" (14:31). Some
commentators view these words as an indication that the disciples now left the upper room and
began making their way through the streets of Jerusalem toward Gethsemane. Other
commentators note the word agomen was used of armies going into battle to meet death (see
11:7,16). They argue Jesus used this word in a motivational way much as a missionary speaker
view is that Jesus meant to leave the upper room at this time, but the disciples lingered at the
table so the discourse continued. Chapters thirteen through sixteen should be viewed as a single
discourse, even if it might have been taught in different places. After the conclusion of Christ's
high priestly prayer, it is certain the disciples crossed into the garden (18:1).
CHRIST—THE VINE
JOHN 15:1—16:4
The foundation of the Christian life is the believer's union and communion with Christ,
which is the central truth of the metaphor of the vine and the branches. One cannot read the New
Testament without realizing the tremendous importance that early Christians placed on the fact
that they were in Christ and Christ was in them. The close identification of the believer with
Christ is variously described in the epistles, but never so vividly as when Christ illustrated His
relationship to believers by the relationship of the vine and its branches. When one examines a
natural vine that is never trimmed, it is difficult to determine where the vine ends and the
branches begin. So it should be difficult to tell when a believer is inspired by Christ or by self.
Just as the total bush is the vine, so the total life of the believer should be inspired by Christ. The
relationship between the believer and his Lord is so intertwined it is almost impossible to speak
The message of the vine in this chapter sets forth the vital and intimate union of the
believer with Christ. Spiritual life and fruitfulness have their source in Him and are a token of
the reality of that union. One might well ask what prompted Christ to use the analogy of the vine
at this point. Several possibilities have been suggested. First, the fruit of the vine was in the cup
used at the Passover meal, and Christ referred to it in the communion cup (Matthew 26:27). If
this discussion began in the upper room, Jesus may have been drawing attention to the cup.
walls. Third, it may have been possible to look out from the city and see the fires burning in the
vineyards. The dead vines that were trimmed in the winter were burned during the cold spring
nights to keep the frost from killing new growth. The sight of these fires could have prompted
verse six. Fourth, some believe these words were spoken in or near the temple area in sight of
the golden vine on the temple's bronze gate. Still others suggest the imagery of Israel as a vine in
the Old Testament (Isaiah 5:1-7) was the idea that inspired these words and nothing physical in
The account of the vine and its branches is an analogy of the disciples' relationship with
Christ (15:1-11). Jesus then instructed them concerning their relationship with one another
(15:12-17). Finally, this chapter includes Jesus' words concerning the believer's relationship with
COMMUNION (15:1-11)
2 Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away: and every branch that beareth
3 Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you.
5 I am the vine, ye are the branches: He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same
6 If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather
them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned.
7 If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be
9 As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love.
11 These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your
This chapter begins with the seventh "I am" spoken by Christ in this gospel, "I am the true
vine." The grapevine was a common sight in Israel and vineyards so plenteous that the vine
became the national symbol of Israel. A golden vine had been engraved on the temple gate and
had been used as a symbol on Maccabean coins. Throughout the Old Testament, God had used
the image of a vine or vineyard to describe the nation of Israel (Psalms 80:8; Isaiah 5:1-7;
(15:1), He was drawing on an obvious parallel. The word alethine (true) is repeatedly used by
Jesus in this gospel to distinguish His reality and genuineness from that which is false and unreal.
His use' of true implies there is a false vine. Although God often talked of Israel as a vine in the
Old Testament, in contrast Jesus is the real or genuine vine. A vine that is cared for and carefully
pruned by the husbandman will consistently bear fruit. Israel was never a vine like this.
Jesus noted, "Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away" (15:2).
Theologians debate the unfruitful branch which is apparently cast away. First, some say it
represents the true believer apostasizing. Arminians make reference to this passage to claim that
the Christian who does not abide in Christ is taken from Him and his salvation is lost. Second,
those who believe in eternal security interpret this as a mere professor of Christianity who was
never truly united to Christ. Third, others interpret this passage with a primary emphasis on fruit
bearing, not salvation. The fourth and probable solution is seen in the word airei (taketh away).
This word is the root for resurrection (to take up). The focus here is fruitbearing; the
vinedresser does not cut away a vine because it has no fruit but gently lifts it up to the sun so it
has an opportunity to bear fruit. The first step of Christ is not judgment but encouragement.
A generally accepted view is that the branches in this illustration represent all Christians.
Simply, fruitfulness is the result of being a Christian. Note in Chart 49 the four levels of fruit
produce and do not produce fruit, but with a different purpose for each (see 15:2,6). The barren
branches are removed so as to not affect the health of the rest of the vine (15:6), but the fruit-
bearing branches are also pruned. The word karpon (fruit) is singular, implying one's character
as in the fruit (singular) of the Spirit (Galatians 5:22). However, the abiding life will attract,
convict, and lead to conversion of others. Hence, He also is implying soul winning.
John uses the verb kathairei (purgeth) literally meaning "he cleans." The present active
indicative means He is continually at work. Vinedressers often prune severely the branches that
produce fruit, resulting in a more abundant harvest in the next season. The purpose clause with
hina and the present active subjunctive of phero means "that it may keep on bearing more and
more fruit." Again, Jesus reminds His disciples "ye are clean through the word which I have
spoken unto you" (15:3). This cleansing is the first condition of a fruitful life; here it is
The first condition of the abiding life is cleansing; the second condition of a fruitful life is
abiding in Christ. By continually abiding in Christ, the one who has been pruned to bring forth
more fruit will bring forth much fruit (15:5). Apart from its attachment to the vine, the branch is
totally useless. Not only is it incapable of producing fruit, the wood of the vine is of such an
inferior quality, it was not even permitted to be burned on the temple altar.
1. No fruit (15:2)
2. Fruit (15:2)
3. More fruit (15:2)
4. Much fruit (15:5)
The verb meinate (abide) essentially means "remain" or “stay." The secret of fruitfulness
is found in abiding (or remaining) in the True Vine, and not by the effort of the branches trying to
produce grapes. John captured the secret of abiding in his later epistle, "And he that keepeth his
commandments dwelleth [abideth] in him, and he in him. And hereby we know that he abideth
in us, by the Spirit which he hath given us" (1 John 3:24). Abiding cannot come without
obedience. Notice again the double transference of the believer in Christ and Christ in the
The challenge of verse six is interpreted at least four ways. First, the one who does not
bear fruit is to lose his salvation because he is "cast forth" into the judgment of hell. Second,
some see the third class condition of if and view it as a warning against presuming to be saved.
This is the professing Christian who does not possess eternal life; he is "cast forth" into
judgement. A third interpretation is that this is a believer who loses his reward. The verse
his rewards being lost (1 Corinthians 3:12-15). The fire is not a reference to hell, where the
unsaved are punished, but to the fire of the bema judgment where Christians are judged (Romans
14:10; 2 Corinthians 5:10). The fourth interpretation implies the premature death of the believer
who does not abide in Christ. "Men gather them" is a reference to the angels who take the souls
of believers at death to God; the fire is a reference to the bema judgment as presented in the third
interpretation. This truth is illustrated by Ananias and Sapphira (Acts 5:1-11), those who sleep
because of sin at the Lord's table (I Corinthians 11:28-30), and the sin unto death (1 John 5:16).
Jesus gives an astounding promise and command. The words thelethe aitesasthe (ask
what ye will, 15:7) are aorist middle imperative and have the force of a direct order "ask," not "if
you ask." However, there is a condition to getting answers to prayer. The believer must be in
The word herein (15:8) points backward to union with Christ and forward to fruit
bearing. Abiding in Christ and producing fruit is not an end in-itself but rather to the end of
bringing glory to the Father. Jesus said the Father is glorified when we abide and produce fruit.
Further, in producing much fruit, we are becoming Christ's disciples. The verb genesesthe (so
shall ye be, 15:8-) is in the future tense, emphasizing that true discipleship is a growing
experience. Some older Christians enter a kind of semiretirement in their service for God. The
result of such inaction is twofold. First, they stop glorifying the Father because they no longer
produce fruit. Also, they will fall short of a level of discipleship they could have attained had
this discourse (14:15), there is an indissoluble bond linking our love for Christ and our
subsequent willingness to obey and keep His commandments. The result of this obedience and
meeting the conditions of the fruitful life is a sense of personal fulfillment. The verb plerothei
(fulfilled) is used by -John here to describe the progressive fulfillment of the disciples' joy
(15:11). Their joy comes from inner fulfillment of fruit bearing and is different from and in
The metaphor of the vine and the branches does not adequately express the full
relationship between Christians and their Lord. The vine and branches are not human-so there
can be no affection between them. Believers, on the other hand, are objects of Christ's love.
(15:12-17)
Chart 50
1. My love (15:9)
2. My commandments (15:10)
3. My joy (15:11)
13 Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.
15 Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth;
but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known
unto you.
16 Ye have not chosen me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go
and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father
If believers are in fellowship with one another as they are with Christ, then love surely
ought to characterize all their mutual relationships (15:12,17). They constitute a company of
friends, Jesus being the greatest Friend of all and proving His friendship by dying for them. Such
as our Friend serves to demonstrate the ideal nature of our relationship with other believers.
The expression of Christ's friendship was the cross, a display of sacrificial love (15:13).
"If God so loved us, we ought also to love one another" (1 John 4:11). Further, the effect of
Christ's friendship was a change in our relationship. Jesus no longer calls us servants but friends
(15:15). The word doulous (servants) referred literally to slaves and was a title applied to the
servants of God in both testaments (Deuteronomy 34:5; Joshua 24:29; Psalms 89:20; Titus 1:1;
James 1:1). In the Old Testament, only Abraham was identified as a friend of God (2 Chronicles
20:7; Isaiah 41:8; James 2:23). But now every believer can enter this unique relationship and
Jesus reminded His disciples that He had chosen them and ordained them. The word
etheka (ordained) does not refer to an ecclesiastical service, but rather means "to set," "to put," or
"to place," and therefore has the idea of appointing someone to service rather than giving a
religious position. While we are friends and not servants, there is still a service to which we are
a pointed with the end of producing fruit. Note the various kinds of fruit listed in Chart 51 that
(15:8—16:4)
treatment which was afforded their Master. In light of the context of this statement, just hours
before His arrest and crucifixion, this is indeed a solemn warning. Most Christians will never
experience conditions as bad as their Master did. In light of the cross, the things that we
otherwise find so irritating and bothersome somehow fade away. When we know how bad our
Chart 51
(PSALMS 1:3)
Fruit Evidenced In
19 If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the
world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.
20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If
they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will
21 But all these things will they do unto you for my name's sake, because they know not
22 If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no
24 If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had
sin; but now have they both seen and hated both me and my Father.
25 But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law,
A. Hatred for Christ (15:18-25). Jesus began this warning by reminding His disciples
the world hated Him and would also hate them. The construction ei . . . misei forms a firstclass
conditional sentence which assumes the condition to be true and existing. Translating the
indicative mood of this verb in this context, Jesus' warning begins, "Since the world hates you,
word translated in English New Testaments as "hate," "detest," and 11 abhor." Jesus chose that
term to describe the attitude of the world toward Him and His disciples. The world would be
friendly (ephilei) with the disciple if the disciple were of the world, but friendship with the world
results in enmity with God (James 4:4). When given the alternatives, the disciple has no choice
but to anticipate opposition from the world, knowing that when it comes it vindicates his
discipleship.
Jesus reminds His disciples that a servant is not greater than his Master (15:20; see
13:16). Earlier He used this proverb to explain their need to serve one another. Now He reminds
them of a second implication of this same proverb. If the master had been persecuted, and He
had, the servants should not think they would escape the same treatment. The verb dioko
(persecuted, 15:20) originally meant to run off as one might try to chase a dog out of his garden.
Later this word was used of running quickly in order to overtake as an athlete might do in
competition (see Philippians 3:12). Finally, it came to mean pursuing with hostile intent and was
used generally of molesting or harassing an individual. These disciples had seen the Jews
becoming increasingly hostile toward their Master over the last two years and were about to see
those hostile attitudes achieve their desired end. Now it was to become the disciples' turn to face
One might wonder why anyone could so strongly oppose the Lord. Jesus explained that this
opposition sprang from two sources. First, they were acting in ignorance (15:21). If they had
known God who had sent Christ, their reaction would have been different. But they persecuted
their sin, in particular exposing their sin of unbelief (15:22). If they had listened carefully to the
message of Jesus and heeded His instructions, both problems would have been resolved. They
would have believed and come to know God. Therefore, Jesus was also correct when He cited
the Scripture, "They hated me without a cause" (15:25; see Psalms 35:19; 69:4).
Chart 52
PERSECUTION
26 But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the
Spirit of truth, which proceedeth from the Father, he shall testify of me:
27 And ye also shall bear witness, because ye have been with me from the beginning.
B. Testimony of the Holy Spirit (15:26,27). In the midst of hatred and persecution, God
promises His presence. The Holy Spirit, God Himself, will be with us to testify of the indwelling
Christ. Under the law of God, two witnesses are required to establish a matter (Numbers 35:30;
Deuteronomy 17:6). Jesus here speaks of the Holy Spirit testifying and the apostles bearing
inspired by the divine author (the Holy Spirit); it is the product of two divinely selected witnesses
(15:27).
Jesus here speaks of the Holy Spirit "which proceedeth from [beside] the Father" (15:26).
The phrase para tou patros ekporeuetai (proceedeth) should be translated "from beside the
Father," because the Holy Spirit is equal with the Father in nature. If Jesus said, "from within the
Father," it would have made the Holy Spirit less than equal with the Father. The Spirit would
have been from within the Father, as perhaps an attribute. Christ states: (1) The Father, Son, and
Holy Spirit are three separate persons. "He shall testify" has an emphatic masculine pronoun, not
neuter. (2) The Holy Spirit is sent by Christ and the Father to testify of Christ. (3) The Holy Spirit
sent from beside the Father implies He has always been in that position before being sent, hence
the deity of the Holy Spirit. (4) The Holy Spirit is God, and the Holy Spirit is a separate person
from the Father and the Son but is submissive to the duties of the Father and Son. (5) Therefore,
the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are equal in nature, separate in person, and submissive in duties.
This is the key verse in the doctrine of the eternal procession of the Spirit. The eternal
procession of the Spirit is similar in nature to the eternal generation of the Son (Psalms 2:7). One
notable difference is that eternal generation links the Father to the Son, whereas eternal
procession links both the Father and the Son to the Holy Spirit. The word procession is used by
theologians to describe the official duty, not the essential nature, of the Holy Spirit to the other
These things have I spoken unto you, that ye should not be offended.
3 And these things will they do unto you, because they have not known the Father, nor
me.
4 But these things have I told you, that when the time shall come, ye may remember that I
told you of them. And these things I said not unto you at the beginning, because I was with you.
C. Hatred for God's People (1 6:1-4). Jesus had a purpose for giving His disciples the
bad news now and not when they began to follow Him. During His ministry, Jesus knew He
would be attracting most of the opposition to Himself, but He was there to help sustain His
disciples if they should stumble (16:4). Now, however, He was going to heaven and wanted to
warn the disciples so they would not be offended when the persecution came. The word
skandalisthete (offended, 16:1) means "caused to stumble." The opposition and hatred that they
would receive from the world would be so severe and offensive that it could cause many to
stumble in their faith. Perhaps the most difficult aspect of this opposition is that much of it
comes apparently in the name of God and as an expression of blind zeal for God.
The Lord mentioned two specific expressions of this hatred that the disciples would have
found extremely hard to bear (16:2). First, they would be expelled from the synagogue. While
such an action may have little impact on Christians today, it could devastate the Jewish
Christians of the early church. To be expelled from the synagogue was to be cut off socially
from a society of family and friends. Some rabbis taught God would not hear prayers unless they
cut off from God Himself. Second, men would kill Christians as a service for God. The verb
latreian (service) was the very word used to describe the service of the priest at the altar.
Living for and serving Christ after the cross was not going to be easy. Jesus did not
attempt in any way to minimize the danger ahead. In doing so, He was not trying to discourage
His disciples but rather challenge them to meet the difficulties ahead with a spirit of readiness.
During a particularly difficult period in the Second World War, Sir Winston Churchill motivated
the British people to continue the fight with his famous "blood, sweat, and tears" speech
promising the nation a long period of problems with only the remotest chance of success. The
difference here is that Jesus, unlike Churchill, could unconditionally guarantee the ultimate
victory (16:33).
JOHN 16:5-33
5 But now I go my way to him that sent me; and none of you asketh me, Whither goest
thou?
6 But because I have said these things unto you, sorrow hath filled your heart.
In this chapter Jesus finishes the Upper Room Discourse by pointing His disciples to the
work of the Holy Spirit. Since the Holy Spirit is sent to meet a need, Jesus reminds His
followers that "sorrow hath filled your heart" (16:6) because of unjust persecution. But in the
center of hatred, Jesus reminds them that they will be sustained by the presence of the Holy
Spirit.
The mood of the disciples had changed. They were saddened by what Jesus was telling
them and had begun to realize the end was near. Four times in this chapter John uses a form of
the verb lupe, meaning "inward grief" or "sorrow" to describe the emotional state of the disciples
(16:6, 20-22). This is the only time he uses this verb in the gospel. This word was used to
describe every kind of pain, physical or emotional, though the pain may not be outwardly
expressed. It describes an inner pain that cuts so deep, it hurts too much to cry. In describing
"have sorrow" (16:22), John was emphasizing the overwhelming nature of the grief that was
gripping the disciples. One way that Jesus encourages His disciples is to liken the sorrow of the
In their sorrow, the disciples had considered only themselves. Jesus noted they had been
filled with sorrow (16:6). The disciples, they were thinking of their grief and pain without the
Lord to sustain them. Yet in all this there was no consideration that it was Jesus who would
suffer the agony of the cross. Jesus, perhaps noticing the mood change among the disciples, says,
"And none of you asketh me, Whither goest thou?" (16:5). A. T. Robertson observes, "Now that
they realize that Jesus is going, the thoughts of the disciples turn on themselves and they cease
asking the query of Peter (13:36).45 It was in this context of their pressing need that the disciples
would learn that the Holy Spirit would sustain them and that they could enjoy the victorious
peace of Christ.
In their sorrow the disciples first needed to learn of the One Jesus called "the Comforter"
(16:7). In His explanation of the Holy Spirit's ministry, the Lord first explained that ministry in
the world (16:7-11) and then spoke of His ministry to the believer (16:12-15).
7 Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not
away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you.
8 And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of
judgment:
A. His Ministry to the World (16:7-11). The disciples had difficulty conceiving of life
without Jesus, but as He explained, His departure was to their benefit. The word sumpherei
(expedient, 16:7) is a compound word from sun (together) and phero (to bear or bring).
Expedient conveyed the idea of bringing one together with good things—profitable. This
expression is used twice in the gospel, here by Jesus and earlier by Caiaphas (11:50). Both times
In these verses, John uses three different words to describe the departure of Christ. The
first word, apeltho (16:7), means “go away,” expressing a departure or leaving. Later in the same
verse, the word poreutho (go) is used, meaning "to depart for a specific purpose"—so He could
send the Comforter. The third word, hupago (I am going, 16:10), emphasizes a departure that
affects a personal relationship-He is separating Himself. In this way, Jesus reveals progressively
Because of Jesus' departure, the disciples gain the Comforter (16:7). Again, John uses ou
me, a strong double negative, in the phrase "the Comforter will not come," to emphasize the
certainty that the Holy Spirit would definitely not come if Jesus did not depart. On the other
hand, when Jesus departs He sends the Holy Spirit because of His love and compassion.
there are three genders—masculine, feminine, and neuter. Normally a pronoun is chosen to agree
with the gender of the noun it is replacing. Although the word spirit is neuter, John here uses
masculine pronouns to emphasize the personhood of the Holy Spirit. In other places in Scripture
a neuter pronoun is used for the Holy Spirit in keeping with correct grammar.
The word elegxei (reprove, 16:8) literally means "convict.11 The word convict means "to
refute an adversary completely," "to demonstrate guilt so the truth of the charge will be
acknowledged." It implies demonstrating the opponent's guilt to him. The Latin derivative of
convict is "to cause one to see." Hence when one is convicted of sin, he sees his sin. This can
result in guilt, remorse, sorrow, and fear. Although conviction is often expressed with tears, the
Three times John uses the preposition peri in verse eight. Although consistently
translated "of" not only here and in the verse following, a better translation might be "in respect
to" or "concerning." It is not only that the Holy Spirit will convict or cause an unbeliever to see
the nature of sin, righteousness, and judgment, but the unbeliever will experience personal guilt
associated with this action. These verses are quite often misinterpreted. Sin is taken to mean
actual sins, so that the Holy Spirit would make a person feel sorrow for an actual sin.
Righteousness is usually interpreted to mean "good works," so that the Holy Spirit convicts a
person of the good works that he has not done, such as attending church or tithing. Judgment is
usually interpreted to mean the coming Great White Throne Judgment, so that the Holy Spirit
The areas in which the Holy Spirit convicts are identified as sin, righteousness, and
judgment. The word harmartias (sin, 16:9) is a general word for sin describing it as missing the
mark. Jesus identifies the one area in which all men miss the mark as unbelief (16:9). Therefore
the Holy Spirit causes people to see their unbelief. The righteousness referred to is Christ
Himself (16:10). The Apostle Paul identified Christ as the righteousness of the believer (I
Corinthians 1:30). Jesus Christ is the righteous standard, and when unbelievers are convicted,
they see themselves in light of Christ. This is much greater than being compared to good works.
Men will also be convicted to judgment because Satan has been judged (16:11). The verb
kekritai (judged) is a perfect passive indicative form of the verb meaning "to judge." It is
completed action and refers to the cross judgment of Jesus Christ (12:3133). The Holy Spirit
convicts unbelievers today, based on the past cross judgment where Satan was judged.
12 I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.
13 Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he
shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will shew you
things to come.
14 He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you.
15 All things that the Father hath are mine: therefore said I, that he shall take of mine, and
from the Holy Spirit's ministry to the world, to His ministry to the believer. "I have yet many
things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now" (16:12). The verb bastazein (bear) literally
means "to carry off." This word is used in this literal sense of Judas holding or bearing the purse
for the disciples and of Jesus bearing the sin of the world on the cross. Here the word is used in a
more figurative sense of bearing, that of internalizing (see Acts 15:10). He was telling the
disciples they were unable to understand the rest of what He wished to teach them. This could
have been because of their emotional state at the time or their spiritual blindness that made them
unable to comprehend spiritual truth. Understanding the principle of learning readiness, Jesus
explained that the Holy Spirit would complete their education at a later time.
One of the ministries of the Holy Spirit to believers is guiding them into truth, which is
spiritual illumination. The verb hodegesei (guide) is a compound word from hodos (way) and
hegeomai (to lead). Earlier in this discourse, Jesus had identified Himself as "the way, the truth,
and the life" (14:6). Now He explained the Spirit of truth would guide them concerning that way.
The word pasan (all) should probably be read as an adverb modifying this verb and be translated
II completely": "He will completely lead you into truth." The guidance of the Holy Spirit in
revealing New Testament truth to the apostles was complete, not partial. Therefore, the adverb
complete implies the inspiration, inerrancy, and authority of the New Testament. The Holy Spirit
completely led the disciples when they were writing revelation. By way of application, the
means whereby the Holy Spirit guides the believer into truth today is the Word of God (see
Psalms 25:5).
come (16:13). The verb anaggelei (show) literally means He will "declare" or "announce." This
was the verb used of formal preaching of the Gospel (Acts 20:20; 1 Peter 1:12; 1 John 1:5). The
content which the Holy Spirit will declare is described as "things to come." This is the only
occurrence of this phrase in the New Testament. Some interpret this to mean only eschatology or
the events surrounding the second coming of Christ. Probably this is a reference to the coming
doctrines that they will write in the New Testament, most of which were revealed after these
words were spoken. In addition to eschatological truths, these also included the doctrines of
ecclesiology, pneumatology, and the union of the believer with Christ and his transformation into
the image of Christ. These areas are the underlying themes of the epistles.
A third area of the Holy Spirit's ministry to the believer is that of glorifying Christ. The
duty of the Holy Spirit is to glorify Jesus Christ. Certain charismatic or Pentecostal movements
claim a particular relationship with the Holy Spirit. They tend to glorify the Holy Spirit.
However, notice the priorities. The Holy Spirit does not glorify Himself (16:13). Also, the Holy
Spirit does not glorify personalities, preachers, the virgin Mary, a church, or church ordinances.
The Holy Spirit glorifies Jesus Christ. If a person or group is glorifying someone or something
other than Christ, it is not biblical. When one surveys the New Testament, he sees the prominent
place of Christ not only in the epistles but also in the recorded sermons in Acts.
Here we have the ministry of the Holy Spirit in the church and, in particular, in the
guidance of the apostles in receiving and communicating the revelation of spiritual truth. Just as
the Son revealed the Father and glorified Him, so the Holy Spirit will reveal and glorify the Son.
Apparently, Jesus purposely expressed Himself in a riddle stating, "A little while, and ye
shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father"
(16:16). just as He asked questions to get His listeners to think through what He was saying, here
He permitted His
Chart 54
disciples to be puzzled over His statement, both individually and with one another.
16 A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me,
because I go to the Father. 17 Then said some of his disciples among themselves, What is this
that he saith unto us, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall
18 They said therefore, What is this that he saith, A little while? we cannot tell what he
saith.
enquire among yourselves of that I said, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little
A. The Perplexity (16:16-19). Now that this statement about not seeing Him has been
fulfilled, it is easy for us to recognize the meaning of this apparently contradictory statement.
When Jesus said, "A little while, and ye shall not see me," He was predicting His death. As He
continued, "And again, a little while, and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father," He
prophesied of His resurrection and ministry among the disciples for forty days before the
ascension. Many commentators interpret verse eighteen as the "I give up" attitude of the
apostles. They did not understand because neither the death nor resurrection had occurred. Jesus
uses two different verbs for see to describe what will eventually happen to them (16:16). The
first verb, theoreite (to see) means "to behold" or "to gaze upon." It implies some degree of
intensity in the physical act of seeing. The second verb, opsesthe, is used by John of insight or
understanding spiritual realities (see 1:51; 16:22). This verb emphasizes the discernment that is
the result of either physical or spiritual sight. Within a few hours these disciples would lose sight
Jesus as He would be physically removed from their presence. They would not see Him. But
within a few days they would come to a greater realization of spiritual truth a forever after have a
Again John reminds us of the omniscient knowledge Christ. The disciples did not
understand Jesus' statement and some were asking one another about it, but no o thought of
asking Jesus Himself. Still, Jesus perceived (egno, 16:19) their desire. So He asked and
embarrassed to ask another question after having already asked several. Jesus' willingness to
answer even an unasked question reminds us we need never be embarrassed about coming to
Him with any problem or need, even if it seems a if we have already done so recently.
20 Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep and lament, but the world shall
rejoice: and ye shall be sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned into joy.
21 A woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, because her hour is come: but as soon as
she is delivered of the child, she remembereth no more the anguish, for joy that a man is born
22 And ye now therefore have sorrow: but I will see you again, and your heart shall
23 And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye
24 Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy
may be full.
25 These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: but the time cometh, when I shall no
more speak unto you in proverbs, but I shall shew you plainly of the Father.
26 At that day ye shall ask in my name: and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father
for you:
28 I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world,
29 His disciples said unto him, Lo, now speakest thou plainly, and speakest no proverb.
30 Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man should ask
32 Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his
own, and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with me.
33 These things I have spoken unto you, that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye
shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.
B. The Promise (16:20-33). In their confused and hurting state, these bewildered
disciples needed encouragement. Jesus reminded them not only of the promised Comforter and
His ministry (16:7-15), but also promised their sorrow would turn to joy (16:20-22), that they
would have power in prayer (16:23-24), and held out the prospect of a victorious peace (16:25-
33). In our times of sorrow, these are the promises of the Lord to His disciples. (See Chart 55.)
The departure of Jesus would make the disciples sorrowful, but this sorrow would be
followed by the joy of His reappearance. Jesus explained, "Your sorrow shall be turned into joy"
Further, no
Chart 55
one would be able to take the joy that derived from His death from them (16:22). This was a
difficult concept for the disciples to grasp. Jesus used the double verily formula (verily, verily,
Jesus used a common Old Testament illustration of childbirth to help the disciples
understand how their deep sorrow could result in lasting joy (see Isaiah 21:3; 26:17; 66:7; Hosea
13:13; Micah 4:9,10). The intense pain of labor is overwhelmed by floods of joy when a mother
hears the cry of her newborn baby. The word thlipseos, here translated "anguish" (16:21), is the
usual word for tribulation in the New Testament (see 16:33). just as the tribulation of a pregnant
promised His disciples their sorrow and tribulation in the world would also be turned to joy.
For the seventh and final time in this Upper Room Discourse, Jesus uses the formula
"verily, verily" (16:23), this time with reference to prayer. The difficulty that the disciples had in
believing this statement was not so much because of its content but because of their state. This
promise of answered prayer was made earlier in the evening (14:13,14), but when people are
hurting deeply, often they do not feel like praying. Our times of sorrow are not times to quit
praying but rather to grow spiritually in every area including our prayer fife.
Often believers find themselves questioning God rather than making requests of Him.
John uses two different verbs both translated “ask” in verse twenty-three. The first verb,
erotesete, literally means "to ask" in the sense of questioning. The second verb, aitesete, means
"to ask" in the sense of making a request or demand for something. Jesus was telling them, "In
that day after my death, you will not inquire of me with questions, but you will ask me in prayer,
and my Father will give it to you." The tense of ask in verse twenty-four suggests a continuous
asking. In our time of sorrow, our response should be to continually pray to the Father rather
than questioning Him. If we do that asking, Jesus will do whatever questioning is necessary
(16:26).
In verse twenty-five, Jesus acknowledges His use of proverbs to illustrate spiritual truth-
shepherd and his sheep (10:1-6), the vine and the branches (15:1-8), the woman in
labor (16:21). But the time is coming when these dark sayings will become plain to them. This
actually happened after the coming of the Holy Spirit. One point, however, He does make plain
even now-His having come from the Father into the world, and His soon leaving the world to
return to His Father (16:28). The word parresiai (16:25) means "plainly" in the sense of without
reserve (10:24; 11:14) or without fear (11:54). In declaring His relationship with the Father,
Jesus uses the preposition para, literally meaning "from beside" the Father (16:27). That part of
His eternal existence falling between His incarnation and ascension formed a brief parenthesis in
As a result of Jesus' speaking plainly to His disciples rather than in proverbs, they
affirmed their knowledge and belief that Jesus came from God (16:30). Even in this affirmation,
there are hints that it may not be what it at first appears. The word oidamen (know) describes the
disciples' view of Jesus' knowledge. Earlier they failed to understand the meaning of Jesus'
statements, but now they knew. In this sense this verb marks the spiritual progress of the
disciples. Still, their present knowledge falls short of Jesus' ginosko knowledge. Also, their
(16:31), A. T. Robertson notes, "Their belief in Christ was genuine as far as it went, but perils
await them of which they are ignorant. They are too self-confident as their despair at Christ's
death shows.46 Jesus warns them not to boast because they will soon forsake Him, leaving Him
alone with His Father (16:32; see Proverbs 18:24). The word John uses here to describe the
scattering of the disciples is skorpisthete (shall be scattered), the normal word use(f to describe
the scampering of the sheep when the flock is attacked by the wolf (10:12).
As the life of Christ began with a declaration of peace (Luke 2:14), so Jesus concludes
His final message to His disciples before the cross with a message of peace (16:33). He speaks
of His triumph as already an accomplished fact and, by implication, the spiritual victory of His
disciples is also guaranteed. John uses the word tharseite, translated "be of good cheer" (16:33).
This is the only occurrence of the word in John's writings, but from its use elsewhere it is evident
that this was normally a verb calling for courage in the face of perceived danger (see Matthew
Chart 57
In Me
Twofold Life
In the World
Peace
I Have Overcome
Twofold Secret
Good Cheer
The reason we can have this courage is found in the victory of Christ. The word nenikeka
(overcome) means "to be victorious" or "to conquer," and in the New Testament always refers to
spiritual victory. Jesus emphatically states here, "I have overcome the world" (16:33). just as a
mortally wounded animal continues to fight, so the attacks of the enemy on Christians are simply
The Christian life is significant in that it involves living in two worlds (see Chart 57). It
is only in Christ that we can find true peace (14:27). It is in the world that we are tested and
tempted. No matter how much the world promises peace, all it can really offer us is tribulation.
CHRIST—THE INTERCESSOR
JOHN 17:1-26
After His death and ascension to heaven, one of the chief ministries of Christ on behalf of
the believer is His intercession (Hebrews 7:25). While on earth, Jesus often prayed for Himself
and others, but we do not know what He prayed nor how He addressed His request. This chapter
alone records an extended prayer of Jesus to the Father. It reveals the heart of Christ and the
heart of the Father. Because of this, John 17 has been called "the holy of holies in the New
Testament." While Jesus on two occasions gave His disciples a model prayer, which has become
known as "the Lord's Prayer," He never prayed it for Himself. Technically it is "the Believer's
Prayer," for it includes requests for fallen man living in this world. For instance it asks, "Forgive
us our sins." But there was never a need for Jesus to pray for forgiveness. In reality, the prayer
recorded in John 17 could be called "the Lord's Prayer," because it deals with the personal desires
Because of the unique nature of this chapter, some commentators have been overwhelmed
by its contents. Bishop J. C. Ryle described it as, "one of the most wonderful chapters in the
Bible—wonderful as a specimen of the communication between the Father and the Son,
wonderful as a pattern of His present intercessory work as our great High Priest, wonderful too as
an example of the sort of things believers should mention in prayer.”47 Bengel notes, "This
chapter is the simplest in language, the profoundest in meaning, in all the Scriptures. . . ."48
Christ to His disciples and suggested, "The best and fullest sermon ever preached was followed
In this chapter Christ begins His high priestly intercession by first centering on the
sacrifice, praying for those for whom the sacrifice is offered. In the Old Testament the high
priest bore the names of the twelve tribes on his breast as he approached God on the annual Day
of Atonement. Here, as Jesus prepares to fulfill this type once and for all, our great High Priest
enters the presence of God thinking not only of those who followed Him on earth during His
public ministry, but also those who follow Him today. He has us upon His heart. His prayer
concerns redemption, and many of the great redemptive words are included in this chapter:
This prayer is also intimate. Here we get an opportunity to go behind the veil and listen
to a private conversation between the Son and the Father. The following day the veil will be
ripped from top to bottom to symbolically open the way into the presence of God. The prayer by
Jesus during the previous evening was Christ's presalvation ministry that made possible the
Darby suggests the key word in this prayer is the title, "Father." Jesus used this title
exclusively when speaking to or about God.50 The name Father (Pater) expresses the spirit of the
whole prayer—it is not someone begging for mercy, but it reflects a son speaking to his father.
In this prayer Jesus prays first for Himself, then for His disciples, and finally for those
who will be numbered among His followers in the years to come. Some have objected to the
authenticity of this prayer suggesting it is the composition of a disciple and not the actual words
of Jesus. Actually, it is highly improbable that any disciple could enter into such intimacy with
God as this prayer suggests. How did these private words get recorded by John? An ancient
writer suggests that the record of this prayer is the result of "the tenacious memory of an old man
recalling the greatest days of his life."51 Actually, the Holy Spirit by revelation could have given
John the contents so that he could write by inspiration; without having access to the words, John
There is a difference of opinion as to the location where Christ offered this prayer.
Scholars such as John Calvin, A. C. Gaebelein, and Henry Alford believe that all the events of
John 13-17 took place in the upper room. Others, such as C. I. Scofield, H. A. Ironside, Merrill
Tenney, J. C. Ryle, and G. Campbell Morgan, believe that while John 13-14 took place in the
upper room, the events of John 15-17 occurred on the way to Gethsemane. The main reason for
this difference of opinion results from the interpretation of the phrase, "Arise, let us go hence"
(14:31).
These words spake Jesus, and lifted up his eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is
come; glorify thy Son, that thy Son also may glorify thee:
2 As thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he should give eternal life to as many
3 And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ
4 I have glorified thee on the earth: I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do.
5 And now, O Father, glorify thou me with thine own self with the glory which I had with
In this prayer Jesus makes seven specific requests: first, He prays for the glorification of
the Son (17:1); second, for the restoration of His original glory (17:5); third, for the protection of
His disciples and future believers (17:11,15); fourth, for sanctification (17:17); fifth, for
unification (17:21-23); sixth, for glorification (17:24); and seventh, for the salvation of the world
(17:21). In a total of twenty-six verses, Jesus spent only five praying for Himself. Even when
He prayed for Himself, it was with a view of accomplishing something for others. Intercession is
prayer on behalf of others. Jesus' request for personal glory was with a view to glorify God and
the term hour does not mean an exact time of day but refers to the time of messianic fulfillment.
John clearly emphasizes the importance of this hour as the time of messianic revelation. Now
the hour had come in which Christ would complete His work by His voluntary sacrifice. This
was the motivation of His prayer. He knew that His greatest crisis was at hand. The crucial
point of eternity was now before Him-the cross. Also, in making this prayer before offering the
final sacrifice for sin, Jesus was following the example of the high priest who first dedicated a
sacrifice to God before offering it as an atonement for the sins of the nation.
The word glorify (doxason) is an aorist active imperative of doxazo and is the only
personal petition made in this prayer by Jesus. Earlier He had used this term as He instructed His
disciples about His death (13:31,32). This was not a prayer for dying grace, for strength to
endure the cross, but rather a prayer that the Father would be glorified in His death. The
sacrificial death of Christ was the means whereby God and man were reconciled and, therefore,
God had already given Jesus the "power [literally "authority," exousian] over all flesh." In
acknowledging this truth, Jesus was drawing a contrast between the weakness of mankind and
the majesty of God. The expression pares sarkos (all flesh) was a Hebrew idiom denoting the
whole of humanity in its imperfection (see Genesis 6:12; Psalms 65:2; Isaiah 40:5; Jeremiah
32:27). In making this claim, Christ was placing Himself above the realm of humanity. Jesus
had made similar claims concerning His authority during His public ministry (see Matthew
Eight times in seven verses Jesus speaks of Christians as given to Him by the Father
(17:2,6,9,11,12,24). As Jesus is the Father's gift of love to the world (3:16; 1 John 3:1), so
believers are the Father's gift of love to Christ. In this prayer, Jesus committed believers to the
Father for safekeeping (17:11). The security of the believer, therefore, rests upon the Father's
Not only are believers the gift of the Father to the Son, they are also themselves recipients
of certain benefits from Christ. The Scriptures identify at least one hundred and thirty-one
immediate benefits of salvation that may be claimed the moment an individual trusts Christ. In
addition to these, the Apostle Paul suggests God will "freely give us all things" (Romans 8:32).
In this chapter, Jesus emphasizes five of these many benefits. They include eternal life (17:2),
glory (17:22).
Jesus defines eternal life in terms of knowing God. All men will live forever, although
only believers will experience an eternal life of joy with God (Matthew 25:46). The word
ginoskosin, here translated "they might know" (17:3), is a present active subjunctive verb and
might better be expressed "they should keep on knowing" or "they should progressively
perceive." The knowledge of God is a continually growing experience. It begins when one
comes to the Father by way of the Son (14:6), but even for a great Christian like the Apostle
Paul, that knowledge was only in part (1 Corinthians 13:9). After a lifetime of study, Paul cries
Jesus mentions two specific things that believers should know as a part of this eternal life.
First, they should know God as "the only true God" (17:3). The word alethinon means "true,”
not as the opposite of wrong but rather as the opposite of false. Believers recognize first that
God alone is genuine. The knowledge of the only genuine God is through Jesus Christ (14:6-9).
The second thing believers know is that Jesus is the Messiah sent by God. The title
"Jesus Christ" occurs only twice in John's Gospel (1:17; 17:3). In this context it seems highly
unlikely Jesus would refer to himself as "Jesus Christ." Probably, the title Christon should be
regarded as a predicate accusative. In that case, the latter part of verse three would be translated,
"and Jesus whom thou sent, as the Christ." The verb apesteilas (sent) is in an aorist tense,
accomplish. Now He called upon His Father to glorify Him "with thine own self" (17:5) with the
glory that was His previously. The expression para seautoi is a Greek idiom meaning "at thy
side" or "in thy own presence." John begins his gospel observing, "The Word was with God"
(1:1), and, "the Word was made flesh, . . . and we beheld his glory" (1:14). While on earth the
earthly tabernacle was Christ's glory. Now the Word is prepared to return to His proper place.
Jesus speaks of His prior glory in terms of that "which I had with thee before the world
was" (17:5). Paul suggests the humiliation of Christ (when He laid aside His glory) was
specifically linked to His becoming a man (Philippians 2:7,8). Jesus did not have to become a
man in order to receive glory. Rather, He had to set aside His glory, emptying Himself, in order
that He might become a man and receive even greater glory as the God-man.
6 I have manifested thy name unto the men which thou gavest me out of the world: thine
they were, and thou gavest them me; and they have kept thy word.
7 Now they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast given me are of thee.
8 For I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me; and they have received
them, and have known surely that I came out from thee, and they have believed that thou didst
send me.
10 And all mine are thine, and thine are mine; and I am glorified in them.
After prayer concerning Himself, Jesus turned His attention directly to the eleven (see
Chart 59). After verifying the faithfulness of both His disciples and Himself to the Father, He
makes three requests for His followers. First, He prays for security, "Keep through thine own
name those whom thou hast given me" (17:11). Second, He prays for deliverance, "Keep them
from the evil" (17:15). Finally, He prays for sanctification, "Sanctify them through thy truth: thy
word is truth" (17:17). All three of Christ's requests were not only answered regarding the
eleven, but have been and are continually being answered in the experience of believers today.
Jesus begins this second part of His high priestly prayer noting, "I have manifested thy
name unto the men which thou gavest me" (17:6). The name of God in Scripture is more than
merely a title for the person of God. His name was one of the means by which He revealed His
very nature and attributes. Jesus was here claiming He had fully manifested the nature and
attributes of God to His disciples. This claim had already been verified by one of those disciples
in this gospel. John wrote, "We beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father"
(1:14), and "The only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him"
(1:18).
Jesus said of the eleven, "They have kept thy word" (17:6). This is not suggesting
absolute obedience on the part of the disciples to the Word of God, but rather it is a general
observation. Jesus summarized their development in terms of spiritual perception. First, there
was an intellectual recognition of Jesus as the representative of God (17:7). This then led them
to receive God's message which Jesus gave them (17:8). Third, their willingness to hear and
heed His words resulted in a settled conviction concerning the deity of Christ (17:8). Finally,
their faith in Christ resulted in a commitment of their lives to Him as the One sent by God (17:8).
The statement, "I pray not for the world" (17:9), should be understood within its context.
It would be wrong to say Jesus never prayed for the world, because only a few hours later He
does pray for the world (Luke 23:34). At this point He is simply limiting His present request.
Jesus prays for the world, He prays that individuals may believe.
Jesus closely integrates the prayer for His glorification with His request for the security,
deliverance, and sanctification of His disciples. When prayer is answered for them, Jesus could
say, "I am glorified in them" (17:10). When Jesus asked the Father to glorify the Son, He was
specifically asking the Father to accept His redemptive sacrifice (17:1), restore Him to His
rightful place of fellowship with the Father (17:5), and grant both faithfulness (17:11) and
11 And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to thee.
Holy Father, keep through thine own name those whom thou hast given me, that they may be
one, as we are.
12 While I was with them in the world, I kept them in thy name: those that thou gavest
me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be
fulfilled.
13 And now come I to thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have
A. A Prayer for Security (1 7:11-13). Jesus' prayer for the security of the eleven was
based upon the revelation of God as the "Holy Father" (17:11). This is the only occurrence of
this title for God in the Scriptures. Darby suggests Jesus here uses this name because He desired
nature." God's holiness is the guarantee that He will keep the saints from the evil of the world.
The reasonableness of Jesus' request that God keep the eleven is evidenced in that Jesus
Himself had kept them while He was in the world with them. Two different Greek words are
used in verse twelve for the word kept. The first is eteroun from the verb tereo meaning "I keep"
or "I preserve." The second verb, ephulaxa, means "I guarded" and emphasizes the ministry of
Christ as a sentinel over the souls of the eleven. Jesus reminds the Father, "While I was in the
world, I guarded them as a means to their preservation. Now I am no more in the world, and I
Jesus claimed He had successfully kept all the Father had given Him with the exception
of one whom He identified as "the son of perdition" (17:12). The Hebraism son of means
“similar in nature and moral character." This expression is used elsewhere in the Scriptures only
of the Antichrist (2 Thessalonians 2:3), leaving some to conclude the future Antichrist may be a
reappearance of ' Judas Iscariot. There is an apparent play on words between this title of Judas
and the word apoleto, translated "lost." Jesus is saying "None of them perished except the son of
perishing" (apoleias). The loss of Judas was in keeping with the prophetic Scripture concerning
14 I have given them thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the
B. A Prayer for Deliverance (17:14-16). Twice Jesus reminds the Rather, "They are not
of the world, even as I am not of the world" (17:14,16). Throughout this gospel, John has
constantly portrayed the uniqueness of Jesus in opposition to the world. The world (kosmos) in
this gospel represents the created physical world and sum total of created beings which belong to
it. While God loves the world (3:16), the world chose to reject Christ in ignorance (1:10,11). In
this sense the world represents all those who stand against Christ and reject Him with Satan who
is called "the prince of this world" (12:31). The world is under judgment (9:39) but has been
His prayer for deliverance is that God "shouldest keep them from the evil" (17:15). The
verb areas, translated "shouldest keep," more accurately means "should take." The construction
ek tou ponerou involving the ablative case can mean "from the evil man" (Satan), or "from the
evil deed." This same construction appears in the model prayer Jesus gave His . In both cases, tou
ponerou should e of the devil. As Satan is the prince s deliverance of the eleven and of all
18 As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world.
truth.
C. A Prayer' for Sanctification (I 7:17-19). The third request Jesus makes for the eleven
relates to their sanctification. The verb sanctify (hagiazo) means "to consecrate or set apart a
person or thing to God." It involved a consecration of the whole life of that person or thing to the
service of God. In the Old Testament it usually conveyed the idea of making someone or
something sacred, usually by the burning of a sacrifice. It does not mean to purify as to purify
from sin. Jesus sanctified Himself even though He had no sin (17:19) by setting Himself apart as
the sacrificial offering to God in order that His followers might also be sanctified.
Chart 60
In the third major section of this high priestly prayer, Jesus prays for all believers. (See
Chart 61.) He identifies this group with the participle pisteuonton, literally "believing ones." The
present tense of this verb suggests the future body of believers is conceived as actually existing.
He makes two specific requests: (1) "that they all may be one" (17:20-23), and (2) "that they may
behold my glory"-be with Me in heaven (17:24-26). The first is a prayer for unity; the second a
20 Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through
their word;
21 That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be
one in us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me.
22 And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as
we are one:
23 I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world
may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.
Chart 61
A. A Prayer for Unity (1 7:20-23). The expression "that they may be one" occurs five
times in this chapter, once in the prayer for the eleven (17:11) and four times in the prayer for all
believers (17:21-23). The repetition of this phrase in the high priestly prayer of Christ has often
been misinterpreted to mean the reunification of the church (Protestants and Roman Catholics)
and interchurch cooperations and unions (the ecumenical movement). Actually, Christ did not
request the union of believers but rather a spirit of unity among believers. Four times the
expression is hina osin hen, "that they may keep on being one" (17:11,21,22). Even though the
expression changes slightly in verse twenty-three, "one" is still hen, a neuter singular. Christ's
prayer for His disciples and all believers was for a oneness of will and spirit and not physical
union which would require the masculine heis. In the immediate context of the prayer, the
disciples were a union but lacked this spirit of unity (Luke 22:24). The only way to develop
unity among believers is for all of them to first find unity with God in Christ (17:21). When this
spirit of unity is achieved, a major stumbling block to faith is removed in the hope that the world
they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me: for thou lovedst me before the foundation
of the world.
25 O righteous Father, the world hath not known thee: but I have known thee, and these
26 And I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith
B. A Prayer for Union (I 7:24-26). The second request in this final section of the prayer, "that
they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am," is literally fulfilled every time a
soul goes to heaven. This is the heart of the heavenly bridegroom. He would have His people
with Him to share His glory and the Father's love. In the midst of this request, Jesus appeals to
His Father as "righteous Father" (17:25). The Father's righteousness forbids Him to abandon His
saints to the evil of the world. While someday all believers will be in perfect union with Christ
in heaven, the New Testament also recognizes a present spiritual union of Christ and the
believer. This is implied in this chapter by the word as, which is used to relate the believer to
Chart 62
JOHN 18:1-40
After His high priestly prayer Jesus entered into the Garden of Gethsemane. It was here
He was betrayed and arrested. This chapter records the arrest in the garden, the Jewish and
Roman trials, and Peter's three denials of Christ. In the past few chapters John has been using the
narrative. As in earlier narrative portions, the marks of an eyewitness are abundantly evident.
John begins this narrative with the expression, "he went forth" (18:1), but it is not clear
where the disciples were when Jesus led them over Kidron Brook (TEV). Some commentators
believe all of the events in John 13-17 took place in the upper room, but others argue Jesus had
earlier left that place (see 14:31). Even if the disciples had remained in the upper room until the
end of the high priestly prayer, they may have gone to the temple before leaving the city. It was
customary for the priests to open the gates of the temple at midnight and for pilgrims to gather
there at that time. The temple was on the east side of Jerusalem not far from Kidron and the
Garden of Gethsemane. Westcott and others believe all the events of John 15-17 took place in
described by John with the word cheimarrou. This is a compound word meaning "flowing in
winter." It was an intermittent stream or wadi that was only a brook during the winter or rainy
season. Only John mentions Kidron, which is a Hebrew word meaning "black." Perhaps he
identified crossing this dark and dry brook with the passing from the Holy of Holies (17:1-26) to
the place where sin in all its darkness appeared to enjoy a momentary triumph.
When Jesus had spoken these words he went forth with his disciples over the brook
Cedron, where was a garden, into the which he entered, and his disciples.
2 And Judas also, which betrayed him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither
3 Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and
4 Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon him, went forth, and said
5 They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am he. And Judas also,
6 As soon then as he had said unto them, I am he, they went backward, and fell to the
ground.
7 Then asked he them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth.
way:
9 That the saying might be fulfilled, which he spake, Of them which thou gavest me have
I lost none.
10 Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priest's servant, and cut
11 Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath: the cup which my Father
12 Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound him.
13 And led him away to Annas first; for he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the
14 Now Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was expedient that one
A. The Betrayal and Arrest of Jesus (18:1-14). The place where Jesus was betrayed was
a garden in which Jesus and His disciples had often met. Godet is convinced Gethsemane was
owned privately by friends of Jesus and made available to Him as a retreat from the crowds of
Jerusalem whenever Jesus and His disciples were in that city. While the synoptic gospels portray
Gethsemane as a place of sorrow and agony, John makes no mention at all of these events in his
gospel. Perhaps he realized they were well known and wanted to emphasize to his readers that
church often compared this garden with the Garden of Eden. In one garden, the human race was
plunged into the bondage of sin. In the other garden, the sin bearer who liberates the slaves of
When Judas came to betray Jesus, he was accompanied by enough support to get the job
done. The expression ten speiran, here translated "a band" (18:3), normally referred to a military
cohort and in this context could refer to as many as six hundred Roman soldiers stationed at the
Tower of Antonia. Although many commentators argue it is unlikely that a full detachment
would be sent to arrest Jesus, John uses the term chiliarchos (18:12), identifying the formal title
of the chief captain of this detachment and suggests he was present at the arrest. If a small
detachment had been sent, it is more likely that a centurion would have been the highest ranking
officer present. In addition to the Roman soldiers, the temple police were also present. The Jews
had earlier sent these officers to arrest Jesus, but they had at that time failed in their task
(7:44,45).
Only John mentions the presence of lanterns. Perhaps the soldiers feared Jesus would
hide in the shadows of the olive trees. The night in question may have been extremely cloudy
(see 13:30). The fact these men came armed suggests they anticipated some degree of resistance
on the part of Jesus. John, however, records the willing surrender of Jesus, even going out to
Jesus confronted this company with the question, "Whom seek ye?" (18:4). When they
responded "Jesus of Nazareth," Jesus responded in a momentary revelation of His divine glory.
name of Jehovah. When He said, "I am he, the power of God caused His arrestors to faint
backward, being driven to the ground. John alone records this event which manifested the
supernatural power of Christ. Throughout this chapter, John emphasizes the deity of Jesus,
referring to His divine knowledge (18:4), His divine power (18:6), and His divine protection
(18:8,9).
Twice in this chapter John uses the familiar expression, "That the saying might be
fulfilled" (18:9,32). But unlike john's normal meaning when using this formula, he is not
referring to a particular Old Testament Scripture, but rather to an earlier statement of Jesus made
in this gospel (12:32,33; 17:12). In doing this John treats the statements of Jesus on a par with
the Old Testament Scriptures. As this gospel was written at a time when the New Testament was
being collected at Ephesus, John may also be placing his gospel on a par with Old Testament
Scripture.
Although it was contrary to Jewish law to carry a weapon on a feast day, there were two
swords among the disciples when Jesus was arrested (Luke 22:38). This law was also being
violated by those who arrested Jesus. Though all the Gospels record the cutting off of a servant's
ear by a disciple, only John specifically identifies the servant as Malchus, and the disciple-who
did it as Peter (18:10). It may have been that John, who was known by the high priest (18:15),
The sword Peter was carrying on this occasion was probably eighteen inches long and
weighed about five pounds. The blade was thick and heavy and not necessarily sharp. When
find a weak place in the helmet and split his head. Some think this may have been Peter's intent
but that his aim was slightly off. As a result, only the ear of Malchus was damaged. The verb
apekopsen, here translated "cut off," literally means "to tear" or to rip," not to slice. Peter cut off
the right ear of the servant, but the Lord put it back on (Luke 22:51).
Peter seems to have been always doing the right things at the wrong time. Here Jesus
rebuked Peter, reminding him that the Father had prepared a cup for Him to drink (18:11).
Although John does not mention the agonizing prayer in Gethsemane as the other gospels do, he
does make it clear hat Jesus was resigned to doing the will of the Father and intended to drink of
Treated as a dangerous criminal, Jesus was "bound" to prevent escape or rescue (18:12).
According to the normal custom, this would simply involve tying the prisoner's hands behind his
back. Still, this was an unusual procedure in this context as there was still no formal charge
against Jesus. Also, under Jewish law it was unlawful to bind a prisoner before condemnation.
Chart 63
high priest (18:13). Annas had himself served as high priest from A.D. 6 to 15 when he was
deposed by Pilate's predecessor, Valerius Gratus. Though deposed, he was not without influence.
He served as vice-president of the Sanhedrin and the patriarch of a family that held the office of
the high priest as late as A.D. 62. These included five sons and a son-in-law. Also, there was
some question among the Jews whether a Roman officer possessed the authority to depose a high
priest, so that many Jews still looked to him as the high priest. While Annas may not have
possessed the office of the high priest at this time, he was apparently the real power behind the
office that night. Jesus hearing before Annas was the first of three Jewish trials. John recorded
From a legal standpoint, the trial of Jesus was a farce. The very ones who laid great
claims to upholding the law were guilty of its grossest violation. Some have suggested as many
as forty-three specific illegalities in the proceedings. The requirements of Jewish law were very
2. It was illegal for judges to participate in the arrest of the accused (18:3).
unto the high priest, and went in with Jesus into the palace of the high priest.
16 But Peter stood at the door without. Then went out that other disciple, which was
known unto the high priest, and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter.
17 Then saith the damsel that kept the door unto Peter, Art not thou also one of this man's
18 And the servants and officers stood there, who had made a fire of coals; for it was
cold: and they warmed themselves: and Peter stood with them, and warmed himself.
19 The high priest then asked Jesus of his disciples, and of his doctrine.
20 Jesus answered him, I spake openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue, and
in the temple, whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I said nothing.
21 Why askest thou me? ask them which heard me, what I have said unto them: behold,
22 And when he had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the
palm of his hand, saying, Answerest thou the high priest so?
23 Jesus answered him, If I have spoken evil, bear witness of the evil: but if well, why
24 Now Annas had sent him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest.
thou also one of his disciples? He denied it, and said, I am not.
26 One of the servants of the high priest, being his kinsman whose ear Peter cut off, saith,
B. The Denial of Peter (18:15-27.). In john's account of the Jewish trials, he intersperses a
record of Peter's denial of Christ. The denials of Peter represent a major problem in that all the
Gospels record three denials, but the context in which these denials occur are not the same. One
proposed solution of this problem involves a literal interpretation of Jesus' predictions of the
denial. According to Matthew, Luke, and John, Jesus said the cock would not crow until Peter
had denied him three times (13:38; Matthew 26:34; Luke 22:34). Mark adds that there would be
three denials before the cock crowed twice (Mark 14:30). If Peter had, in fact, denied Christ
more than three times, it would only be necessary that three of these denials be recorded by each
writer. That each writer recorded some denials differing from the others (,see Chart 64) suggests
When Jesus was arrested in the warden, all His disciples ran (Matthew 26:56). Later,
John and Peter followed Jesus to the judgment hall. As John was known by the high priest, he
was able to secure entrance to the home of the high priest for both Peter and himself. Although
John remained faithful to Jesus being the only disciple present at the crucifixion (19:26), it was
common Hebrew custom to have a female doorkeeper (see Acts 12:13). The expression he
paidiske he thuroros, here translated "the damsel that kept the door" (18:17), designates the
servant with this particular responsibility. Her question was put to Peter anticipating a negative
answer, “You are not also one of this man’s disciples, are you?” (18:17, literal translation). The
expression tou anthropou toutou (this man’s) implied scorn and contempt. Probably the intent of
the maid was to ridicule rather than expose Peter. She no doubt knew John was a disciple of
Jesus and apparently did not make any further attempt to expose Peter publicly. Of all of Peter's
confrontations that evening, this would have been the easiest place to confess Christ. Instead, he
being conducted before Caiaphas, his real name was Joseph, and he held office of the high priest
from A.D. 18 to 36. According to Josephus and the later rabbinic writings, he had a reputation
for intrigue, bribery, and the love of money. John has already twice revealed the decision of
Caiaphas that Jesus should die for the people even before Jesus had been formally examined
(11:49,50; 18:14). This was hardly the impartial attitude that should have characterized a judge.
Caiaphas began his questioning by asking about Jesus' disciples (18:19). Men would
gather disciples either as a rabbi or Messiah. This was probably the first of many attempts that
evening to secure from Jesus some statement that could be construed as blasphemous. Jesus
responded to the high priest's questioning by reminding him that all of His teaching had been
done publicly in the temple and in the synagogues of the Jews. In essence He was reminding
Caiaphas of his duty to call witnesses and assuring him there were many witnesses who could be
called. Mark records the lack of success the Sanhedrin experienced when they attempted to call
One of the officers near Jesus struck Him (18:22). The verb rapisma occurs only three
times in the New Testament (18:22; 19:3; Mark 14:65) and may mean "to strike with the hand or
with a rod." The verb is etymologically related to the noun maps, meaning "a rod." Another form
of this verb is used in Matthew 26:67, where it means "to strike with a rod" in contrast with
another verb meaning "to hit with the fist." It is not possible to be certain whether Jesus was here
hit with the hand or rod of the officer. In either case, Jesus was bound and could not defend
Himself from such an attack. Also, the use of violence in a trial was strictly forbidden under
As Jesus was being tried by Caiaphas, Peter continued to deny Christ. The second denial
recorded by John occurred when a group of the servants of this high priest and officers of the
temple questioned him (18:25). The third recorded denial came when a kinsman of the man
Peter had attacked in the garden questioned him (18:26,27). This would have been Peter's easiest
denial. After denying Christ at least twice and then being confronted by one who might have
been seeking revenge, it would have been very difficult for Peter to now change his story. If there
had been any kind of family resemblance between Malchus and this servant, it would only have
added to Peter's sense of fear and guilt. This third denial was followed by the crowing of a cock.
This normally occurred about the third watch of the night, that is, 3:00 A.M. (see Mark 13:35).
Jesus was condemned by the Sanhedrin for blasphemy, which under Jewish law was
punishable by stoning. Not all of the Pharisees were necessarily involved in this kangaroo court.
John had earlier in this gospel suggested the support of Nicodemus (7:50,51) and carefully
distinguishes between the Pharisees and that group within the Pharisees hostile toward Jesus
known as "the Jews" (9:16,22). According to Jewish law, the quorum of the council was twenty-
three, and a man could only be condemned by a majority of at least two. This means as few as
thirteen men may have been responsible for the condemnation of Jesus. While it is likely that the
hostile Jews numbered far more than this minimum, it is also possible that those Pharisees
sympathetic to Jesus were absent, perhaps not even informed of the proceedings.
they themselves went not into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled; but that they might
29 Pilate then went out unto them, and said, What accusation bring ye against this man?
30 They answered and said unto him, If he were not a malefactor, we would not have
31 Then said Pilate unto them, Take ye him, and judge him according to your law. The
Jews therefore said unto him, It is not lawful for us to put any man to death:
32 That the saying of Jesus might be fulfilled, which he spake, signifying what death he
should die.
33 Then Pilate entered unto the judgment hall again, and called Jesus, and said unto him,
34 Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this thing of thyself, or did others tell it thee of me?
35 Pilate answered, Am I a Jew? Thine own nation and the chief priests have delivered
36 Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of this world: if my kingdom were of this world,
then would my servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews: but now is my kingdom
I am a king. To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I should bear
witness unto the truth. Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice.
38 Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? And when he had said this, he went out again
unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in him no fault at all.
39 But ye have a custom, that I should release unto you one at the passover: will ye
40 Then cried they all again, saying, Not this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a
robber.
C. The Trial of Jesus Before Pilate (18:28-40). According to John, Jesus was led from
Caiaphas to the hall of judgment. The word praitorion, used here to describe the place, is
derived from the Latin word praetorium, which was the name of the official residence of a
Roman governor. Commentators are divided as to the location of Pilate's residence. Probably it
was the palace built by Herod the Great in the western part of Jerusalem, although some also
argue for the Castle of Antonia located just north of the temple. The trial before Pilate was very
early. The word proi, here translated "early" was technically the fourth watch of the evening,
3:00-6:00 A.M. If the formal meeting of the Sanhedrin followed the denial of Peter and the cock
crowing (3:00 A.M.), it must have been a rather brief gathering. By the end of the fourth watch,
yet not eaten the Passover and believed a Jew would be defiled if he entered a Gentile home. It is
interesting to note their devotion to the law at this point having so blatantly violated it in the trial
of Jesus. Commenting on the hypocrisy of the Jews during this particular Passover season,
Darby observes, "Conscience did not prevent the Jews buying the blood of Jesus for thirty pieces
of silver; but a scruple forbade their putting it into the temple of God, the money rejected by
Judas, because it was the price of blood.”52 To this Hoskyns adds, "They who pretend so great
devotion are in fact guilty of gross superstition, for the execution of the Messiah becomes the
Pontius Pilate was the procurator of Judea from A.D. 26 to 36. In A.D. 36 he was deposed
by Vitellius and sent to Rome where he was tried and probably executed under Caligula. During
his administration, he ruled Judea in a rather reckless and arbitrary fashion. According to
Josephus, Pilate used funds in the temple treasury to build an aqueduct. When the people
protested, they were beaten by Roman soldiers. Tenney believes the funds may have been given
to Pilate by the priests in exchange for political favors. If this were the situation, it may explain
the attitude of the Sanhedrin when they first approached Pilate. Initially, they apparently hoped
Pilate would simply take their word that Jesus was guilty and crucify Him (18:30). Only after
A Roman trial normally began with the statement, "What accusation bring ye against this
man?" (18:29). When the charge was revealed, any evidence for both sides was presented and a
verdict rendered. The Roman governor had the option to judge in the trial of a non-Roman
violated some Jewish law, he apparently opted to authorize the Sanhedrin to try Him and carry
out the prescribed sentence under Jewish law (18:31). This was the first of six attempts on the
The Jews declined the right to try Jesus claiming, "It is not lawful for us to put any man to
death" (18:31). This statement has been interpreted various ways. Some suggest the Jews were
merely acknowledging they did not have the civil authority to condemn a man to death. The
problem with this interpretation is that Pilate's statement in effect authorized the Jews to inflict
the necessary penalty for blasphemy—stoning . These Jews were apparently ready to inflict
capital punishment earlier in Jesus' ministry (8:3-5, 59) and did in fact stone Stephen without
first seeking Roman approval (Acts 7:58). This statement could also mean they were unable to
Chart 65
The phrase ouk exestin (it is not lawful) occurs only twice in John's Gospel (5:10; 18:31),
although it commonly ocurs in the other Gospels. On each occasion the phrase refers not to civil
authority but rather the law of God. John himself seems to interpret this statement not so much
concerning the fact of Jesus' death as the means whereby He is executed (18:32). Apparently the
Jews had decided Jesus should be crucified, but the law of God forbade the shedding of human
blood. As a result, they were dependent upon the Romans to carry out the sentence.
The accusation of Jesus before the Sanhedrin was for sin of blasphemy (Mark 14:61-64).
However, blasphemy was not considered a crime by the Romans and certainly not an act worthy
of death. According to Luke, at least four other charges were laid against Jesus under Roman
law (Luke 23:2,5). While Pilate apparently ignored three of these charges, he could not ignore
the charge of treason. It was a crime to which Tiberius Caesar was particularly sensitive, and
every suggestion that treason existed was carefully investigated and severely punished. Because
the Jews would not enter the praetorium, the trials of Jesus before Pilate alternated between his
outside meetings with the Jews and his inside meetings with Jesus as shown in Chart 66.
In His defense before Pilate, Jesus stated, "My kingdom is not of this world', (18:36). Some have
erroneously taken this statement to mean Jesus was denying the future existence of a literal
kingdom on earth (the millennium). When understood within its context, this interpretation is
not likely. Jesus was simply affirming, as He later did with His disciples, that this was not the
the case, there would have been some sort of armed insurrection against the Romans.
Chart 66
PILATE'S VACILLATION
The phrase translated "Art thou a king then?" (18:37) is an interesting statement which
are a king!” Even if it is a question, the grammar is such that is assumes a positive response. John
suggests Pilate recognizes the kingship of Jesus. One of the credal statements of the early church
spoke of Jesus witnessing a good confession before Pilate (see 1 Timothy 6:13). During the
Middle Ages several additions arose suggesting Pilate was finally converted to Christ before his
death, but these are apparently without historical verification. If Pilate had begun to recognize
Jesus as king, he had not yet recognized Him as his King. When he finally sent Jesus out to be
crucified, his accusation read, “Jesus of Nazareth the King of the Jews” (19:19).
at all" (18:38). Until this point, Pilate had closely adhered to Roman law. With the
pronouncement of a not-guilty verdict, the prisoner should immediately have been released.
Under Roman law, everything in the trial of Jesus following this verdict was clearly illegal.
This chapter closes with an account of Pilate's attempt to release Jesus and the crowd's
choice of Barabbas. Outside of the Gospels, this custom of releasing a prisoner is completely
unknown. The name Barabbas is Aramaic meaning "a son of a father." It has been suggested
that his release symbolically illustrates that Jesus died for every son of every father, for all men.
It is an interesting irony that the mob chose Barabbas, a son of a father, over Jesus, whom John
JOHN 19:1-42
Jesus was brought to trial six times before He was crucified. The first three of those trials
were Jewish—before Annas (18:12-14), before the high priest (18:19-24), and before the
Sanhedrin (Matthew 27:1,2). The last three were handled by the Romans. First, Jesus was
brought before Pilate, the governor of Judea (18:28-38). After an intensive interrogation of
Christ, Pilate concluded, "I find in him no fault at all" (18:38). Although John's record of the
trials before Pilate appears as a continuation of the same trial, we know Christ was delivered to
Herod in between verses thirty-eight and thirty-nine (Luke 23:4-12). The third Roman trial (the
second before Pilate) begins in John 18:39 and ends in Jesus' crucifixion.
Why was the trial of Pilate interrupted and Jesus delivered to Herod? In an emotional
outburst the people claimed Christ began His ministry in Galilee (Luke 23:5). When Pilate
learned Jesus was a Galilean, he delivered Him to Herod, the governor of Galilee (Luke 23:6,7).
Pilate had attempted in several ways to dispose of Jesus' case without rendering a verdict.
Sending Jesus to Herod was another of those ways. Before Herod, Jesus refused to answer any
questions, while the chief priests and scribes "vehemently accused him." After treating Him with
contempt and mocking Him, Herod's soldiers threw around Him a beautiful robe, then returned
Pilate is the classic example of a vacillating individual with great authority and yet no
willpower. Although he had great power at his command, he seems to have possessed neither
courage nor self-determination. Convinced of Jesus' innocence, Pilate lacked the strength of
character to oppose the threats and pressures of the Jews. He proves the adage, "Power in the
hands of a little man is a dangerous thing." In the sentencing of Jesus, Pilate represents the
2 And the soldiers platted a crown of thorns, and put it on his head, and they put on him a
purple robe.
3 And said, Hail, King of the Jews! and they smote him with their hands.
judicial murder, Pilate scourged Jesus without cause, hoping thereby to satisfy the Jews. In this
scourging the prisoner was stripped of his clothing and was bound to a low pillar or stake.
Normally scourging was preliminary to a crucifixion, but this illegal act was performed before
sentencing. The Roman whip consisted of a short handle to which were attached leather thongs.
Some of these had metal stones or a lead ball attached to the end; some were only leather with
knotted ends. The lashes broke the skin, and many times the flesh was broken or the entire back
side was a mass of torn, bleeding tissue. Although the Jews had a limit of thirty-nine lashes in
Pilate also allowed the cruel mockery by the soldiers and their continual slapping of
Jesus. A comparison of the accounts of that night suggests Jesus may have been crowned with
thorns several times, both before and after sentencing (Matthew 27:27-30; Mark 15:16-19).
Probably because Jesus had been accused of treason, the soldiers addressed Him with the
greeting one would normally use in greeting Caesar, chaire (hail, 19:3). The tense of the verb
edidosan suggests the emphasis "they kept on giving him slaps with their hands" (19:3).
4 Pilate therefore went forth again, and saith unto them, Behold, I bring him forth to you,
5 Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate
6 When the chief priests therefore and officers saw him, they cried out, saying, Crucify
him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and crucify him: for I find no fault in him.
7 The Jews answered him, We have a law, and by our law he ought to die, because he
B. Outside the Praetorium (19:4-7) The Jews would not enter the praetorium because
they would have been defiled, and the following day was the Passover. Because they would not
enter before Pilate's judgment seat, the charges against Jesus should have been dismissed. The
Pilate unsuccessfully appealed to the Jews in the hope that they would either agree to or
ignore the release of Jesus. After declaring that Jesus was innocent, he brought Jesus out
Chart 67
to the crowd and presented Him to the Jews dressed in a purple robe and wearing a crown of
thorns. In his appeal, Pilate urged "Behold the man!" (19:5). Perhaps he was hoping the sight of
a severely beaten and abused man would touch a chord of humanity in them, but from the heart
of the chief priests and their officers came the chant "Crucify him, crucify him." The verb
stauroson (crucify, 19:6) is an aorist imperative with no stated object. Probably these leaders
simply continued to chant the word crucify until others began to join in, the way fans in a
stadium might follow the lead of cheerleaders. It was probably in a state of frustration that Pilate
finally conceded and told the Jews to take Him and crucify Him, even though he still held to
that He claimed to be "the King of the Jews" (18:33,37). Finally, when Pilate did not take this
charge seriously, the Jews threatened to blackmail him, "If thou let this man go, thou art not
Caesar's friend: whosoever maketh himself a king speaketh against Caesar" (19:12). The second
charge was blasphemy, "because he made himself the Son of God" (19:7). This was the real
reason the Jews wanted to kill Jesus Christ, but it was not the legal charge against Him. Pilate
set on His cross, "THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS" (Matthew 27:37).
The Jews revealed their real motive in wanting Him dead, "because he made himself the
Son of God" (19:7). To the Jews, this was unheard-of blasphemy which demanded severe
punishment. To a pagan leader like Pilate, a God-man was a real possibility that required careful
investigation. Greek and Roman mythology are filled with accounts of the gods living among
men. This was the third warning Pilate had received concerning his involvement in this case, and
Chart 68
8 When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he was the more afraid;
10 Then saith Pilate unto him, Speakest thou not unto me? knowest thou not that I have
11 Jesus answered, Thou couldest have no power at all against me, except it were given
thee from above: therefore he that delivered me unto thee hath the greater sin.
C. Inside the Praetorium (19:8-11). Due to Pilate's fear, he returned to the judgment hall
and asked Jesus, "Where are you from?" (19:9 RSV). When Jesus refused to answer him, Pilate
reminded Him of his authority to either release or crucify Him. Pilate, a pagan, would not have
understood the answer to his question, but he could understand the fact of the supremacy and
ultimate authority of the deity. Pilate's sin was great, but that of the Sanhedrin was greater
(19:11).
12 And from thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out, saying, If
thou let this man go, thou art not Caesar's friend: whosoever maketh himself a king speaketh
against Caesar.
13 When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he brought Jesus forth, and sat down in the
judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement, but in the Hebrew, Gabbatha.
14 And it was the preparation of the passover, and about the sixth hour: and he saith unto
them, Shall I crucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but Caesar.
D. Outside the Praetorium (19:12-15). Pilate sought by every means to release Jesus,
not because he had a passion for justice, but for the sake of self-interest. For the same reason, he
ordered the crucifixion of Jesus, driven by the fear of losing his position (19:12) and perhaps his
life, if he should allow a man considered a dangerous rebel such as Jesus to go free. At all costs
The expression "Caesar's friend" (19:12) was a formal title of honor used by the Romans,
perhaps even one with which Pilate had at times been addressed. But the intent of the Jews in
using this charge related not to title but to his personal loyalty to Caesar. The reigning Caesar
was particularly concerned over charges of treason, and such a rumor could result in Pilate's
recall to Rome to stand trial. It was also a false charge of treason that resulted in Pilate's initial
Pilate's final attempt to release Jesus occurred about 6:00 A.M. on the day before the
Passover, Friday (19:14). He presented Jesus noting, "Behold your King!" Perhaps for the first
and only time in their lives, the chief priests volunteered the affirmation, "We have no king but
Caesar" (19:15). On any other occasion they would have resented being forced to make such a
statement.
Some writers have accused John of inaccuracy in recording the time of these events.
According to both Matthew and Mark, Jesus was on the cross at the sixth hour (Matthew 27:45;
used in the Gospels. Matthew and Mark both use Jewish time, which began counting the hours
of the day at sunrise, 6:00 A.M. John, however, uses Roman time in this occasion, which began
counting the hours at midnight. Therefore, the act of crucifixion began about dawn-the sixth
16 Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and
17 And he bearing his cross went forth into a place called the place of a skull, which is
18 Where they crucified him, and two other with him, on either side one, and Jesus in the
midst.
19 And Pilate wrote a title, and put it on the cross. And the writing was, JESUS OF
20 This title then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh
to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin.
21 Then said the chief priests of the Jews to Pilate, Write not, The l(ing of the Jews; but
had crucified Jesus, took his garments, and made four parts, to every soldier a part; and also his
coat: now the coat was without seam, woven from the top throughout.
24 They said therefore among themselves, Let us not rend it, but cast lots for it, whose it
shall be: that the scripture might be fulfilled, which saith, They parted my raiment among them,
and for my vesture they did cast lots. These things therefore the soldiers did.
25 Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, and his mother's sister, Mary the
26 When Jesus therefore saw his mother, and the disciple standing by, whom he loved, he
27 Then saith he to the disciple, Behold thy mother! And from that hour that disciple
28 After this, Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished, that the scripture
29 Now there was set a vessel full of vinegar: and they filled a spunge with vinegar, and
30 When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, he said, It is finished: and he bowed
Chart 69
about to be accomplished. Pilate delivered Jesus to the Jews knowing their intent was to crucify
Him' The state of confusion that must have existed that day is evidenced in that it appears there
was no formal sentencing of Jesus. John uses the verb paredoken (delivered), meaning "to give
over to the side," to describe Pilate's act of surrendering Jesus to the Sanhedrin (19:16). This is
the same verb used of the Sanhedrin's giving of Jesus to Pilate (18:30). In this gospel, John lays
Because of its significance in Christian theology, each Gospel records an account of the
crucifixion, emphasizing particular details not mentioned by the other writers. These accounts
are not contradictory but complementary. When compared and studied together, we have a fuller
Chart 70
Jesus was led to a place of execution outside the city and crucified between two robbers
who, like Barabbas, may have been guilty of sedition and treason. He was "numbered with the
carry his own cross to the place of execution. Jesus began bearing His cross, but after He
stumbled under its weight, the Romans selected Simon of Cyrene and forced him to carry the
cross (Luke 23:26). Probably Simon was selected at random from the crowd.
John, like Matthew and Mark, identifies the hill where Jesus was crucified as Golgotha,
using the Hebrew name for that place. Luke uses the Greek name Kranion (Latin, Calvaria) for
because the relief of that hill resembles a skull in appearance when viewed from a distance.
Conservative scholars generally identify this place with Gordon's Calvary just outside the city of
Jerusalem. It was there that they crucified Jesus. The hill was close to the city wall (19:20).
Crucifixion was a form of execution generally used by Rome to punish those guilty of
capital offenses. It involved tying or nailing an individual to a cross in such a way as to suspend
the body by the arms, resulting in a slow suffocation of the prisoner. Often the crucified man
would use his legs for support, thus slowing the process of death. There are records of men who
hung on the cross for up to nine days awaiting inevitable death. When the soldiers wanted the
condemned to die faster, they would break his legs with a heavy mallet, making it impossible for
the prisoner to support himself. This was the intent behind the request of the Jews (19:31).
It was customary to publish a title consisting of the name of the accused and the crime for
which he was being crucified, and to post it on his cross. Only John records the detail that the
title for Jesus' cross was actually written by Pilate himself (19:19). John uses the technical Latin
word titlon to identify this board bearing the name and legal crime. This word was used widely
for any official publication such as a bill, notice of sale, or even the title page of a book. This
name and charge against Jesus was published in three languages: Hebrew, being the national
language; Latin, the official language of the empire; and Greek, a common language in that area.
Many writers have noted a second meaning to these languages. Christ was not only the real
center of religious society (Hebrew), He is also the real center of the world's intellectual
community (Greek) and its legal and material civilization (Latin). Comparing the Gospels, the
Matthew 27:37).
When the title of Christ was published, the chief priests appealed to Pilate to have it
changed to include the prefix "he said" (19:21). John here uses the unique expression "the chief
priests of the Jews," probably to emphasize a contrast between them and the King of the Jews.
The two words they wanted added were ekeinos eipen, an emphatic expression emphasizing the
he in "he said." Even as Jesus hung on the cross, they were concerned about minimizing the
significance of His claims and feared the title might suggest the Roman authorities took His
claim seriously. While the title "King of the Jews" was treasonous to the Romans, it was
messianic to the Jews. In a sudden fit of stubbornness, Pilate refused this request.
Plummer calls attention to the contrast between the two groups represented at the cross
noting, "On the one hand, the four plundering soldiers with the centurion; on the other, the four
ministering women with the beloved disciple.”54 Even in the midst of the four soldiers gambling
over the robe of Christ (19:23,24), Scripture was being fulfilled (Psalms 22:18). The four
women at the cross were Mary Magdalene, Mary, the wife of Cleophas, Mary the mother of
Jesus, and Jesus' aunt (His mother's sister). These, along with John, "the disciple ... whom he
loved" (19:26), were evidently gathered to mourn and were the only sympathetic witnesses to the
Chart 71
This gospel alone records the detail concerning Jesus, His mother, and the Apostle John
(19:26,27). Note that Mary was assigned to be cared for by John, not John and the rest of the
disciples cared for by Mary, as has been erroneously taught. Under the law, it was the
responsibility of the firstborn to care for his aging parents. Here Jesus transfers that
responsibility to His beloved disciple. His concern and provision for Mary, even in the midst of
His agony, is an example of His shepherd's heart for all who rest under His spiritual
responsibility.
As the end approached, Jesus was alert enough to know what was being accomplished
spiritually in His death. His fifth cry from the cross was "I thirst" (19:28). Thirst was a common
sensation experienced by a crucified man. While this expression may reflect a dimension of the
passion of Christ, it had a greater significance in that it resulted in the fulfillment of Scripture.
The fulfillment was not in the cry of Christ, but rather in the response of those around the cross
who gave Him vinegar to drink (see Psalms 69:21). Their use of a hyssop reed (19:29) gives a
hint as to the height of the cross, as the longest reed would not be more than three or four feet.
Although Jesus had earlier refused the offer of drugged vinegar, He did accept this offer.
When He had done so, He made the next cry from the cross, "It is finished" (19:30; see Chart
73). This is John's last recorded statement of Jesus from the cross. He had finished the work He
His death was the moment of our salvation (see Romans 6:3; Galatians 2:20).
When Jesus "bowed his head, and gave up the ghost" (19:30), it literally means that Christ
delivered up His own spirit. Death had no power over Christ until by His own choice He
surrendered to it, dismissing His spirit. Jesus predicted that He would lay down His life
voluntarily and would raise it up again. "No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself.
I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again" (10:18). In order to accomplish
redemption as the Lamb of God, He willingly and deliberately surrendered His life.
Chart 72
IT IS FINISHED
31 The Jews therefore, because it was the preparation, that the bodies should not remain
upon the cross on the sabbath day, (for that sabbath day was an high day,) besought Pilate that
their legs might be broken, and that they might be taken away.
32 Then came the soldiers, and brake the legs of the first, and of the other which was
33 But when they came to Jesus, and saw that he was dead already, they brake not his
legs:
34 But one of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side, and forthwith came there out
36 For these things were done, that the scripture should be fulfilled, A bone of him shall
not be broken.
37 And again another scripture saith, They shall look on him whom they pierced.
38 And after this Joseph of Arimathaea, being a disciple of Jesus, but secretly for fear of
the Jews, besought Pilate that he might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave him leave.
39 And there came also Nicodemus, which at the first came to Jesus by night, and
40 Then took they the body of Jesus, and wound it in linen clothes with the spices, as the
41 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden a new
42 There laid they Jesus therefore because of the Jews' preparation day; for the sepulchre
Because of the approaching Passover, the Jews requested that the legs of the men on the
cross be broken, thus speeding their death. Although they had just committed judicial murder,
they were concerned about observing the ritual law and did not want the bodies on the cross on
bodies before the beginning of the Passover Sabbath. But Jesus was already dead. To make
certain, His side was pierced "and forthwith came there out blood and water" (19:34). Many
writers argue from this account that the spear pierced the side of Jesus near the heart. The
description of the blood and water separating suggests the physical cause of Jesus' death was a
ruptured or broken heart. Whatever this may signify, the whole circumstance made a profound
Chart 74
Not only was the piercing of His side significant, but also the fact that His bones were not
broken. Had they been broken, it would have violated both scriptural requirements and
prophecy. Exodus 12:46 reveals that in the Passover, the bones of the lamb could not be broken.
In contrast to the hostile petition of the Jews, we have the friendly petition of Joseph of
Arimathea. He, together with Nicodemus, courageously came forward to give the sacred body a
fitting and dignified burial. The thoughts of Joseph and Nicodemus are not revealed; God only
records the good deed they performed. But as they removed the body of Jesus from the cross,
prepared it with perfumes and spices, and laid it in the burial chamber, they must have wondered
if their reluctance as members of the Sanhedrin (3:1; Luke 23:50,51) to confess openly their
support of Christ had contributed to His death. Nicodemus and Joseph were required by
While the synoptic gospels mention the role of Joseph in the burial of Christ, only John
notes the involvement of Nicodemus. Nicodemus provided one hundred pounds of spices to
anoint the body of Jesus. Even recognizing the Roman pound was only twelve ounces, this was
still a lot of spices. Probably the men covered the entire body of Jesus before wrapping it for
burial. The word translated "spices" (19:40) is aromaton, derived from the word for fumes. The
men anointed the body of Christ and wrapped it in linen cloths (RSV). Both John and Luke use
the word othoniois to identify these cloths which were also used by Greeks for ships' sails. The
spices on the body were probably applied so liberally that there were none to anoint the linens.
The tomb:
1. belonged to a rich man (19:38; Matthew 27:59,60).
2. was near the crucifixion spot (19:41).
3. had never been used before (19:41).
4. was hewn out of a rock (Mark 15:46).
5. had a stone rolled over the door (Mark 15:46).
Chart 76
some degree. According to Luke, the women who witnessed this burial returned home to prepare
spices and ointments to finish the burial procedure later (Luke 23:56).
This tomb was identified as belonging to Joseph (Matthew 27:59,60). According to John,
it was located in a garden within the vicinity of the crucifixion. Since the sepulcher was in a
familiar place to the women and the disciples, the women taking careful notice of where Jesus
was placed in the tomb (Luke 23:55), it was impossible for the women to go to the wrong tomb
on the resurrection day as some theological liberals proclaim. Not only were the death and burial
JOHN 20:1-31
of Christ from the dead. B.B. Warfield called it "the cardinal doctrine of our system: on it all
other doctrines hang."56 The pages of Acts record a constant emphasis in the preaching of the
apostles concerning the resurrection of Christ. The Apostle Paul went so far in emphasis as to
argue that if there is no resurrection, there is no Gospel (see 1 Corinthians 15). It is not
surprising then that John gives extensive details about the resurrection and that his purpose for
writing the book grows out of an understanding of the resurrection (20:31). The resurrection is
the basis of eternal life that is promised to all who believe in Jesus Christ.
Unlike the philosophies and doctrines of other religious movements, the resurrection is
more than an idea; it is an event in history. Thomas Arnold once wrote, "I know of no one fact in
the history of mankind which is proved by better and fuller evidence of every sort, to the
understanding of a fair inquirer, than the great sign which God hath given us that Christ died and
rose again from the dead.”57 This chapter tells about the resurrection, which is described as
John, like Matthew, Mark, Luke, and Paul, tells an independent story of the resurrection,
but no one contradicts the other; each gives different events that make up the complete narrative.
told. John was the only writer to be an eyewitness of the empty tomb; therefore, his is a firsthand
report.
The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, when it was yet dark, unto the
sepulchre, and seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre.
2 Then she runneth, and cometh to Simon Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus
loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre, and we know
A. Mary's Witness (20:1,2). The first one to discover the empty tomb was Mary
Magdalene. This was the same Mary out of whom Jesus cast seven demons (Mark 16:9). The
tradition that she had been an immoral woman before following Jesus is without any biblical
support. The name Magdalene literally means "from Magdala" and may refer to her home town.
The village of Magdala was on the Sea of Galilee about five miles north of the town of Tiberias.
Because of the great deliverance she had received from Christ, she had great devotion for Him.
Mary Magdalene came early to the tomb. Although John mentions her alone, she was not
the only one at the tomb. The other gospels refer to three other women-Mary, the mother of
James; Salome; and Joanna (Mark 16:1; Luke 24:10). John evidently referred to Mary
Magdalene alone because she was the apparent leader of the group. Not only was she mentioned
left them a little ways to the rear or went ahead to survey the scene.
While all the Gospel writers agree the women found the tomb empty that Sunday
morning, there is misunderstanding concerning the time. The synoptic gospels generally agree
that these things occurred very early after sunrise. John here says, "when it was yet dark" (20:1).
It may be that Mary made her way from her home even before dawn, but by the time the angels
appeared to the women the sun had risen. A second possible explanation is in keeping with
john's metaphorical use of skotia. At other times John has commented on the darkness of the
hour, implying not just physical darkness but also spiritual darkness. In that case, Mary would
have also arrived at the tomb "when it was yet dark"—still in a state of darkness because she had
Apparently Mary did not wait with the other women to inspect the tomb and see the
angels. When she saw the stone was removed from the tomb, perhaps even before coming to the
tomb itself, she concluded the body of Jesus had been stolen or removed. Her immediate
reaction was to go to Peter and John and report this unusual situation (20:2). Some feel she
returned to Jerusalem by a different path, hence she missed the other women who came to the
The conclusion that some group had removed the body of Jesus might not have been
Mary's alone. The verb oidamen (we know, 20:2) is plural, implying this might have also been
the initial conclusion of the other women. Therefore, others believe that while the three women
remained to investigate further, Mary alone had gone for help. Who the women thought had
action. The women had found an empty tomb, and in a moment of confusion they concluded the
body had been removed by someone or, more likely, some group. It had been an emotionally
draining weekend for the followers of Jesus, so that this line of argument was not as illogical as it
3 Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple, and came to the sepulchre.
4 So they ran both together: and the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came first to the
sepulchre.
5 And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the linen clothes lying; yet went he not in.
B. The Disciples' Witness (20:3-5). Upon Mary's report of the empty tomb, Peter and
John immediately began to race toward the tomb. Though they began running together, John, the
younger, outran Peter and arrived first at the tomb. When he arrived, he did not enter into the
tomb. Again, John's youth might have restrained him. But Peter's boldness is evident in that he
ran impulsively into the tomb. John looked in where he "saw the linen clothes lying" (20:5).
Only after Peter entered the tomb did John enter and realize the truth of the resurrection.
When Hebrews were buried, the body was not embalmed. Their Jewish custom
prohibited them from handling blood. Instead a person was buried quickly, with linen cloths
wrapped around the body. The cloths were anointed with a sweet gumlike ointment of spices,
and the body was wrapped like a cocoon in which the body was mummified up to the head. Then
the napkin was placed over the skull. When John saw the linen cloths from the door of the tomb,
rolled away to let the people in, not to let the Lord out.
6 Then cometh Simon Peter following him, and went into the sepulchre, and seeth the
7 And the napkin, that was about his head, not lying with the linen clothes, but wrapped
8 Then went in also that other disciple, which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and
believed.
9 For as yet they knew not the scripture, that he must rise again from the dead.
10 Then the disciples went away again unto their own home.
C. The Disciples' Investigation (20:6-10). John uses three different Greek words in this
chapter that are translated with the verb to see. The first of these verbs is blepei (20:5). When
John looked into the tomb and saw the linen cloth, the verb used there refers to a quick glance.
When Peter entered the tomb and saw not only the linen cloth but also the face cloth by itself, the
verb used by John is theorei. This verb implies a greater intensity in the act of seeing, such as
examining. It was a verb most likely to be used of a spectator watching a sports event or a child
watching a parade. The third verb translated by the English word see is eiden (20:8). Here the
verb implies not only the physical act of seeing but also the idea of understanding or insight.
When John arrived at the tomb, he noticed the linen cloth. Later when Peter entered the tomb, he
When Peter entered the tomb, he saw more than was visible from the door. The most
notable thing he found was the face cloth set aside from the rest of the grave clothes. This face
cloth was sometimes the size of a small hand towel. At other times it was like a small pillowcase
folded several times, thick and large enough to pull down over the head and cover the face. John
uses the verb entetuligmenon (20:7) describing the condition of this cloth. The verb means "to
wrap or roll up." The presence of a neatly rolled face cloth set apart from the other grave clothes
emphasizes the absence of haste and confusion in removing the body. Had Mary's theory of a
stolen body been accurate, the grave would no doubt have been in a greater state of disorder.
When the disciples left the tomb that morning, Peter left still wondering (Luke 24:12).
John, however, had become the first to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead. When
confronted with the evidence of an empty tomb, there was no other reasonable conclusion for
John than that Jesus was alive. John's testimony of faith was important in this context. At the
time of writing, John was ministering to people who had been born after Jesus walked this earth.
Certainly some must have felt they could have greater faith if only they too had seen the
resurrected Lord (see 20:29). Here John, the last of the apostles, reminds the reader that he was
the first who had come to faith in Christ, and that he had this faith before the angels told him
what had happened. The evidence of the empty tomb was enough to convince John that "Jesus is
the only ones who apparently took Him seriously were the chief priests and Pharisees (Matthew
27:62-66); they had posted guards at the tomb. Even on that resurrection morning, the followers
of Christ arrived at the tomb expecting to find a dead body. When the body was missing, they
concluded that it was stolen. John explains they "knew not the scripture" (20:9), probably
referring specifically to Psalms 16:10, a passage quoted by Peter on the day of Pentecost (Acts
2:27). Even when confronted with the irrefutable evidence of the resurrection of Christ, people
come to saving faith only when nurtured by the Scriptures (see Romans 10:17).
(20:11-23)
occurred during the forty days following His passion (Acts 1:3). Several appearances occurred
that very first Sunday. Darby and others have argued that every postresurrection appearance of
Christ occurred on a Sunday which, therefore, became known to Christians as the Lord's Day (see
Revelation 1:10). No place in Scripture lists all the postresurrection appearances of Christ. John
lists only three in his gospel. In the Old Testament, only two or three witnesses were necessary
to verify a fact (see Numbers 35:30; Deuteronomy 17:6). As illustrated in Chart 77, there were
12 And seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the feet,
13 And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? She saith unto them, Because they
have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid him.
14 And when she had thus said, she turned herself back, and saw Jesus standing, and
15 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She, supposing
him to be the gardener, saith unto him, Sir, ff thou have borne him hence, tell me where thou hast
16 Jesus saith unto her, Mary. She turned herself, and saith unto him, Rabboni; which is
to say, Master.
my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my Father, and your Father; and to my God, and
your God.
18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that he
A. Appearance to Mary (20:11-18). Mary Magdalene deeply loved the Lord because of
what He had done for her. The cross had no doubt been hard on her emotionally. With others,
she had seen His body, hastily prepared for burial before the Sabbath began. That first Easter
morning she rose even before the sun to complete the task. Apparently she returned to the tomb
after Peter and John came to investigate. The other women had already gone. She remained at
the tomb weeping and wondering where she might find the body of Jesus.
When she stooped down and looked (parekupsen, literally "peeped") into the tomb. she
saw two angels (20:11,12). Comparing the various accounts of this resurrection day, it is
interesting to note angels appeared to the women, never to the men. As angels are spiritual
beings, they had to take on some physical forms when appearing. Normally, they appeared as
men dressed in white. The appearance of these two angels to Mary is the only physical
First, the angels asked her, "Woman, why weepest thou?" (20:13). This was the same
question Jesus would ask a few minutes later. Her response to the angels is revealing. Normally
when people saw angels in Scripture, they were terrified. So overwhelmed by grief and her love
response is similar to her initial comments to Peter and John, it differs significantly in two places.
"Because they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid him" (20:13,
italics added). The problem earlier had been the women did not know where to find the Lord.
Now, later in the day, that problem had become more personal; Mary did not know where to find
her Lord.
Some critics of the Bible have proposed what is known as the vision theory to explain the
obsessed with the idea that Jesus would rise from the dead that, as a result of autosuggestion, one
after the other had a vision of the resurrected Lord. Of course an examination of the biblical
record shows how erroneous this theory is. The disciples apparently did not believe that Jesus
would rise, and here, when Mary becomes the first to see the resurrected Lord, she fails to
recognize Him.
Why did Mary not recognize Jesus in the garden? Several reasons might be suggested.
First, it must be remembered she still thought Jesus was dead. Also, the man standing in the
garden might have looked different from her last view of Christ. She had last seen Jesus in His
intense suffering on the cross. Then she had seen the mangled body of a crucified Saviour
removed from the cross and placed in the tomb (see Isaiah 53:2,3). Now that body had been
"raised in glory" (1 Corinthians 15:43). John suggests Mary thought Jesus was the gardener,
which would have been a natural assumption. Gardeners normally worked in the gardens in the
early morning hours. Also, she did not have a good look at the One speaking with her. Even
her by name, "she turned herself" (20:16) back toward Christ. What she had seen, she saw
Nothing sounds sweeter than the sound of one's own name. This was never truer than at
the moment Jesus said, "Mary" (20:16). Some of the early texts here insert the Aramaic form of
her name, Mariam, whereas all texts agree in other places using the Greek Maria. Perhaps there
was something in the way ' Jesus spoke her name that caused her to remember and realize that
Now that she knew whom she was addressing, her first word to Him was rabboni (20:16).
John here translates this term "master" for the benefit of readers unfamiliar with Hebrew. While
closely related to the term rabbi, there is a significant difference. Though used in older Jewish
literature, it was never applied to a man as was rabbi but was reserved exclusively for God.
"Rabboni" then was Mary's expression of faith, her way of declaring "Jesus is the Christ, the Son
of God" (20:31).
When the women later saw Jesus after His resurrection, they "held him by the feet, and
worshipped him" (Matthew 28:9). But here Jesus said to Mary, "Touch me not" (20:17). At
least three explanations have been proposed concerning this apparent inconsistency on the part of
Jesus. The first suggests she must release Him because He had not yet ascended into heaven. He
had to go cleanse the heavenly places with his blood (Hebrews 9:12,23). The verb anabebeka,
here translated "ascended" (20:17), is a perfect active indicative suggesting Jesus was in the
process of active ascending when He appeared to Mary. Those who hold this view argue Jesus
A second explanation focuses upon Mary's still limited understanding of the meaning of
the resurrection. Mary had only known Jesus in the flesh. Her allegiance and love was to the
physical Jesus. Three times this morning she had expressed concern over not being able to find
the body of Jesus and had at least once declared her intent to remove the physical body of Christ
(20:15). Perhaps what Jesus was trying to tell Mary was that she must move beyond the physical
and enter into a spiritual relationship. He may have been saying, "It is not the physical you must
love; it is the real Me, now that I am in My resurrection body. You must love Me for what I am."
A third possibility emphasizes the immediate context of the statement. The verb haptou,
here translated "touch," primarily means "to fasten or cling to." In this case, it was not necessarily
a prohibition against touching the body of Jesus, but rather a request to "quit hanging onto me."
This was the first of at least four appearances He would make that day. Jesus wanted Mary to
report her discovery to the disciples. Both of them had things to do, and Mary's cleaving to the
Lord was detaining them both. Mary was, therefore, being asked to go to the disciples while
Jesus made His way to the Father. Mary’s devotion to Jesus would have detained Him; therefore,
He very gently indicated that His relation to His disciples must be henceforth merely spiritual.
Mary now became not only the herald of the empty tomb but also of the risen Christ. In
obedience to Jesus, she reported her meeting to the disciples. According to the synoptic gospels,
the disciples had a great deal of difficulty believing the early reports of the resurrection.
shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the midst,
20 And when he had so said, he shewed unto them his hands and his side. Then were the
21 Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so
send I you.
22 And when he had said this, he breathed on them, and saith unto them, Receive ye the
Holy Ghost:
23 Whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whose soever sins ye
B. Appearance to the Disciples (20:19-23). When John relates the first appearance of
Jesus to His disciples, he describes the time of that appearance with the words opsias tei hemerai
(evening of the day, 20:19). This expression referred technically to the hours from 6:00 to 9:00
P.m. That John here says, "The same day at evening," is an evidence of Roman time. The Jews
always spoke of the evening as preceding the day (see Genesis 1:5,8,13,19,23,31).
John is emphatic in declaring that Christ's first manifestation to His disciples occurred on
Sunday evening, the same day as the resurrection. He is also emphatic in declaring "the doors
were shut" (20:19), indicating the miraculous character of our Lord's appearance. The word
room had several entrances. How then did Jesus enter the room? Calvin suggested the doors
were miraculously opened, and Jesus merely passed through an unbarricaded doorway (see Acts
12:10). Others have suggested the body of Christ materialized within the room. More likely is
the suggestion that Jesus, in His resurrection body, simply passed through the locked door.
Christ's resurrection body, though a true body, was not subject to the limitations of ordinary
conditions of material bodies. That indeed it was a true body—His crucified body risen—He
assured His disciples by showing them His hands and His side, thus exhibiting the marks of His
crucifixion.
In the Old Testament, the fear of man is mentioned as a barrier to the fear of the Lord or
saving faith (Proverbs 29:25). Throughout this gospel, John speaks of the fear of the Jews as a
hindrance to faith. Because of the fear of the Jews, the parents of the healed blind man would not
verify that miracle (9:22). Because of the fear of the Jews, no one would speak openly of Jesus at
the Feast of Tabernacles (7:13). Because of the fear of the Jews, even some of the rulers of the
Jews who had begun to believe would not confess Christ publicly (12:42). Now, this same fear
of the Jews had the very apostles of Christ hiding behind locked doors (20:19). In this context,
Jesus appeared before them offering a faith that would conquer fear (see Acts 4:13).
Jesus' first words to His disciples in this meeting were words of peace. The expression,
"Peace be unto you" (20:19), was the common Jewish greeting. But in this context, His words
were very uncommon. The last official words of Christ to His disciples before His death were
words of peace (16:33). The peace here spoken of must be understood in terms of the doctrine of
receive peace from God (Ephesians 2:17) and have peace with God (Romans 5: 1). No wonder
John here records his version of the Great Commission (20:21). There are two words in
this verse translated “sent" or "send" emphasizing the distinction between the Father's sending of
Christ and His sending of us. The first word John uses is apestalken, from which the word
apostle is derived. Jesus was sent as an apostle from God to us (Hebrews 3:1). This verb implies
government. Jesus now has sent His disciples to report the success of that mission and preach
the message of reconciliation. Jesus was sent into this world with a unique authority to
accomplish a specific task for His Father-the reconciliation of the world to God (2 Corinthians
5:19).
After commissioning His disciples, Jesus empowered them to do the job. To equip His
disciples for this work, Christ bestowed upon them the gift of the Holy Spirit, an anticipation and
earnest of the Pentecostal blessing. Jesus did this by breathing on them. Throughout the Old
Testament, the coming of the Holy Spirit is portrayed through the act of God breathing upon the
ones receiving the Spirit (see Ezekiel 37:5). He is preparing them to live for the next fifty days
until the day of Pentecost, when the Holy Spirit would be more fully received. Here they
received the Holy Spirit to the degree that men received the Holy Spirit in the Old Testament, but
it did not involve the baptism, fullness, or outpouring of the Holy Spirit which came at Pentecost
authority (20:23). On two other occasions Jesus had told His disciples they had authority to bind
or loose sinners (Matthew 16:19; 18:18). Here, Jesus commissioned His disciples to preach the
Gospel and reminded them of the eternal consequences of their actions. When they led others to
Christ, they were remitting sin in that the new convert was being forgiven in heaven. When they
failed to obey this commission, they were retaining sin because others were not given the
opportunity to trust Christ as Saviour. Obviously, this passage did not give the disciples the
authority to actually forgive sin. Only God can forgive sins (Mark 2:7). But even today
Christians engage in the practice of remitting or retaining sin depending upon their response to
When Jesus first appeared to His disciples, Thomas was not present. He refused to accept
the testimony of others concerning the resurrection. He had to see for himself. Eight days later
the Lord appeared again in the midst of the disciples. On this second occasion, Thomas was
present. Finally convinced, Thomas immediately confessed Christ as his Lord and God. Thus
John ends his gospel as it begins, with a declaration of the deity of Christ.
24 But Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came.
them, Except I shall see in his hands the print of the nails, and put my finger into the print of the
nails, and thrust my hand into his side, I will not believe.
A. The Unbelief of Thomas (20:24,25). On the basis of this account in the life of
Thomas, he has been branded by Christians as "doubting Thomas." Perhaps in fairness to this
disciple it should be remembered that only John appears to have believed in the resurrection
before seeing the resurrected Lord. One of the first things Jesus did when He appeared to His
disciples was upbraid them for their unbelief (Mark 16:14). Apparently Thomas was typical of
John has drawn attention to Thomas on three occasions. When Jesus turned to go to
Jerusalem, it was Thomas who led the disciples to follow Him knowing something of the
consequences (11:16). Later it was Thomas who interrupted Jesus in the upper room asking the
way to the Father (14:5). Apparently Thomas was prepared even then to follow Jesus to the
Father. John portrays Thomas as a man of extremes. In this passage Thomas is both emphatic in
Thomas claimed he would not believe until he had put his finger into the print of the
nails, and thrust his hand into His side (20:25). The Greek verb translated "put" and "thrust" in
this statement is balo. The emphatic nature of this verb could be emphasized in both cases with
the translation "throw into." Further, in emphasizing his unwillingness to believe, Thomas used a
26 And after eight days again his disciples were within, and Thomas with them: then
came Jesus, the doors being shut, and stood in the midst, and said, Peace be unto you. 27 Then
saith he to Thomas, Reach hither thy finger, and behold my hands; and reach hither thy hand, and
28 And Thomas answered and said unto him, My Lord and my God.
29 Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed
are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.
B. The Convincing of Thomas (20:26-29). Jesus' second appearance to His disciples was
similar to His first. This time Thomas was also present. The major purpose of Jesus' second
visit was to bring Thomas from doubt to faith. He did this by inviting Thomas to inspect the
marks of the crucifixion using the very language Thomas had earlier used in affirming his
unbelief. He concludes with the statement, “and be not faithless, but believing" (20:27). In the
Greek text John uses two closely related words translated "faithless" and "believing." The
relationship between the words apistos (faithless) and pistos (believing) is similar to the English
words unbelieving and believing. Chart 78 illustrates several layers of faith revealed in the
Scripture.
Saving Faith
Unbelief Mark 16:11-14 Believers in Christ
who will not ac-
cept His work
Little faith Matthew 14:31 Faith and unbelief
mixed
Weak faith Romans 14:1 Believers who have
a legalistic expres-
sion of faith
Strong faith Romans 4:20 Faith in the promises of God
resurrected Christ in this chapter. Thomas's response to the presence of Jesus was to confess,
"My Lord and my God" (20:28). This is the apex of the Gospel because it gives the strongest or
highest expression of Old Testament deity (2 Samuel 7:28; 1 Kings 18:39; Psalms 30:2; 35:24;
86:15; 88:1; Jeremiah 38:17; Hosea 2:23). Thomas identified Jesus with both Jehovah, the Old
Testament "I am," and Elohim, the Creator-God. This was Thomas's way of expressing that
of the beatitudes."58 Mary, Thomas, and the disciples did not believe in the resurrection until they
had seen the resurrected Lord. Here Jesus pronounced a special state of blessedness on those
who like John would believe having never seen the resurrection. This is one biblical promise
that can be claimed by Christians today which could not be claimed by the early apostles.
30 And many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of his disciples, which are not
31 But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God;
John had set out to write a Gospel, not a biography. He does not tell all he knows but
only enough to inculcate faith in Jesus as the long-promised Messiah and Son of God. Even John
admits there are many miracles of Christ that are not recorded in his book (20:30). What is
recorded is done so in keeping with John's major purpose. The language John uses to express
The phrase "that ye might believe" (hina pisteuete) suggests John wrote this Gospel to the
end that the reader would not only come to faith in Christ but that he might keep on believing.
As the reader is continuing to believe, he will keep on having life. John uses the verb eschete
(you may have), emphasizing that the Christian life is a continuing adventure in faith. For John
life is more than mere existence. Among other things, life includes the knowledge of God (17:3)
and belief "that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God" (20:31).
his experience differs from their own. In this chapter John has told the story of three different
people who came to faith in Christ, each in their own way (see Chart 79). Because of their
different personalities, their type of conversion, expression of faith, and response to the
resurrection were all different. Yet all believed. John is not so much concerned how people
express their faith so long as they come to believe. If we, like John, are to be effective
evangelists of the Gospel, we must be prepared to bring people to faith in Christ, understanding
that their expression of faith may sometimes differ from the way we express it.
(PART 1
JOHN 21:1-14
The central thesis of the Gospel of John reaches its apex when Thomas confesses, "My
Lord and my God" (20:28). Out of this statement, John naturally summarizes the purpose: first
that people might believe in the deity of Christ, and second, that they may experience eternal life
(20:31). This final chapter appears to be an afterthought or a postscript because it comes after
the natural conclusion to the book. This does not suggest that it is not inspired, for it is. But
more importantly, this chapter includes the third postresurrection appearance of Christ to the
disciples as a group so that they gain important insight into the nature and mission of Christ.
I. RESIGNATION (20:1-5)
After these things Jesus shewed himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias; and
2 There were together Simon Peter, and Thomas called Didymus, and Nathanael of Cana
in Galilee, and the sons of Zebedee, and two other of his disciples.
Christ appeared often to His followers and instructed them concerning the kingdom of God (Acts
1:3). Ten of these postresurrection appearances are recorded by the four evangelists. When
placed in chronological order, this third meeting with His disciples is the seventh recorded
John begins this account with the familiar expression meta tauta (after these things). This
is not to suggest the events of this chapter immediately followed those of the previous chapter,
but rather that they occurred at some later and unspecified time. That some time must have
passed is also seen in the change of setting. In the previous chapter, the disciples were still in
Jerusalem, but here they are at the Sea of Galilee, probably in obedience to Jesus' instructions
The word ephanerosen (showed) occurs twice in the first verse reemphasizing the reality
of the resurrection. It is the first aorist active indicative of phaneroo, a verb used by John to
show how others not only saw but understood Christ's earthly life (1:31; 2:11), the works of
Christ (3:5), the second coming (I John 2:28), and Christ in glory (1 John 3:2). It relates to the
idea of shining forth and is often translated "manifested." Christ is the self-revealing God who
John identifies some but not all of the seven disciples who had been fishing all night.
The obvious are Simon Peter, Thomas (Didymus), Nathanael, James, and John. The two
unidentified disciples are generally thought to be Andrew and Philip because Andrew probably
would have gone with his brother Peter, and Philip is usually identified with Nathanael. Godet,
also not from among the apostles but rather the larger group of disciples or followers of Christ.
(Most commentators, however, believe Nathanael was also called Bartholomew, one of the
twelve.) This is the first mention of Nathanael in the gospel since chapter one.
3 Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a fishing. They say unto him, We also go with thee.
They went forth, and entered into a ship immediately; and that night they caught nothing.
4 But when the morning was now come, Jesus stood on the shore: but the disciples knew
5 Then Jesus saith unto them, Children, have ye any meat? They answered him, No.
B. The Blindness of the Disciples (21:3-5). Peter announced his decision, "I go fishing"
(hupago halieuein, 21:3). Since he was the leader, the others went with him. There is some
disagreement among Bible teachers what Peter meant. Those who think he was backslidden give
at least three reasons. First, he was returning to his old occupation, fishing. Second, they see in
appear that this simple statement was Peter's formal announcement that he was breaking his
relationship with Christ as a disciple or that he was abandoning his preaching commission. That
may be too much to read into his statement. It appears to be the statement of one who was not
giving Christ first priority in his life. In the third place, some see the fact that he caught nothing
shows that God would not bless him because he was backslidden.
place where God wanted him, Galilee (Matthew 28:7,10), although there is admittedly a
difference between the appointed mountain and the Sea of Galilee. Second, they argue that Peter
might be fishing to provide food and help for his family or for the seven disciples. When Jesus
was with them, He had provided for the disciples through the purse, or by individuals inviting
Jesus and the disciples for a meal or through miraculous provision of food. These sources were
no longer available and so Peter did what he could—fish. Peter may have recalled that Jesus had
actually sent him fishing on one occasion to provide for a need (Matthew 17:27).
Whatever one decides concerning Peter's spiritual state should be applied to the other six
disciples. With Peter's announcement, the others were ready with little hesitation. "They went
forth, and entered into a ship immediately" (21:3). But despite the fact that several of the
disciples were (1) fishermen by profession, (2) familiar with the region, and (3) fishing at the best
time (night) they came back empty-handed. The verb translated ginomenes (was now come,
21:4) indicates the sun had just risen or was just about to rise. As the disciples returned early the
Some see the fact that they did not recognize Jesus as a further evidence of their lack of
spiritual perception. However, several factors should be kept in mind. They were still about one
hundred yards from shore, and visibility was probably low. Even if the sun had begun to rise, a
morning mist might have been on the Sea of Galilee preventing them from recognizing the man
on the shore. Also, the disciples would be tired and were certainly not expecting to see Jesus on
the shore.
mistakenly thought the King James Version had mistranslated this word because it implies the
disciples were like children. But this is what Jesus said. It is a diminutive of the word for child.
He did not call them young men or the respectful name-men. This is the only occasion Jesus
used this word in reference to His disciples. The term can be translated, "boys still under
instruction." Perhaps with this word Jesus was reminding them (1) they needed instruction about
who He was; (2) they were childish in their doubt and unbelief; and (3) He was prepared to teach
them. Even in the face of this evidence, some suggest the term children was used more as a
colloquial expression referring to one who is younger, or the natural word used by an old retired
The questions Jesus asked implied a negative answer. One translator expresses the
thought, "Lads, you have no fish, have you?" (WILLIAMS). The word prosphagion (meat) is a
compound word derived from the root phag from esthio, meaning "to eat," and pros, meaning
"with" or "in addition to." It was broadly used to identify any form of relish to be eaten with
food; therefore, in this context the reference is to fish. The disciples might have thought the man
on the shore was asking the disciples if he could buy some fresh fish for breakfast. Or they might
have thought the stranger was just inquisitive, as are many who watch fishermen and ask, "How
They cast therefore, and now they were not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes.
multitude of fish. There are three possible sources for the fish. First, Christ could have used His
creative power to create the fish. Second, He could have used His omnipotent power to guide the
fish from some other place in the lake into their net. Third, He could have used His omniscience
and, seeing the fish coming, called for the disciples to cast the net on the other side of the boat
where the fish were swimming. Those who deny the miraculous claim Jesus was following a
Galilean custom of stationing a man on the shore to spot the fish, telling those in the boat where
The immediate result of their obedience was "they were not able to draw" the net on
account of the large catch (21:6). The word John uses here to describe this scene is an imperfect
active picturing the disciples tugging at the net. It is almost incredible that these seven who had
failed so miserably all night to catch a single fish should now be unable to haul in those that God
supplied.
7 Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith unto Peter, It is the Lord. Now when
Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, he girt his fisher's coat unto him, (for he was naked,) and
8 And the other disciples came in a little ship; (for they were not far from land, but as it
B. Conviction (21:7-9). There are many similarities between this miracle and an earlier
experience in the life of some of these same disciples (see Luke 5:1-11). Perhaps this was the
reason John now has the spiritual perception to recognize the Lord. While John was the first to
announce the identity of the man on the shore, Peter was first to act. just as Peter was quick to act
in past days, so he was quick to respond to Christ. He grabbed his fisherman's coat and began to
The term gumnos (naked, 21:7) does not denote nudity, but rather being stripped for work
such as a fisherman might do. A businessman who normally wears a three-piece suit would
remove his tie, jacket, and vest if he had to make a minor repair under the hood of his car. Peter
had removed his b y tunic but was not immodest; he probably was as clothed as any fisherman.
Peter put on his fisher's coat (ependuten) before jumping in the water. This is the only
place this word appears in the New Testament, and there is some discussion as to what is
involved. Some believe the ependuten was a lined blouse, and others identify it as a heavier
outer garment. Regardless of what it was, it would certainly have made it more difficult for Peter
to swim to shore. Why then did Peter put on this additional garment? There are at least three
interpretations. First, according to Jewish custom, to offer a greeting to someone was a religious
act, and to carry out any religious act a man had to be fully clothed. That Peter reached for his
coat before jumping into the water clearly shows his intent to be the first to greet the Lord.
However, the word ebalen (cast, 21:7) implies diving into the sea, not stepping out onto water.
The third reason why he put his coat on is psychological. Peter was impetuous, and there were
many other occasions when Peter acted without thinking; this was another of those occasions.
10 Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught.
11 Simon Peter went up, and drew the net to land full of great fishes, an hundred and fifty
and three: and for all there were so many, yet was not the net broken.
12 Jesus saith unto them, Come and dine. And none of the disciples durst ask him, Who
13 Jesus then cometh, and taketh bread, and giveth them, and fish likewise.
14 This is now the third time that Jesus shewed himself to his disciples, after that he was
C. Compassion (21:10-14). When the disciples arrived at the shore, Jesus had already
prepared broiled fish and toasted bread. The single fish implies Christ had provided for Himself.
This does not mean He was not concerned for them. His fish was little, theirs were large. He
provided for Himself; He also provided for them. But the law of the division of labor applies
here. Christ tells us what to do, and if we do not obey, He does not do our job for us. The
disciples were to cast their net on the other side of the boat; if they had not obeyed, employing
them to bring the fish they had just caught. Peter drew the net to land and apparently counted the
catch. It is noted that there were 153 fish and that all the fish were large. Another unusual
feature noted is that the net was not broken. Actually, there could be five miracles in this passage
rather than one, which is the usual designation. First, there was the miraculous provision of 153
fish. Second, the net which should have broken was not broken. John a fisherman had the
background to observe, "Yet was not the net broken" (21:11). Third, the seven disciples in the
boat could not haul in the net, and now Peter apparently does it by himself (21:6,11). The fourth
miracle was the fire on the beach. Perhaps it was left over from the previous night, but the Son
of God who walked the clouds of eternity and created the sun in the heaven could just as easily
have walked that Galilean beach and created a fire to cook the fish. The fifth miracle is the fish
and bread on the fire. Surely Jesus would not have purchased or asked for the food from
someone on the shore. In His postresurrection body, that would have been counted as an
appearance (1 Corinthians 15:5-8). He who created fish and bread for the five thousand, could
The number of 153 fish recorded in verse eleven has been the subject of much comment
through the years. There are at least four explanations as to why the number 153 appears. Cyril
of Alexander saw the number as representing God and the church. According to this early church
leader, one hundred was the number of the fullness of the Gentiles (Matthew 18:12), fifty
represented the remnant of Israel, and three signified the Trinity to whose glory all things were
done. In a somewhat more creative vein, Augustine interpreted this number in light of ten, the
number of the law, and seven, the number of grace. Ten plus seven equals seventeen, and the
Augustine, 153 stands for all who by law or grace have been moved to come to Jesus. Jerome
and other early church leaders saw the significance of this number in the ancient belief that there
were 153 basic kinds of fish in the sea. They argued, therefore, that the miraculous catch
included every kind of fish. Someday, all men of all nations will be gathered together to Christ.
A fourth suggestion is that 153 appears in the text because that happened to be the exact number
of fish caught in the net at that time. Other than being an accurate count, there is no hidden
Also, some who see a special significance in the numbering of the fish usually interpret
the net as a type of the church. If that is so, it is interesting to note the net was not eschisthe
(broken). John's verb here is a form of the word schizo from which we get the English word
schism.
Jesus invited His disciples to aristesate (dine) with Him. The Greek verb aristesate
originally meant "to break a fast" and then later came to refer to a more substantial meal. Some
have suggested this was Sunday when Jesus appeared to the disciples. The disciples had fasted
on the traditional Sabbath, gone fishing when the Sabbath was over (at sundown), and now they
were having Sunday breakfast with Christ. Those who suggest Sunday also imply that Jesus
appeared to His disciples only on Sunday to reinforce it as the new day of worship (20:19,26;
Revelation 1:10).
By the time the disciples were gathered on the beach eating fish and bread with Jesus, no
one had to ask who He was. The purpose of the miracle was for Jesus to reveal Himself
appearance was for them to see and understand the resurrection. What He revealed in the
previous appearance they apparently did not fully understand. The first Sunday they still had
doubts (20:25; Mark 16:11-13). The second Sunday they were upbraided for their unbelief
(Mark 16:14). Also when the eleven disciples met Him on a mountain in Galilee "some
doubted" (Matthew 28:17). This revelation of Christ is so extensive that none of the disciples
This lesson concludes with John mentioning this as the third postresurrection appearance
of Christ to His disciples as a group. Some believe it is significant that John records three
meetings with His disciples. Darby suggests these three appearances illustrate the Church. The
first appearance (20:19-23) is said to represent the Church immediately following Pentecost. The
second appearance to the disciples including Thomas (20:26-29) represents the Church at the
rapture, complete. According to Darby, this third appearance represents the Church in the
millennium.
Chart 80
(PART 2)
JOHN 21:15-25
After Jesus shared breakfast with the seven disciples, His attention was focused upon one
in particular-Simon Peter. This brief encounter pictures the restoration of Peter into full
fellowship with his Lord. Here also Peter received his commission for future service and was
15 So when they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou
me more than these? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto
16 He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He saith
unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep.
17 He saith unto him the third time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter was
grieved because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And he said unto him, Lord,
thou knowest all things; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto him, Feed my sheep.
spoken to by the Lord. Peter was the disciple never lacking for words, but he said nothing when
John said in the boat, "It is the Lord" (21:7). Neither is he recorded as saying anything while he
was drawing in the fish or eating breakfast with Jesus and the other disciples. Why do these
pages of inspiration record the silence of the never-silent Peter? Several answers may be
suggested. Peter may have been ashamed of his denial of the Lord, now he had been caught
leading other disciples in a denial of their commission. (Those who fall into sin usually try to
drag someone along.) Also, Peter may not have known where he stood with Christ at this point;
therefore, until Christ asked him a question, he had nothing to say. A third possible reason for
this silence may relate to an earlier appearance of Christ to Peter alone (Luke 24:34; 1
Corinthians 15:5). While the Scriptures record this appearance, what was communicated at that
time is not recorded. Perhaps that earlier meeting was preparatory for this meeting on the beach,
and Peter was waiting for an appropriate time to begin a follow-up conversation. The fourth
suggestion is that previously Jesus had appeared to the disciples, hence they saw and experienced
Him but did not understand all they should have because they were blinded by selfish desires and
doubts. This time Jesus revealed Himself (phaneroo), and they understood. Whereas some
conviction comes when a person sees his sin, here Peter was convicted when he saw and
Jesus addressed Peter not as Cephas, the name He had earlier given him (1:42), but rather
as Simon, son of Jonas (21:15). This was his original name before he began following Jesus.
Evidently, Jesus recognized him as truer to his natural state than to his God-given name, Petros,
which meant "stone," a symbol of solidity or steadfastness. Jesus' repeated use of this name for
Christ. In the same way a Mother may sternly call "Charles" when her son has done something
In this meeting, Jesus is evaluating to see how much of the old Simon remains in the new
Peter.
The English translation of the conversation between Jesus and Peter suggests Jesus three
times asked the same question, Peter responded with the same answer, and Jesus assigned the
same task. Actually there was no repetition of the same words. A closer look reveals that each
question, each response, and each task is a little different from the previous one (see Chart 81).
This difference is significant in that it reveals something of the spiritual progress of this disciple.
The first question asked by Jesus is, "Lovest thou me more than these?" (21:15). Jesus
uses the ablative case of comparison touton (these) following pleon (many, much, more). At
least four suggestions have been made as to what is meant by the question. It could be
interpreted to mean, (1) "Do you love Me more than you love these disciples?" or (2) "Do you
love Me more than you love these fish?" or (3) "Do you love Me more than you love fishing?"-
the boats, nets, Peter's means of livelihood-or (4) "Do you love Me more than these other
disciples love Me?" While all four of the above questions are possible interpretations, it is most
likely that the fourth represents the emphasis of Jesus' question. Earlier, Peter had boasted of his
superior love for Christ, suggesting that he loved Christ more than the other disciples (Matthew
displayed. He simply states, "Thou knowest that I love thee" (21:15). Peter completely avoids
the apparent invitation to compare the superiority of his love. If he had boasted that he loved
Christ more than the other disciples, he would have been guilty of a childish exaggeration,
Chart 81
not a mature disciple of Christ. Hence when Peter says he loves (phileo) Christ, he is saying "I
have affection for you." Peter realizes he has failed the Lord, even in the face of his exaggeration
(13:37). He is honest when he says he only has shallow affection for Christ.
Jesus then gives Peter his first task, "Feed my lambs" (21:15). The Greek word translated
"feed" (boske) is a present active imperative meaning "keep on feeding." The verb was used of
the herdsman with the responsibility of feeding the flocks. Also, the word arnia (lambs) is really
a diminutive of arnos, the usual word for lambs. The task then given to Peter is literally, "Keep
on feeding My little lambs"—young converts to the faith. Peter's first confession of honesty
leads to a restoration of his commission but only a small amount of responsibility. Some have
disciples.
In Jesus' second question there are no more comparisons with others. He simply asks,
"Lovest thou me?" (21:16). Peter would no doubt have here understood the difference between
what Jesus was asking and how he was answering. Two words for love are used in the dialogue
between Jesus and Peter. In these first two questions, Jesus uses the verb agapeo, meaning "the
deep sacrificing love that has its source in God." In his responses, Peter used the verb phileo,
meaning "brotherly affection." Comparing the two words, phileo is the term for liking or being
Peter's response to this second question again indicates his honesty. The normal response
in this kind of situation might be to upgrade one's statement of love, but Peter knew his heart.
After earlier expressing his willingness to die for Christ, he saw his sinful heart when he denied
The second command Peter receives from Christ is, "Feed my sheep" (21:16). The word
here translated "feed" is the Greek term poimaine, literally meaning "shepherd." This is a higher
responsibility, probably because Jesus had tested him and realized he was spiritually ready for a
greater sphere of ministry. Poimaine comes from the same word as pastor. He is now ready to
continuously performed. The word for sheep here is probatia, a diminutive of probate, the usual
Jesus uses agapao in His first two questions but changes the verb to phileo the third time
He questions Peter's love. Here he is further testing the degree of love that the restored Peter has
already twice affirmed. The question is to determine if Peter is ready to be lifted to full
responsibility. Also, perhaps this third question was designed to remind Peter of his third denial
of Christ.
Peter's emotional and verbal response to this third question demonstrates the honesty and
humility of Peter. This third question "grieved" Peter (21:17). The term elupethe is an aorist
passive form of the verb lupeo (I grieve). The degree of grief felt by Peter is perhaps best
understood when it is realized John at another place used a form of this verb to describe the
sorrow of a woman giving birth (16:21). As childbirth seemingly takes a woman to the point of
death, Jesus' third question causes Peter to die to self. He responds "Thou knowest all things;
There are two Greek words for knowledge, and in verse seventeen Peter uses both.
Ginoskein means "to acquire knowledge" or "to learn by experience," whereas eidenai means "[to
possess] innate knowledge about something," but not necessarily to learn it. Peter's response to
this third question is, "Lord, Thou knowest (eidenai) all things by Your nature; Thou knowest
(probate)." Here the term for sheep is the usual word referring to more mature sheep. As Jesus
progressively gives Peter a larger responsibility, He teaches him that faithfulness in a small
18 Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdedst thyself, and
walkedst whither thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands,
and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not.
19 This spake he, signifying by what death he should glorify God. And when he had
Chart 82
received a twofold blessing. He received both a commission and a cross. As noted in Chart 82,
Peter received a threefold challenge concerning the care of the flock of God. In each case, Jesus
used the preposition my, reminding Peter that though he had a responsibility to the flock, the
flock still belonged to Christ. Hence Jesus is the shepherd and pastors are the undershepherds of
a flock. It was not a lesson Peter would soon forget. Years later he would challenge other
pastors to "feed the flock of God which is among you" (1 Peter 5:2).
Actually, the progressive commission of Christ is an outline of the future ministry of Peter (see
Chart 83). In the early years of the church, Peter was one of those principally responsible for
leading people to Christ and feeding them (little lambs). Second, Peter was a pastor of the
Jerusalem flock, and when controversy arose concerning the relation of the law to Gentile
converts, Peter was one of those at the Jerusalem conference who helped solve the problem
(shepherd My sheep). Finally, his ministry in the epistles illustrates his ultimate responsibility of
Chart 83
Commission Ministry
Feeding the little lambs Pentecost, Cornelius's house-
(21:15) hold (Acts 1-10)
Shepherding the little sheep Controversy over Gentile con-
(21:16) versions (Acts 10-15)
Feeding the mature sheep Later ministry in epistles (1
(21:17) Peter, 2 Peter)
21:18,19. The night before the crucifixion of Christ, Peter offered to lay down his life (13:37).
But that night he denied Christ. Jesus here tells Peter he will someday die in the same way as his
Saviour. Tradition concerning his death states Peter was crucified by the Romans in Nero's
circus in A.D. 67 and that at his own request he was crucified upside down. What he volunteered
to do was eventually carried out. This was the death by which Peter would glorify God. By the
time John recorded these verses, Peter had been dead more than twenty years.
20 Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following; which also
leaned on his breast at supper, and said, Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee?
21 Peter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man do?
22 Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? follow thou
me.
23 Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet
Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die; but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to
thee?
A. What Is That to Thee? (21:20-23). After Jesus finished His conversation with Peter,
He commanded him,
Peter turned back to Jesus and asked, "What shall this man do?" (21:21). Actually, Peter's
question is not really that coherent. Remember, he had just been informed his life would end on
a cross. When he then turned and saw his lifelong friend, he asked, "Houtos de ti" (literally, "But
this one . . . what?"). With the new knowledge of his crucifixion followed by the sight of a dear
It was natural for John to follow Peter as he followed Christ. Likewise, it was natural for
Peter to be concerned about John. However, Jesus let Peter know that he was to obey Jesus
regardless of what happened to John. Therefore, He told him the second time, "Follow thou me."
Note the first time Jesus told Peter, "Follow me"; now He adds the word thou or you. The
construction of the sentence in the original language makes it emphatic—"You follow Me." No
Christian should keep his eyes on another Christian but should look unto Jesus (see Hebrews
12:1,2).
The whole intention of Christ's reference to John was that Jesus deals with each Christian
individually in ways that other believers may not understand and about which they should not ask
questions. He was not affirming that John would live until Christ returned but only rebuking
Peter's curiosity.
Peter and John would follow Christ together in the future, just as they had been together
in the past. Even before Christ called them, Peter, Andrew, James, and John were partners in the
fishing business, lived in the same town (Bethsaida), and possibly grew up together. Jesus called
these four to follow Him at the same time. As the disciples multiplied, Jesus chose Peter and
Because Jesus emphasized going out two by two, Peter and John gradually paired off.
First, the two of them were sent by Christ to prepare the Passover (Luke 22:8). They were sitting
next to each other at the Lord's Supper (13:22-25). When Mary Magdalene found the empty
tomb, she ran to tell Peter and John, and they were the first two disciples to enter the tomb (20:1-
8). When they were fishing with five other disciples and the Lord was on the shore, John was the
Chart 84
1. The raising to life of the daughter of Jairus (Mark 5:37; Luke 8:51)
2. The transfiguration (Matthew 17:1; Mark 9:2; Luke 9:28).
3. The Olivet discourse (Andrew was there also) Matthew 24;
Mark 13:3; Luke 21).
4. The withdrawal in the Garden of Gethsemane for special prayer before the
betrayal (Matthew 26:37; Mark 14:33).
one who told Peter, his close partner, "It is the Lord" (21:7). We also find Peter and John
working together after Pentecost (Acts 3:1; 4:1-3,13,19,20; 8:14-17; Galatians 2:9).
24 This is the disciple which testifieth of these things, and wrote these things: and we
written every one, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that should be
written. Amen.
B. What Am I to Thee? (21:24,25). Some have suggested that John 20:31 is the purpose
and conclusion to John. But no conservative scholar questions whether the twenty-first chapter
should be included in the book. True, John 20:31 is the aim and apparent conclusion to the book,
but the events of chapter twenty-one personify the aim—that people believe in Christ's deity and
come to enjoy eternal life. John is identified as the writer (21:20-24) who testifies (marturia,
eyewitness) to the events in the book, including the events in chapter twenty-one.
Because of the appearance of I and we in verses twenty-four and twenty-five, and that the
writer of John is described objectively, not personally, in this verse, many interpreters think verse
twenty-four was written by some other hand than john's. Based upon Clement of Alexandria's
statement that John wrote at the urging of his friends in Ephesus, it is believed this verse is a
declaration of the veracity of the contents of the gospel made by an Ephesian elder. By the time
John wrote this gospel, the church at Ephesus had already begun to collect the inspired writings
of Paul and others. Certainly no more credibility could be given to John's writing is found in
verse twenty-four. Because someone wrote it does not make it less than the case where Moses
This gospel concludes acknowledging, “There are also many other things which Jesus
did" (21:25). This entire gospel records the events of only twenty days in a period of over three
years. For the first and only time in this gospel, the text speaks directly to the reader concluding,
the world itself could not contain the books that should be written. Amen" (21:25).
As we hear Jesus ask, "Lovest thou Me?" we need to evaluate ourselves. Any study of a
book such as the Gospel of John should serve the ultimate purpose of drawing us nearer to
Christ. If Christ is not nearer and more precious to you as a result of studying His Word, then